Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, New Delhi

Transcription

1 Environmental Impact Assessment for Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Laboratory Engaged: Netel India Limited, Navi Mumbai, NABL & MoEFCC accredited (ISO/ IEC/17025: 2005; Certificate Number : T-2661 valid upto 06/Sept/2017 Environmental Monitoring Period: 29 th April th June 2017 (supplement monitoring carried out in Oct 2016-Nov 2016 done prior to Gazette Notification S.O.3999 (E) Public Hearing: NA July, 12, 2017 Prepared by: AECOM India Private Limited 19th Floor, Tower C, Cyber Terraces, Building 5, DLF Phase 3, Gurgaon, , India T /-2700; aecom.com NABET no. SA- 194 th AC Meeting June 2, Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance Assessment held on June 2, 2017

2 Letter from the Project Proponent F. No /2017-IA-III; Proposal Number: IA/DL/NCP/62768/201 dated 24 th Feb, 2017 AECOM

3 NABET Disclosure EIA Coordinator FAE FAE Rashmi Dutta Deepti Bapat Anchal Jain FAE FAE FAE Ajay Pillai Nidhi Sharma Akhilesh P. Singh FAE FAE FAE Anuj Sharma Abhay Nath Mishra Venkat FAE FAE Team Member Atul Kumar Susan Vauquelin Sai Pranit Revision History Revision Revision date Details Authorized Name Position Distribution List # Hard Copies PDF Required Association / Company Name AECOM

4 Prepared for: Corporation Limited CIN: U45400DL2008PLC Room No. 341B, 03rd Floor, Hotel Ashok, Diplomatic Enclave, 50B Chanakyapuri, Phone: , Fax: Prepared by: AECOM India Private Limited 19th Floor, Building No.5, Tower C Cyber City, Gurgaon Haryana, India CIN: U74210KA2005PTC T: /800 aecom.com NABET no. Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance Assessment held on June 2, SA- 194 th AC Meeting June 2, AECOM India Private Limited. All Rights Reserved. This document has been prepared by AECOM India Private Limited ( AECOM ) for sole use of our client (the Client ) in accordance with generally accepted consultancy principles, the budget for fees and the terms of reference agreed between AECOM and the Client. Any information provided by third parties and referred to herein has not been checked or verified by AECOM, unless otherwise expressly stated in the document. No third party may rely upon this document without the prior and express written agreement of AECOM. AECOM

5 Table of Contents 1. Introduction Purpose of the report Identification of Project & Project Proponent Scope of the Study Prescribed TOR Compliance Project Description Type of project and capacity Need for the project Location Site Settings Accessibility to Site Detailed description Development Controls/ Norms and Standards Project Implementation Schedule Project Construction Activities Manpower/ Labour Requirement Construction Material Power Requirement during construction phase Fuel requirements during construction phase Water Demand and Source during construction phase Waste water generation during construction phase Solid Waste Generation Project Operation Employment Potential Visitor Population forecast Water Infrastructure Sewage and Sullage Rain Water Harvesting and Storm Water Management Power Demand and Sourcing Solid Waste Management Transportation Infrastructure Traffic Projections Proposed Infrastructure for Transportation (Outside the project site) Traffic Circulation within the Site Parking Requirements Building Sustainability and Energy Conservation Green Belt Development and Open spaces Consolidated Layout Drawing showing proposed key Infrastructure within ECC Description of the Aspects likely to cause major Environmental Impacts Mitigation measures incorporated into the Project Description of Environment Study area, period, components and methodology Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components Secondary data analysis Physiography Geology and Seismicity Hydrogeology AECOM

6 Drainage Pattern Existing Land Use Pattern Meteorology Primary Data analysis Air Environment Engagement of NABL and MoEFCC-accredited Environmental Monitoring Laboratory Site Area Specific Ambient Air Quality Ambient Noise Level Water Environment Soil Quality Traffic Density Ecology Socio-Economic Environment Base maps of all environmental components Summary of Inference on existing Environment Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Impact Evaluation Matrix Impacts during Construction Phase Impact on Land Environment Impact on Ambient Air Quality Impact on Ambient Noise Quality Impact on Water Resources and Quality Impact on Ecology Impact on Soil Quality Impact on Traffic and Transport Impact on Socio- Economic Environment Impact on Occupational Health & Safety Impacts during Operation Phase Impact on Land Environment Impact on Air Environment Impact on Noise Environment Impact on Water Environment and its Mitigation Measures Impact due to generation of Solid Waste Impact on Traffic & Transport Environment Impact on Social Economy and Livelihood Analysis of Alternatives Project versus No project scenario Alternatives considered for Selection of site Assessment of Alternative Sites Site Selection Criteria Final Site Selection Environmental Monitoring Program Monitoring Methodology Monitoring Standards Monitoring Plan Matrix Additional Studies Disaster Management Plan Identified Emergency Situations Storage of Hazardous Material Preliminary Hazard Analysis AECOM

7 Preparedness for the Emergency Roles and Responsibilities Emergency Equipment Specific Emergency Response Procedures Post Emergency Follow up Emergency Control Centre Response Evaluation, Testing and Updating of the Plan Social Impact Assessment Impact on Socio- Economic Environment: Construction Phase Impact on Socio- Economic Environment: Operation Phase Project Benefits Environmental Cost Benefit analysis Components of Environment that benefits Quantify the benefits in monetary terms Environment Management Plan Organization Structure for Implementation of EMP Roles and Responsibilities Components of EMP Awareness and Training Record Keeping and Reporting Proposed Environment Management Plans Management and Disposal Plan for Used Cooking Oil from Restaurant Planning and Setup Container Maintenance Spill Management Disposal Training and Communication Management Plan for Excavated Soil Pollution control measures to be taken to control fugitive emissions during construction phase including marble/stone cutting Management Plan to Control Soil Erosion Management Plan for Excavation and Dewatering to Ensure Compliance to the CGWA Guidelines and Regulation Water Management Plan Water Source Development Rainwater Harvesting Promoting Reuse of Water after Treatment and Development of Closed Loop Systems Solid Waste Management Plan Waste Characterization Management Practices EMP Budget Summary & Conclusion Summary Executive Summary Introduction Site Selection Project Description Baseline Environment Construction Phase: Impacts Assessment and Mitigation Measures Operation Phase: Impacts and Mitigation Measures AECOM

8 Disaster Management Plan Environment Management Plan Environmental Monitoring Conclusion Disclosure of Consultant Appendix A Document copies A.1 Prescribed TOR by MoEFCC A.2 Land Use Map of Dwarka Sub-city (Zone K-II as per the MPD 2021) A.3 Copy of Notification for Change in Land Use issued by Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD), dated 12th May, 2016 via S.O. 1713(E) A.4 Transfer of Land from DDA to DIPP A.5 Project Boundary Indicated on Survey of India sheet A.6 Details on Trees to be felled for the project A.7 Water Allocation: Application Letter to DJB A.8 Results of Air Dispersion Modelling (AERMOD 8.1.0) i) Predicted concentrations for NOx and interpretation of results ii) Predicted concentrations for SO 2 and interpretation of results iii) Predicted concentrations for CO and interpretation of results iv) Predicted concentrations for PM 10 and interpretation of results A.9 Analytical Laboratory Engaged A.10 AECOM s NABET Accreditation Details A.11 Supplement Environmental Monitoring Figures Figure 2-1: Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site location with Dwarka Figure 2-2: Project Site Boundary with Physical Feature Figure 2-3: Existing road network in the vicinity Figure 2-4: Existing Road Linkages Figure 2-5: Connectivity to the site: Major Roads and Railways Figure 2-6: Concept Master Plan for proposed ECC, Dwarka, and Delhi Figure 2-7: Duly Signed and Approved Layout Plan for ECC, Dwarka from South Delhi Municipal Corporation (SDMC) Figure 2-8 : Water Balance Diagram for ECC Project-Phase I Figure 2-9 : Water Balance Diagram for ECC Project-Phase II Figure 2-10 : Proposed Sewerage Network also indicating STP (2 in number) locations Figure 2-11 : Storm water network layout also showing rainwater harvesting structures Figure 2-12 : Composition of MSW Figure 2-13 : Solid Waste Management: Pneumatic Waste Collection System: Indicative pipe network and waste processing area within ECC premises Figure 2-14 : Proposed ISBT near the site Figure 2-15: Proposed Project Site connectivity and Circulation Figure 2-16: Traffic Management Plan showing main Entry and Exit Point, Fire tender pathway, Parking areas for trucks and personal vehicles Figure 2-17: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement I Figure 2-18: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement II and III Figure 2-19: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement IV Figure 2-20: Sun Path and Solar Mapping for the proposed Project Site Figure 2-21: Site Solar Shading Analysis Figure 2-22: Broad HVAC Design Strategies Figure 2-23: Proposed Greenbelt Development for ECC AECOM

9 Figure 2-24: Consolidated drawing showing planned infrastructure for ECC Figure 3-1: Seismic Zone map for India Indicating project location Figure 3-2: First Level Seismic Hazard Microzonation Map of NCT, Delhi Figure 3-3: Drainage Pattern of the Study Area Figure 3-4: Land use Distribution within 10 km radius from the project boundary Figure 3-5: Seasonal Wind Rose Diagram Figure 3-6: Wind Rose for Meteorological Monitoring Data (Pre-Monsoon, April-June, 2017) Figure 3-7: Air Quality Monitoring Locations Figure 3-8: Particulate Matter - PM Figure 3-9: Particulate Matter - PM Figure 3-10: Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Figure 3-11: Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Figure 3-12: Carbon Monoxide (CO) Figure 3-13: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations Figure 3-14: Noise Level monitored in the study area Figure 3-15: Ground Water Quality in Delhi Figure 3-16: Depth to Water Level for Delhi Figure 3-17: Water Quality Monitoring Locations Figure 3-18: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations Figure 3-19: Soil Texture of the Study Area Figure 3-20: Traffic Observations at all Four Points (T1, T2, T3 and T4) Figure 3-21: Traffic Composition Observed at Four Traffic Locations Figure 3-22: Map of Quadrat Sites Figure 3-23: Ecologically Significant Features of the Study Area Figure 3-24: Barren land at site Figure 3-25: Photographs of Consultations with the near villagers Figure 5-1 : Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 1 Location Figure 5-2: Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 2 Location Figure 5-3 Gurgaon Manesar Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 3 Location Figure 10-1: Organization Structure Figure A-1: Isopleths NOx 24 hourly Figure A-2: Isopleths SOx 24 hourly Figure A-3: Isopleths CO 8 hourly Figure A-4: Isopleths PM hourly Tables Table 1-1: Compliance to prescribed TOR Table 1-2: Project Components of ECC the area statement Table 2-1: Key project details Table 2-2: Geographical coordinates outlining the site Table 2-3: Project Components of ECC the area statement Table 2-4: ECC components to be developed in Phase I Table 2-5: ECC components to be developed in Phase II Table 2-6 : Employment generated during operation phase Table 2-7 : Estimated visitor population at the proposed project Table 2-8 : Water demand estimated for the proposed ECC-Phase I Table 2-9 : Water demand estimated for the proposed ECC-Phase II Table 2-10 : Waste Water generation indicating various waste water streams for proposed ECC-Phase I Table 2-11 : Waste Water generation indicating various waste water streams for proposed ECC-Phase II Table2-12 : Parameters for design of sewage treatment plant Table 2-13 : Proposed Roof Area and Pavements Table 2-14 : Rainwater Harvesting Calculation Table 2-15 : Emergency Power Back-up units for various land use for Phase I & II AECOM

10 Table 2-16: Waste generation factors Table 2-17 : Solid Waste Generation from ECC for Phase I Table 2-18 : Solid Waste Generation from ECC for Phase II Table 2-19 : Vehicular share from the proposed development Table 2-20: Projected traffic flow (in PCUs) Table 2-21 Details of the internal roads Table 2-22 : Parking Requirement for ECC Table 2-23: U-factor requirements for Opaque Wall and Roof Assembly, ECBC Table 2-24: Specification of the glass used for the project Table 2-25: Solar Power Calculation Table 3-1: Existing Land use Pattern of the Study Area Table 3-2: Climatological Summary (obtained from nearest IMD MET Station at Palam ( )) Table 3-3: Annual Rainfall (mm) at the nearest IMD MET Station Table 3-4: Annual Rainfall (mm) for Period ( ) Table 3-5: Wind speed and direction Table 3-6: Meteorological data collected at Site Table 3-7: Air Quality data collected at Site Table 3-8: Details of Monitoring Program for Ambient Air Quality Table 3-9: Brief summary of the Methodology followed for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area Table 3-11: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations Table 3-12 : Results of Noise Level monitoring Table 3-13: Ambient Noise Standards Table 3-14: GW and SW sampling locations Table 3-15: Details of Monitoring Program for Surface Water Quality Table 3-16: Details of Monitoring Program for Ground Water Quality Table 3-17: Water Quality Analysis: Surface Water Monitoring Table 3-18: Water Quality Analysis: Ground Water Monitoring Table 3-19: Details of Proposed Soil Sampling Locations Table 3-20: Details of Monitoring Program for Soil Quality Table 3-21: Method for Soil Analysis Table 3-22: Results of Soil Quality Analysis Table 3-23: Standard Soil Classification Table 3-24: Traffic Monitoring Locations in the Study Area Table 3-25: PCU factors adopted for traffic volume survey Table 3-26: Existing Traffic Volumes in the Study Area Table 3-27: Details of Quadrat Sites Table 3-28 Woody Flora of the Quadrats Table 3-29: Non Woody Flora of the Quadrats Table3-30 : Resident Avifauna of the Study Area Table 3-31 : Migratory Avifauna of the Study Area Table 3-32: Mammals of the Study Area Table 3-33: Some reptilian species associated with the study area Table3-34: Legally Protected Faunal Species associated with the Study area Table 3-35: Endemic Fauna of the Study Area Table 3-36: Demographic Profile of Study Area Table 3-37: Occupation Pattern of South West District of Delhi Table 4-1: Impact Appraisal Criteria Table 4-2: Impact Significance Criteria Table 4-3 : Impact Identification Matrix for Construction Phase of ECC proposed at Dwarka, Table 4-4: Impact significance Land Environment Table 4-5: Impact significance Ambient Air Quality Table 4-6: Noise levels at different distances from the Noise Source db(a) Table 4-7: Impact significance Noise Quality Table 4-8: Impact significance - Water Resources Table 4-9: Impact significance - Ecology Table 4-10 Quantities of different construction waste generated Table 4-11: Impact significance Soil Resources AECOM

11 Table 4-12: Impact significance Traffic and Transportation Table 4-13: Impact significance Occupational Health & Safety Table 4-14: Impact significance Occupational Health & Safety Table 4-15: Impact significance Ambient Air Quality Table 4-16 Impact significance - Noise Quality Table 4-17: Impact significance - Water resource and Quality Table 4-18 : Impact significance - Solid Waste Table 4-19: Impact significance - Traffic Table 4-20 : Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment Table 5.1 Site Suitability Analysis Table 5.2: Rationale for Selected Parameters Table 5.3: Assigned Scores and Weights Table 5.4: Scoring for Options Table 6-1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards Table 6-2 : Primary water Quality Criteria for Designated Best Use Class Table 6-3 : Treated Sewage Discharge Guideline Table6-4: Ambient Noise Standards Table6-5: Standards for Occupational Noise Exposure Table 6-6 Monitoring Schedule for different environmental parameters Table 7-1 Preliminary Hazard Analysis Table 7-2 Preliminary Hazard Analysis in General Table 7-3 : Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment Table 7-4 : Operation Phase: Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan Construction Phase Table 10-2 : Environmental Management Plan Operation Phase Table 10-3 Record Keeping Requirements Table 10-4: Environmental Management Budget Table 12-1 Details of Experts involved in EIA Study Table A-1: Stack Emission data Table A-2: Characteristics of the emission sources Table A-3: Stack location and associated facility / building Table A-4: EPA B , March 2016 on Non-road Compression-Ignition Engines: Exhaust Emission Standards Table A-5: USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.3 on Gasoline and diesel industrial engines for SOx Table A-6: USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.4 on Large Stationary Diesel and All stationary Dual-fuel Engines Table A-7: Emission rates for DG units Table A-8: Input parameters for air dispersion modelling Table A-9: Predicted Ground Level Concentration of NOx Table A-10: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of SO Table A-11: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of CO Table A-12: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of PM AECOM

12 TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN This is to certify that AECOM INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED is an accredited NABET consultancy firm (details provided below) and this EIA/ EMP Report been prepared in compliance with the prescribed TORs (TORs proposed by the project proponent and additional TOR given by MoEFCC) and that the data used in preparation of this report and also submitted is factually correct. NOTE: NABET no. SA- 194thAC Meeting June 2, 2017: Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance Assessment held on June 2, 2017 Ajay Pillai Associate Director, Environment, AECOM INDIA Date : 12 July 2017 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 12

13 1. Introduction The envisages strengthening the Indian economy by creating internationally-recognized, architectural icon with an innovative design and green building concepts, which enhances foreign investments and promotes sustainable development. Amongst various other planned developments such as Investment Regions, Industrial Parks, Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC), DMICDC has proposed to undertake development of a world class Exhibition and Convention Centre (hereafter referred to as ECC or the project ) at Sector-25 in Dwarka,. The project s vision is to offer a well-organized and quality setting for international as well as national meetings, conferences, exhibitions and trade shows. It is planned that the proposed ECC will have exhibition halls, convention centre, banquet halls, arena, hotels, service apartments, Food and Beverages (F&B) outlets, Grade-A officesand retail services. The proposed ECC site is strategically located at a distance of approximately 11 km (by road) from Indira Gandhi International (IGI) airport and 3km from Bijwasan railway station. 1.1 Purpose of the report The EIA Notification, 2006, requires the all new projects and expansion and modernization of existing projects, as listed in the Schedule of the said Notification, are to obtain prior environmental clearance from the concerned regulatory authority, i.e. Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEFCC) for matters falling under Category A in the Schedule and at State level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) for matters falling under Category B in the said Schedule, before any construction work is started on the project, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land. DMICDC has developed a conceptual master plan for the proposed development and intends to ensure environmental compliance and embed elements of environmental good practice in the master planning stage itself. DMICDC has carried out this EIA Study for the proposed project as per the requirements of the EIA Notification, 2006 and its subsequent amendments with an objective of obtaining an Environmental Clearance (EC). As per the EIA Notification 2006, the proposed project falls under Item 8 (b) of the Schedule Area Development projects and Townships projects as it is spread over an area of more than 50 ha. Also, as per the subsequent amendment in the EIA Notification 2006, vide Gazette Notification S.O.3999 (E) dated 9th December 2016, the envisaged project has been categorized as Category A under Item 8 (b), since it has built up area of more than 3,00,000 sq. mtrs. Category A projects require appraisal by the Central Level Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) and EC from MoEFCC, GoI. Therefore, Form 1, Form 1A, Model Terms of Reference and Conceptual Plan was submitted to MOEFCC for the purpose of Scoping (F. No /2017-IA-III; Proposal Number: IA/DL/NCP/62768/201 dated 24 th Feb, 2017). After incorporation of the submitted TOR, prescribed TOR conditions, the EIA report has been prepared for the purpose of submission to MoEFCC s Environmental Appraisal Committee (EAC) for seeking Environmental Clearance. 1.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent The proposed Exhibition and Convention Centre at Sector-25, Dwarka,, will have exhibition halls, convention centre, banquet halls, arena, hotels, service apartments, Food and Beverages (F&B) outlets, Grade-A offices and retail services, and shall be developed by, which is a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV), incorporated as the Project Development Agency under Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion, Ministry of Commerce & Industries, Government of India for project planning, development and implementation of various infrastructure projects in India through developing and disseminating appropriate financial instruments, negotiating loans and advances of all nature, and formulating schemes for mobilization of resources and extension of credit for infrastructure. The project has already obtained the following statutory/ other approvals/ compliances from concerned Authorities: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 13

14 Layout Plan Approval from South Delhi Municipal Corporation (SDMC) vide resolution no. 499 dated Obtained AAI Clearance for maximum height (building block wise) dated Obtained concept plan approval from Delhi Urban Arts Commission (DUAC) vide letter 27 (05) 2017-DUAC/ 657 dated The Land for the project is already in Possession of Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP); As per the Land use as per Master Plan Delhi 2021, the land parcel is categorised as Public, Semi Public and socio-cultural facilities, as per Notification issued by MoUD dated 12th May, 2016, hence the development shall be in compliance to the Master Plan Delhi No protected/ reserved forest falling within the site; no diversion of forest land required. 1.3 Scope of the Study DMICDC s proposal No. F. No /2017-IA-III; Proposal Number: IA/DL/NCP/62768/201 dated 24 th Feb, 2017 was submitted to MoEFCC along with the required technical documents for seeking Terms of Reference (TOR) in terms of the provisions of the EIA notification 2006 under the Environmental (Protection) Act, The EAC, after considering the proposal during its meeting held on 12 th -14 th April, 2017 and detailed deliberations, recommended the project for grant of TOR. As per the recommendation of the EAC, the MoEFCC accorded ToR to the Development of an Exhibition-cum-Convention Centre (ECC) for preparation of the EIA and EMP with general and specific conditions (Prescribed TOR by MoEFCC attached as Annexure A.1), in addition to the Standard TOR for Townships and Area Development Projects. To assess the environmental attributes of the study area, core area of 10 km radius around the proposed project site has been considered. The broad scope of the study includes: Desktop study/ literature review to collect data relevant to the study area; Analysis of Alternatives Primary data collection supplemented with secondary data collection so as to establish the baseline environmental status of the study area; Identify various existing pollution loads due to project activities in the study area; Evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study area Identify mitigation measures and prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving environmental quality and scope for future expansions for environmentally sustainable development; Outlining environmental monitoring plan in order to monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures Identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored regularly. 1.4 Prescribed TOR Compliance The compliance to the specific conditions prescribed in the TOR has been provided in Table below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 14

15 Table 1-1: Compliance to prescribed TOR S. No Prescribed TOR by MoEFCC Addressal on Chapter/ Section Response Brief SPECIFIC CONDITIONS 1. Importance and benefits of the project Chap 8 For emerging economies like India, exhibitions have become a credible business tool not only to showcase growing industrial strength but also to create larger business opportunities across segments. The proposed ECC would be developed along a EPC & Public-Private Partnership (PPP) model with world class infrastructure related to trade and promotional activities, conventions, conferences, exhibitions, corporate meetings, specialized events and logistics facilities. The development of project will open the economy for foreign investments, hence gaining grounds at international level. The Exhibition Industry has not grown in tandem with the economic expansion and urban development of Delhi. Pragati Maidan is the only large, organized space in Delhi for holding exhibitions, conventions, trade fairs, etc. Hence, another ECC in the National Capital Region (NCR) should be facilitated not only to provide exhibition space but also attract new investments and boost existing economic activity in the region. 2. The data collection and impact assessment shall be as per standard survey methods. Chap 3, Section 3.2 Data collection and impact assessment has been carried out as per the standard survey method as defined in Environmental Impact Assessment Guidance Manual for Building, Construction, Townships and Area Development projects. Environmental Monitoring has been undertaken as per CPCB guidelines and as suggested in Manual. 3. Fresh baseline data for 3 months shall be used for preparing EIA Report. Chap 3, Section Fresh Environmental Monitoring was carried out after receiving the prescribed TOR (starting 29 th April, 2017 till 29 th June 2017 for a period eight (8) weeks). As suggested by the Committee, the monsoon season (starting July) was avoided for the environmental monitoring period. This is supplement data to the environmental monitoring conducted for the project for a period of four (4) weeks from 13th October to 08th November, (The monitoring was carried out prior to the Notification SO 3999, and hence was considered as Category B project, to be appraised on the basis of Form1, Form 1A, Conceptual Plan and EIA report). Last year s environmental monitoring data has been appended as an Annexure A.11 to this report. 4. Present land use of the proposed project site. Refer Annexure A.3-Copy of Notification for Change in Land Use to PSP, by MoUD, The designated landuse of the land parcel as per the Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May 2016 is designated as Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities), hence the development is in line with the Master Plan Delhi (MPD) Refer Annexure A.4 Transfer of Land from At present, the proposed land is open flat land. No agriculture is practiced. The land was transferred from DDA to DIPP ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 15

16 DDA to DIPP 5. Copy of project sanction plan. Chapter -2 Figure 2.7 The Duly Signed and Approved Layout Plan for ECC, Dwarka from South Delhi Municipal Corporation (SDMC) has been provided in Figure Details of project configurations and built up area. Chap 2 Section 2.1 The proposed ECC will be spread over Ha land, with the total built up area of 10,20,000 sq.m. The proposed ECC will be an integrated complex with a host of activities like exhibition halls, convention centre, banquet halls, arena, hotels and service apartments, food &beverage outlets and retail services. Table Project Components of ECC the area statement S. No Components 1 Exhibition Hall 2,00,000 Foyer 50,000 2 Convention Centre 60,000 3 Arena (Theme Destination) 50,000 4 Hotels (5 Star) 1,30,000 5 Hotels (4 Star) 60,000 6 Hotels (3 Star) 60,000 7 Office 2,15,000 8 Retail 1,70,000 9 Service Apartments 25,000 Built up Area Sq. m Total Built up Area 10,20,000 Total basement area (basement I, II, III & IV) is 10,30,998 Sqm. ECC project is envisaged to be built in two phases (Phase I and Phase II). Phase I: construction of built up area of 4, 25,000 sq. m Phase II: construction of built up area of 5,95,000 sq. m 7. Layout plan indicating road, greenbelt, drainage, sewer line, STP, solid waste handling area, rain water harvesting structure, etc. in different colour to be furnished. 8. Layout of parking plan indicating entry and exit points of vehicular movement as well as traffic Chap 2 Section Figure 2-24 Chap 2 Section The project will be completed in a span of eight (8) years. The proposed phasing of the project is provided in Section 2.5 A consolidated drawing showing road, greenbelt, drainage, sewer line, STP, solid waste handling area, rain water harvesting structure, etc. in different colours has been provided in Section 2.8 Consolidated schematic representation of the proposed infrastructure of the project. Separate drawings have been attached after end of respective sections: Figure 2-10: Proposed Sewerage Network also indicating STP (2 in number) locations Figure 2-11 : Storm water network layout also showing rainwater harvesting structures Figure 2-13: Solid Waste Management Plan Figure 2-16 : Traffic Management showing Fire Tender pathway indicated in the traffic management Plan Figure 2-17 : Parking Arrangements in Basement of proposed ECC Figure 2-23 : Proposed Greenbelt For developing the transportation plan, a regional traffic and road network analysis was carried out. The analysis was based on schematic road layouts and proposed development of the commercial land use as per Master Plan of Delhi-2021 and the surrounding areas. External connectivity and internal circulation for trucks and personnel ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 16

17 management plan. Highlight the fire tender pathway. vehicles, their entry and exit routes, parking area, fire tender pathway has been discussed in Section through Section The entry points for personal vehicles such as cars have been proposed from east, west and north direction to the project site. Please refer to Figure Figure 2-16 Traffic Management Plan showing main Entry and Exit Point, Fire tender pathway, Parking areas for trucks and personal vehicles 9. Details of source of water supply along with permission to be submitted. Chap 2 Section Figure2-17: Parking Arrangements in Basement of proposed ECC It is proposed that during operation phase, water requirement for the entire development will be met from the Main Supply of DJB. As per MPD 2021, 22.0 MGD of water is allocated for commercial usages in Dwarka. Water will be sourced out of the six underground reservoirs (UGRs) planned for Dwarka as per the MPD These UGRs have an individual capacity to cater to a population of million populations, with a reserve quantum to meet the demand for commercial area development. An application to DJB has also been submitted for allocation of water to the project. A copy of the same has been placed as Annexure A.7 of this Report. 10. Quantification of various effluent streams such as sewage, restaurant effluent, Laundry effluent etc. Chap 2 Section The wastewater streams such as domestic waste water, laundry wastewater; restaurant effluent has been estimated in Table 2.10 and Table Treatment scheme for effluent and its recycling mode. Chap 2 Section The expected waste water generation from the project is 3.4 MLD from Phase I and 5.1 MLD from Phase II. It is proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project and all the sewage generated will be treated to various degrees to be used for flushing, landscaping etc It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed with capacities 4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase II for Phase II respectively. Figure 2-10 Sewerage network and location of STPs 12. Water conservation plan for golf course. NOT applicable No golf course has been planned for this development. 13. Action plan to prevent pollution from discharge of surface runoff into water bodies. Chap 2 Section There are no major water courses/wetlands in the vicinity of ECC site except, Najafgarh storm water drain (1.5km away in West direction) and Qutub Vihar Park lake (2.5 km in Northwest direction). To minimise localised flooding during monsoon season, perforated pipe drainage system has been planned for open-to-sky courtyard/ lawn. Rainwater from paved area, lawns and roads shall be allowed to flow through sloping channels /pipes connected to the online storm water drainage network. The rainwater shall be conveyed into the rainwater harvesting tanks/pits. The overflow of the rainwater harvesting tanks/pits shall be connected to the main storm water trunk line of the entire development. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 17

18 14. Action plan to control soil erosion. Chap 10 Section Section details out the management plan to arrest soil erosion. 15. Details energy conservation measures to be taken. All points mentioned in the proposal such as orientation to support reduced heat gain, use of ASHRAE 90.1, use of ECBC compliant envelope measures to be supported through drawings and details in the proposal. Chap 2 Section The Exhibition Cum Convention Centre has been planned in lines with Green Building Principles and Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) standards. The project will include eco-friendly design, energy efficient systems, state of the art technology and compliance to all statutory regulations. Consideration of alternative technologies to be used in building materials, energy conservation are addressed in this section. As preliminary estimates, the proposed energy saving measures would save about 25-30% of power consumption. Details have been provided in the Section Details of DG sets. Prediction of ground level concentration due to emissions from DG sets. Chap 2 Section Diesel Generators shall be provided as back up to grid power, in case of grid power failure. Emergency power generators shall produce power at 11 KV to Exhibition Halls, Arena Administration and common utility. All 11 kv generators shall be located in energy Centre, so that with auto changeover system shall supply power from the main GIS sub-station to each local 11 KV sub-station located in nearby building of Exhibition Halls, Arena Administration and common utility. 11 kv HT supply shall be feed direct from the GIS by step down of voltage to other buildings in complex. HT Metering will be provided for both feeders. Details on the number and capacity of DG sets have been provided in Section Modelling Prediction of ground level concentration due to emissions from DG sets have been presented in section Details of arrangement for meeting standby power from solar energy. 18. Details of rain water harvesting system to be furnished. Clarity on recharge pits, storage systems for rain water and use of Chap 2 Section Chap 2 Section Solar Powered Systems The exhibition spaces are designed with on-site / roof top photovoltaic panel for energy saving measures. All external lighting shall be solar based and automatically controlled by timer for energy saving. Street/ External lighting fixtures shall be backed up by Solar photo voltaic panels with timer based automatic control for energy savings. Details on solar power calculations have been provided in Section 2.7.9, Table To minimise localised flooding during monsoon season, perforated pipe drainage system has been planned for open-to-sky courtyard/ lawn. Rainwater from paved area, lawns and roads shall be allowed to flow through sloping channels /pipes connected to the online storm water drainage network. The rainwater shall be conveyed into the rainwater harvesting tanks/pits. The overflow of the rainwater harvesting tanks/pits shall be connected to the main storm water trunk line of the entire ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 18

19 appropriate filtration system for collected rain water to be detailed. development. The total water harvesting potential for the proposed project has been calculated and presented in Section Calculation on sizing of solar water heating systems to be furnished. Chap 2 Section The project does not envisage solar water heating system. However, it has been planned to use solar power as a source of renewable energy. It has been planned : The exhibition spaces are designed with on-site / roof top photovoltaic panel for energy saving measures. External lighting in certain zones within ECC campus shall be backed up by Solar photo voltaic panels with timer based automatic control for energy savings. Details such as energy offset, energy saving in terms of monetary savings and other calculations have been provided in Section A management plan for excavation and dewatering to ensure compliance to the CGWA guidelines and regulation. Chap 10 Section A management plan on excavation and dewatering has been developed and provided in Section Solid waste management plan along with area earmarked for solid waste management scheme. Chap 10 and Chap - 2 Section and Section A Solid Waste Management Plan has been developed and provided in Chapter 10 of this report which provides details on waste segregation, waste collection and processing and ultimate disposal. For waste collection within the ECC campus, an automatic pneumatic waste collection system has been planned which shall be evaluated vis-a-vis conventional waste collection system (internal waste collection using vehicles) during design stage. An area has been earmarked for solid waste management scheme and has been provided in Section Management and disposal plan of used cooking oil from restaurant. Chap 10 Section A management and disposal plan for used cooking oil from restaurant has been developed and provided in Section Used cooking oil will be disposed of through the CPCB-authorised recyclers. 23. Management of excavated soil. Pollution control measures to be taken to control fugitive emission during construction phase including marble /stone cutting. Chap 10 Section A management plan to control fugitive emission during construction phase including marble /stone cutting provided in Section Layout plan indicating Greenbelt along with area earmarked to be provided. Chap 2 Section A total of 42.5% open spaces/ green areas have been planned for the proposed ECC project. The Green Area on the site is configured in two broad methods. At the periphery of the site, it is organised as large uninterrupted chunks whereas in the interior parts of the site it is distributed in small pockets. This distribution into smaller parcels is essentially a result of the integration ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 19

20 with the boulevard and the Open Exhibition Area. 25. Disaster Management plan including onsite and offsite plan. Chap 7 Section -7.1 A layout map showing planned green areas within ECC has been provided in Figure 2-23 below. A Disaster Management Plan to handle emergency situations has been formulated and provided in Section 7.1. Potential hazards have been identified and specific management procedures associated with them have been described in detail. GENERAL 26. Period of data collection Chap 3 Refer Sno. 2 and Sno. 3 above. 27. Application of EC (with File no.) + prescribed TOR - - Letter of Application for EC from DMIC attached 28. Attached TOR to EIA report - - Attached at the end of report as an Annexure A Questionnaire related to project - - Attached as a separate file. 30. Undertaking by Consultant - - Placed within this Report after the TOC. (compliance to standard TOR and prescribed TOR) The content of the report is as follows: Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Chapter 10 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 Introduction Project Description Description of Environment Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Analysis of Alternatives Environmental Monitoring Program Additional Studies (Disaster Management, Social Impact Assessment, R&R Action Plan, others) Project Benefits Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis Environmental Management Plan Summary and Conclusions Disclosure of Consultants ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 20

21 2. Project Description 2.1 Type of project and capacity DMICDC has planned to develop an Exhibition-cum-convention Centre (ECC) at Sector- 25 of Dwarka, in Southwest District of Delhi, spreading over Ha land, with the total built up area of 10,20,000 sq.m. It is estimated that the total direct employment generated by the project will be approximately 53,074. The total visitor population for the project has been estimated to be 3,87,970. Details on project location, accessibility to site, site settings have been discussed in subsections below. The proposed ECC will be an integrated complex with a host of activities like exhibition halls, convention centre, banquet halls, arena, hotels and service apartments, food &beverage outlets, Grade-A offices and retail services. The ECC will serve as the medium for sponsoring/ holding international and national meetings, conferences, exhibitions and trade shows. As per the Demand and Gap Assessment report of ECC project, once the facility is functional, it will draw a demand for integrated Grade office space and High value organized Mall-format retail space. The ECC campus, being planned in close proximity to the international airport terminal will also capture hotel room demand from foreign tourists arriving in Delhi. The project shall be developed as a leading (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions destination, (MICE), combining business-cum-entertainment experience. The destination creation will include strategic placement and brand creation for the proposed facility to enhance the experience of MICE events by creating a unique mix of enabling land uses which are not comparable to any existing exhibition venue. The location of ECC is planned in a way so as to facilitate the joint use of common facilities like parking offices, retail services, transportation and circulation, open spaces and amenities. Key details of the project are as below in Table 2-1. Table 2-1: Key project details Parameter Details State Delhi District South West Total Built up area 10,20,000 sq.m Basement built up area 10,30,998 sq.m Total site area for ECC Ha Estimated Number of Visitors at ECC 3,87,970 Total Parking requirement 27,000 ECS Total Power requirement 100 MW Fresh Water Requirement 2.6 MLD for Phase I and 4.9 MLD for Phase II (Total 7.5 MLD) Treated water re-use 3.4 MLD for Phase I and 5.1 MLD for Phase II (Total 8.5 MLD) Source of water Delhi Jal Board (DJB) Waste water Generation 3. 6 MLD for Phase I and 5.4 MLD for Phase II (Total 9.0 MLD) Solid Waste Generation ~75 80 TPD( at peak time, 120days) Solid Waste Generation ~23-25 TPD (non-peak) Source of Power State Electricity Board Total Project Cost ~INR 25,367 crores 2.2 Need for the project For emerging economies like India, exhibitions have become a credible business tool not only to showcase growing industrial strength but also to create larger business opportunities across segments. The proposed ECC would be developed along EPC and Public-Private Partnership (PPP) model with world class infrastructure related to trade and promotional activities, conventions, conferences, exhibitions, corporate meetings, specialized ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 21

22 events and logistics facilities. The development of project will open the economy for foreign investments, hence gaining grounds at international level. The Exhibition Industry has not grown in tandem with the economic expansion and urban development of Delhi. Pragati Maidan is the only large, organized space in Delhi for holding exhibitions, conventions, trade fairs, etc. Hence, another ECC in the National Capital Region (NCR) should be facilitated not only to provide exhibition space but also attract new investments and boost existing economic activity in the region. Other project benefits have been described in Chapter -8 below. 2.3 Location The proposed site is spread over Sector 25 of the Dwarka Sub City, in the south western part of Delhi NCR. It is approximately 11 Kms from the Terminal 3 of Indira Gandhi International (IGI) Airport. Figure 2-1 below show the location of Dwarka Sub-city within Delhi and proposed site location within Dwarka Sub- City. The coordinates of site boundary are provided in Table below. Table 2-2: Geographical coordinates outlining the site Point Latitude Longitude A 28 32'46.42"N 77 2'34.39"E B 28 33'13.35"N 77 2'57.60"E C 28 33'15.72"N 77 2'58.79"E D 28 33'17.76"N 77 2'56.79"E E 28 33'30.66"N 77 2'34.48"E F 28 33'25.60"N 77 2'30.45"E G 28 33'24.57"N 77 2'32.23"E H 28 33'15.20"N 77 2'25.09"E I 28 33'1.20"N 77 2'10.40"E Source of coordinates: Google Earth The Khasra numbers included are as follows: 16, 25, 5, 6/1, 6/2, 21, 1, 10, 11/1, 2, 9/1, 8/2, 12/1, 12/2, 8/1, 13, 18/1, 18/2, 7/2, 14, 17, 24/1, 15/2, 16/1, 25, 20/2, 21, 1, 2, 3, 8, 13/1, 13/2, 7, 9, 11, 12, 18, 19, 22, 23, 4, 17/1, 17/2, 24, 7/1, 6, 15/1, 15/2 16/1, 20, 21, 1/1, ½, 20/1, 23/1, 23/2, 13/1, 23/1, 23/2, 24/2, 4/1, 4/2, 15, 11/2, 25/1, 25/2, 25/3, 1/3, 22/1, 2/3, 12/1, 10/1, 26, 21/1, 10/1, 10/2, 22/2. The proposed project boundary has been indicated on Survey of India toposheet and attached as Annexure A.5. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 22

23 Figure 2-1: Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site location with Dwarka Dwarka Source: Ministry of Urban Development (Delhi Division), Notification 7th February, 2007 As per recent Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May 2016, the land use of ha of land area (excluding any existing structures/ acquired land) was changed to Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities (from previous Commercial (Category C-2)). The land use map of Dwarka Sub-city (Zone K-II as per the MPD 2021) and a copy of the latest Notification regarding the changed land use have been attached as Annexure A2 and A3. The reference letters dated 22 nd August 2016 and 14 th September 2016 regarding transfer of land from DDA to DIPP have been attached as Annexure A Site Settings The study area comprises primarily of flat land with a general slope towards west direction. The site is at a distance of approximately 2.5 kms from the western edge of IGI airport runway and falls directly under the funnel of Runway To the north of the site lies Pochanpur village and 100m Urban Extension Road (UER)-II connecting the site to NH-8 runs along the northern boundary of the site. To the east of the site runs the Jaipur-Delhi railway line. In the west direction, the site is flanked by a sector road of 60 metres ROW connecting the site to sector 19 and 24 and running parallel to Najafgarh drain. There are local roads with 2 lane width and intermediate lane width going towards south which connects with the nearby Barthal and Bijwasan villages. For the environment impact assessment study, an area of 10 km extending from the boundary of the project site has been considered as the Study Area for this project. The map showing the 10 km radius with site physical features and Project boundary is presented in Figure 2-2. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 23

24 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-2: Project Site Boundary with Physical Feature ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 24

25 2.3.2 Accessibility to Site The site is located in close proximity to various transport links such as Indira Gandhi International Airport, Delhi Rewari Railway line and Dwarka Sec-21 Metro station, providing connectivity within Delhi and nearby regions. The existing road network in the site vicinity is presented in Figure 2-3. Figure 2-3: Existing road network in the vicinity Existing Road Network Presently, the access to the site is from the Urban Extension Road II (UER -II), Dwarka sector roads and local village roads. UER-II (also known as Najafgarh road) of 100m ROW and 6 lane carriageway flanks the site on its northern side connecting the site to NH-8. This primary road (60m ROW with 6 carriage way) connects the site to Sector 22 and Sector 23. The same road is proposed to link to Northern Peripheral Road(Dwarka Expressway) in Gurgaon Manesar Master Plan 2021.The site is also flanked by sector road of 60 metres ROW in the west direction connecting the site to sector 19 and 24 and running parallel to Najafgarh drain. There are local roads with 2 lane width and intermediate lane width going towards south which connects with the nearby Barthal and Bijwasan villages. Major linkages that would have direct impact on the traffic being generated from the ECC are shown in the Figure 2-4 below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 25

26 Figure 2-4: Existing Road Linkages i) UER II (100 m ROW) and Site, ii) Dwarka Sector road (80 m) (Towards Sector 22&23) and Site and iii) Dwarka Sector road (60 m) (towards Sector 19) Existing MRTS connectivity The site has good transit connections with the Delhi Metro Station from Sector 21 which is less than a kilometre away. The line is proposed to extend southwards to Gurgaon, thereby enhancing the connectivity of the site. Existing Rail connectivity The Delhi Rewari railway line is in the proximity of the project site with a railway station at Bijwasan, which is approximately 3 km from the project site. This railway line connects the south-west parts of the NCR with Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Punjab. Connectivity to roads and railway line is presented in Figure 2-5. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 26

27 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-5: Connectivity to the site: Major Roads and Railways ECC project site at Dwarka, Delhi ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 27

28 2.4 Detailed description The planned components of the project are as presented below. Table 2-3: Project Components of ECC the area statement S. No Components Built up Area Sq. m 1 Exhibition Hall 2,00,000 Foyer 50,000 2 Convention Centre 60,000 3 Arena (Theme Destination) 50,000 4 Hotels (5 Star) 1,30,000 5 Hotels (4 Star) 60,000 6 Hotels (3 Star) 60,000 7 Office 2,15,000 8 Retail 1,70,000 9 Service Apartments 25,000 Total Built up Area 10,20,000 Besides the above, the total basement built up area (basement I,II, III & IV) is 10,30,998 Sqm. ECC project is envisaged to be built in two phases (Phase I and Phase II). The proposed phasing of the project is provided below: Table 2-4: ECC components to be developed in Phase I S. No Components Built up Area Sq. m 1 Exhibition Hall 37,260 2 Grand Foyer 2,740 3 Convention Centre 60,000 4 Hotels (5 Star) 60,000 5 Hotels (4 Star) 14,000 6 Hotels (3 Star) 21,000 7 Office 85,400 8 Retail 1,44,600 Total Built up Area 4,25,000 Table 2-5: ECC components to be developed in Phase II S. No Components Built up Area Sq. m 1 Exhibition Hall Foyer 47,260 3 Arena (Theme Destination) 50,000 4 Hotels (5 Star) 70,000 5 Hotels (4 Star) 46,000 6 Hotels (3 Star) 39,000 7 Office 1,29,600 8 Retail 25,400 9 Service Apartments 25,000 Total Built up Area 5,95,000 As per Zonal Plan K-II, Delhi Master Plan 2021, the proposed site location was classified under Commercial land use category. However, as per recent Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May 2016, the land use of ha of land area (excluding any existing structures/ acquired land) was changed from Commercial (Category C-2) to Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities). The duly signed and approved Layout Plan from SDMC is provided in Figure 2-7. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 28

29 Figure 2-6: Concept Master Plan for proposed ECC, Dwarka, and Delhi ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 29

30 Figure 2-7: Duly Signed and Approved Layout Plan for ECC, Dwarka from South Delhi Municipal Corporation (SDMC) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 30

31 2.4.1 Development Controls/ Norms and Standards The guidelines, norms and standards issued by the Delhi Development Authority (DDA) (which enlists facilities required in urban areas), Delhi Master Plan together with National Building Code (NBC) and Urban Development Plans Formulation and Implementation (UDPFI) were taken into consideration while planning and designing the proposed project. Plot Area The total site area under consideration for ECC is Ha. The site shall be planned as per the mandate provided by the DDA for permissible FSI for Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities). Height Restrictions The project site falls directly under runway funnel of IGI runway 1129 which is constrained by severe height restrictions. Requisite permission has already been obtained from AAI for building height (block-wise) for 42-45m. 2.5 Project Implementation Schedule The project will be completed in a span of eight (8) years. Construction of exhibition centre will start along with construction of1300 rooms of five star hotels, 800 rooms of four star hotels, 1000 rooms of three star hotel and 500 service apartments. Simultaneously, there will be development of 2, 15,000 sqm of office spaces and 1,70,000 sqm of retail spaces. Approx. 2, 00,000 sqm of exhibition space,60,000 sqm of convention centre and 50,000 Sqm multipurpose Arena will also be constructed as a part of ECC. Proposed project will be constructed in two (2) phases: Phase I with construction of total built up area of 4,25,000 sqm which will be followed by construction of Phase-II which covers built up area of 5,95,000 sqm. 2.6 Project Construction Activities Manpower/ Labour Requirement It is estimated that about 5500 workers will be engaged for construction and related activities during the peak. Local labourers will be hired from the vicinity of the site. Influx of population from outside areas is not expected. Hence, setting up of labour camps is not envisaged for the project. Also, adequate number of portable toilets will be provided with separate toilets for female workers as per the requirements of the Delhi Building and Other Construction Workers Rules Construction Material It has been proposed that the construction material will be sourced only from authorized quarries in and around the region. Two quarry sites - Badarpur stone quarry and Jaitpur Quarry situated approximately 26km and 29km have been identified to source stones, aggregates, sand, etc. Steel and cement will be purchased from reputed manufacturers with valid test certificates as per BIS specifications. Aluminium, bricks, stones, marbles, paint, tiles, electrical ware, glass will be purchased from local markets. All material will be delivered to site and shall be processed for final installation at site only. Minimum amount of cut and fill operation will be carried out during construction phase. The estimated quantity of earthwork involved due to excavation activities, mainly for the construction of parking area is approx. 3.6 Million cubic metre.the surplus earth shall be used to fill up depression at site and low land in the area Power Requirement during construction phase Since no labour camps will be set up during construction phase of the project, power requirement will only be limited to operation of construction equipment and machinery. The power will be sourced from nearest grid substation. Diesel Generator sets of capacity / number approximately 250 KVA x 6 Nos, 125KVAx9 Nos, and 65 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 31

32 KVA x 12 numbers will be used for power back-up. The numbers and capacities shall be finalised during detailed planning stage. All fire and safety measures will be taken into consideration and shall be implemented by the Construction / Civil contractors Fuel requirements during construction phase The construction phase will require a maximum of 1m 3 /day of High Speed Diesel (HSD) for operation of Diesel Generators (considering 100% load). All the equipment and heavy machinery will be re-fuelled at nearest fuel stations. Sufficient High Speed Diesel will be stored in containers/ fuel storage tanks with secondary containment and proper identification mark/labels. The fuel shall be stored in a segregated location with maximum storage for one additional day. All fuel storage tanks will be placed on paved surfaces with secondary containments. All fire and safety measures will be taken as per the guidelines issued by the concerned regulatory authorities Water Demand and Source during construction phase The water requirement for the construction phase will include water for construction activities such as curing, formation of concrete mixtures, foundation laying, brick-soaking, masonry and water for domestic consumption for labourers and other supervision staff. It is estimated that about 2m 3 of water will be required per sq m 1 of built up total area. The water requirement for domestic purpose and workers at site will be approximately 45 litres per person per day (lpcd) which will be KLD. The water required for both drinking and construction activities during the construction phase will be sourced from DJB through water tankers Waste water generation during construction phase It is expected that during construction phase, approximately 198 KLD (for about 5500 labourers) of sewage will be generated. The sewage generated from the portable toilets will be vacuum-collected and emptied into the main sewerage system of the area. Soak pits will provide at the construction areas to absorb wash waters and other domestic waste water Solid Waste Generation The expected solid waste during construction phase will include two types of wastes i.e. Construction debris and Domestic solid waste. The type and quantities of the solid waste generation during construction phase are as follows: 1. Construction debris will mainly comprise of excavated soil, rocks, bricks, mortar, metals, wood and packaging wastes. Such wastes like bricks, stones, mortar will be used to level low lying areas within the project site which will constitute about 90% of the debris, other wastes like wood packaging material, metal, jute will be sold to scrap dealers. 2. Municipal solid waste will comprise of food waste, packaging wastes generated onsite. This waste will be properly collected and disposed of to designated authorized waste disposal sites by the engaged civil contractors working at site. 3. Used Oil from Diesel Generators will be collected on site and would be properly handled and stored in secure containers. Used oil will be disposed of to CPCB/ DPCC approved designated disposal site. The waste from construction activities has been estimated to be in the range of kg/sqm 2. 1 CSE brochure on Green Buildings 2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 32

33 Construction and demolition (C&D) waste will be stored at the construction site in either skips or suitable containers and will be directly emptied at the notified disposal site/sites or transported to an available suitable facility. 2.7 Project Operation Employment Potential The overarching economic goals for DMICDC are to double employment, triple industrial output and quadruple exports in five years. It is estimated, that the total direct employment generated by the project will be 53,074. The details of the employment generated by various components of the project are as follows in Table 2-6. Table 2-6 : Employment generated during operation phase Activity use Employee Population ECC Exhibition Centre 1110 Convention Centre 440 Arena (Theme Destination) 760 Hotel (5 Star) 6290 Hotel (4 Star) Hotel (Budget) Service Apartments Commercial (Retail) 7500 Commercial (office) Misc (Administration + Public Amenities) 660 Total Visitor Population forecast The total visitor population for the project has been estimated and presented in Table 2-7: Peak inflow of population for different buildings has also been considered. Table 2-7 : Estimated visitor population at the proposed project S. No. Description Visitor Population (Assumption) 1 Exhibition Centre Grand Foyer Convention Centre Arena (Theme Destination) Hotel (5 Stars) Hotel (4 Stars) 7 Hotel (Budget) 8 Service Apartment 9 Commercial (Retails) Commercial (Office) - 11 Misc (Administration+ Public office) - TOTAL 3,87, Water Infrastructure Water Sourcing It is proposed that during operation phase, water requirement for the entire development will be met from the Main Supply of DJB. As per MPD 2021, 22.0 MGD of water is allocated for commercial usages in Dwarka. Water will be sourced out of the six underground reservoirs (UGRs) planned for Dwarka as per the MPD These ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 33

34 UGRs have an individual capacity to cater to a population of million populations, with a reserve quantum to meet the demand for commercial area development. Water demand during Operation Phase Total water requirement for ECC has been calculated for domestic requirements (Visitor population water demand, employee water demand, and other water demand for each component of planned ECC). Water requirement for various project components is presented in Table 2-8 and Table 2-9. It has been estimated that the total water demand of the project is approx. 16 MLD water (6.0 MLD for Phase I and 10.0 MLD for Phase II). This will be met by using fresh water 7.5 MLD (2.6 MLD for Phase I and 4.9 MLD for Phase II) and recycled treated sewage water 8.5 MLD (3.4 MLD for Phase I and 5.1 MLD for Phase II). Fresh water will be used for domestic purposes. Waste water will be treated in two planned STPs (4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase II) and the treated waste water will be used in landscaping, etc. Water Balance for both the phases are presented in Figure 2.8 and Figure 2.9. An application to DJB has also been submitted for allocation of water to the project. A copy of the same has been placed as Annexure A.7 of this Report. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 34

35 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Table 2-8 : Water demand estimated for the proposed ECC-Phase I S. No. Description BUA (Sqm) Population (Sqm/Head) Population (Head) Water requirement (litres/head) Gross Water Requirement (LPD) Potable Water (LPD) 1 Exhibition Centre 37, , ,72,600 3,72,600-2 Foyer 2, , ,400 27,400 - Convention Centre 60, , ,00,000 6,00,000 3 Hotel (5 Stars) 600 Keys Hotel (4 Stars) 187 Keys Hotel (3 Stars) 350 Keys Non Potable (LPD) 95,000-1, ,84,000 3,30,000 54, ,19,680 1,02,850 16, ,24,000 1,92,500 31,500 4 Commercial (Retails) 1,44, , ,46,030 4,82,010 9,64,020 5 Commercial (Office) 85, , ,84,300 1,28,100 2,56,200 6 Basement area 4,63, , ,95,925 2,31,975 4,63,950 7 Sub total 42,53,935 24,67,435 17,86,500 8 Add 5% Extra for floating population 2,12,697 1,23,372 89,325 Total Water demand (Phase-I) 44,66,632 25,90,807 18,75,825 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 35

36 Water Consumption Data - Summary & Treated Waste Water Re-Use Phase I S. No. Description Round-Off 1. Domestic Cold Water Requirement Say 2591 KL/Day 2. Flushing Water Requirement Say 1875 KL/Day Total (1+2) Say 4466 KL/Day 3. Flow to STP Say 3573 KL/Day Considered 20% additional for STP Capacity Say 4288 KL/Day Treated water available from the 95% of total sewer generation. Say 3394 KL/Day S. No. Description Round-Off 1. Cooling Tower Make -Up - Air Conditioning Plant Total diversify HVAC load 2500 TR for Hotel and TR for Exhibition & Convention Centre. Say 1208 KL/Day Water requirement for Hotel = 2500*24hr*8 ltrs/hr*0.6= 288 KLD Water requirement for Exhibition and Convention = 11500*10hr*10 ltrs/hr*0.8= 920 KLD 2. Cooling Tower Make -Up water for D.G. Sets 15 No 2000 KVA for 1 hour operation =15 *1 hr*200*10 ltrs/hr*0.8=24 KLD Say 24 KL/Day 3. Flushing Water Requirement Say 1875 KL/Day 4. Gardening and Landscape. (60 Acres *4000*6 ltrs/sqm*0.2=287 KLD)- 20 % land scape area considered Total Say 287 KL/Day Say 3394 KL/Day Conclusion: Total Water Requirement of Project KL/Day Fresh Water Requirement KL/Day Treated Waste Water Use KL/Day ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 36

37 Figure 2-8 : Water Balance Diagram for ECC Project-Phase I Total Water Requirement 5985 KLD Fresh Water Requirement 2591 KLD Treated Water Reuse 3394 KLD Domestic Fresh Water Requirement 2591 KLD Flushing Requirement 1875 KLD Cooling Tower Make up Water ( KLD) 1232 KLD Landscaping 287 KLD 80% discharge as Sewage Sewage Generated 3573 KLD 20% additional for STP Sewage Treatment Plant 4288 KLD 95% of Treated Water ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 37

38 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Table 2-9 : Water demand estimated for the proposed ECC-Phase II S. No. Description BUA (Sqm) Population (Sqm/Head) Population (Head) Water requirement (litres/head) Gross Water Requirement (LPD) Potable Water (LPD) 1 Exhibition Centre 1,62, ,08, ,27,400 16,27,400-2 Foyer 47, , ,72,600 4,72,600 Arena 50, , ,00,000 5,00,000 3 Hotel (5 Stars) 700 Keys Hotel (4 Stars) 613 Keys Hotel (3 Stars) 650 Keys 4 Service Apartment 500 Keys Non Potable (LPD) 1,55,000-1, ,48,000 3,85,000 63,000 1, ,92,320 3,37,150 55,170 1, ,16,000 3,57,500 58,500 25,000-1, ,20,000 2,13,333 1,06,667 5 Commercial (Retails) 25, , ,54,025 84,675 1,69,350 6 Commercial (Office) 1,29, , ,83,200 1,94,400 3,88,800 7 Basement area 5,67, , ,50,590 2,83,530 5,67,060 8 Sub total 58,64,135 44,55,588 14,08,547 9 Add 5% Extra for floating population 2,93,207 2,22,780 70, Add extra for difference in FAR 54, , ,77,485 1,92,495 3,84,990 Total Water demand (Phase-II) 67,34,827 48,70,863 18,63,965 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 38

39 Water Consumption Data - Summary & Treated Waste Water Re-Use Phase - II S. No. Description Round-Off 1. Domestic Cold Water Requirement Say 4871 KL/Day 2. Flushing Water Requirement Say 1864 KL/Day Total (1+2) Say 6735 KL/Day 3. Flow to STP Say 5388 KL/Day Considered 20% additional for STP Capacity Say 6465 KL/Day Treated water available from the 95% of total sewer generation. Say 5119 KL/Day S. No. Description Round-Off 1. Cooling Tower Make -Up - Air Conditioning Plant Total diversify HVAC load 4500 TR for Hotel and TR for Exhibition and Convention. Water requirement for Hotel = 4500*24hr*8 ltrs/hr*0.6= 518 KLD Water requirement for Hotel = 16500*10hr*10 ltrs/hr*0.8= 1320 KLD 2. Cooling Tower Make -Up water for D.G. Sets 30 No 2000 KVA for 1 hour operation =30 *1 hr*200*10 ltrs/hr*0.8=48 KLD Say 1838 KL/Day Say 48 KL/Day 3. Flushing Water Requirement Say 1864 KL/Day 4. Gardening and Landscape. Say 792 KL/Day (165 Acres *4000*6 ltrs/sqm*0.2=432 KLD)- 20 % land scape area considered 5. Additional water available Say 576 KL/Day Total Say 5119 KL/Day Conclusion: Total Water Requirement of Project KL/Day Fresh Water Requirement KL/Day Treated Waste Water Use KL/Day ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 39

40 Figure 2-9 : Water Balance Diagram for ECC Project-Phase II Total Water Requirement 9990 KLD Fresh Water Requirement 4871 KLD Treated Water Reuse 5119 KLD Domestic Fresh Water Requirement 4871 KLD Flushing Requirement 1864 KLD Cooling Tower Make up Water ( KLD) 1886 KLD Landscaping 792 KLD Additional Water Available 576 KLD 80% discharge as Sewage Sewage Generated 5388 KLD 20% additional for STP Sewage Treatment Plant 6465 KLD 95% of Treated Water ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 40

41 Water Storage Sizing There shall be separate provision of 1.5 days water storage capacity for ECC project. The incoming Main from municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow connection to raw water tanks; thereafter the water shall be treated and stored in domestic water storage tanks. Water Treatment Water treatment plant shall be provided in accordance with the various requirements of use as mentioned below: 1. Domestic Water: The project shall receive potable water as per IS: (2012) Drinking water Standards from the Delhi Jal Board (DJB) Mains. As per the specific requirements of Facilities within ECC, water might be further treated using small Reverse Osmosis Systems. 2. Soft Water: Provision of polishing softener and activated carbon filter shall be made to ensure the chemical limit of make-up water requirement of Air conditioning cooling towers is acceptable. 3. Flushing Water: Flushing water for the Ha. Development shall be sourced from the Centralised STP and shall have acceptable parameters as per governing requirement. 4. Irrigation Water: Irrigation water for landscape use for the Ha. development shall be sourced from the STP if water is available after meeting soft water make-up demand and shall have acceptable parameters as per governing requirement Water Distribution Central Utility Building Centralized Underground water storage tanks are proposed to be provided for firefighting, domestic, flushing, irrigation & soft water and pump room housing fire pumps, water treatment plant, and hydro-pneumatic system and pumping system for the entire master plan in the basement of Central utility building. The treated recycled water (Non potable water) for Ha developments shall be provided from sewage treatment plant. Domestic and flushing water supply of Ha developments shall be fed by respective hydro-pneumatic systems through ring mains. Following systems have also been proposed: pump room housing fire pumps; hydro pneumatic pumping system Water will be fed at constant pressure by hydro-pneumatic system for the following uses: Domestic Water Supply Flushing Water Supply Soft Water Supply Sewage and Sullage Waste Water Generation and Treatment The expected waste water generation from the project is 3.6 MLD from Phase I and 5.4 MLD from Phase II. Various streams of wastewater are expected to be generated from the proposed development such as domestic waste water, laundry wastewater, restaurant effluent etc. Details are as follows: Table 2-10 : Waste Water generation indicating various waste water streams for proposed ECC-Phase I S. No. Description Water Requirement LPD (excluding Cooling Tower Make up water and Waste Water Quantity (MLD) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 41

42 Landscaping ) 1 Exhibition Centre Foyer Convention Centre Hotel (5 Stars) 600 Keys Hotel (4 Stars) 187 Keys Hotel (3 Stars) 350 Keys Laundry wastewater stream 15%) MLD Commercial (Retails) Commercial (Office) Basement area Sub total Add 5% Extra for floating population Total (Phase-I) Restaurant effluent (10%) MLD Domestic waste stream (75%) MLD Table 2-11 : Waste Water generation indicating various waste water streams for proposed ECC-Phase II S. No. Description Gross Water Requirement LPD (excluding Cooling Tower Make up water and Landscaping ) 1 Exhibition Centre Waste water quantity (MLD) Foyer Arena Hotel (5 Stars) 700 Keys Hotel (4 Stars) 613 Keys Hotel (3 Stars) 650 Keys Service Apartment 500 Keys Commercial (Retails) Laundry wastewater stream (15%) MLD Restaurant effluent (10%)- 0.1 MLD Domestic waste stream (75%) MLD 6 Commercial (Office) Basement area Sub total Add 5% Extra for floating population Add extra for difference in FAR Total (Phase-I) Waste Water Treatment: Planned as a Zero Waste Water Discharge Project It is proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project and all the sewage generated will be treated to various degrees to be used for flushing and as make-up water in cooling towers of air conditioning system and of DG sets and for horticulture for external areas. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 42

43 It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed with capacities 4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase II respectively. The treated effluent from the Sewage Treatment Plant shall be stored in Treated water storage. The treated water is to be used for the horticulture purpose. Excessive sludge shall be stored in the sludge holding tank for final dewatering and disposal through screw pump and filter press / centrifuge. The parameters which shall be adopted for the design of sewage treatment plant is presented in Table2-12. Table2-12 : Parameters for design of sewage treatment plant S. No. Parameters Cooling tower makeup / Flushing 1. ph B O D (5 days at 20 deg. C) < 5 mg/lt 4. COD < 50 mg/lt 5. TDS < Turbidity < 1.0 NTU 7. E. Coli Nil ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 43

44 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-10 : Proposed Sewerage Network also indicating STP (2 in number) locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 44

45 2.7.5 Rain Water Harvesting and Storm Water Management To minimise localised flooding during monsoon season, perforated pipe drainage system has been planned for open-to-sky courtyard/ lawn. Rainwater from paved area, lawns and roads shall be allowed to flow through sloping channels /pipes connected to the online storm water drainage network. The rainwater shall be conveyed into the rainwater harvesting tanks/pits. The overflow of the rainwater harvesting tanks/pits shall be connected to the main storm water trunk line of the entire development. Total potential for rain water harvesting has been estimated below: Table 2-13 : Proposed Roof Area and Pavements S.No Roof Area Area (in square meter) 1 Total Roof Area (All buildings) Roof Garden (30% of Roof) Cement/Tile Roof Hotels Podium Roof 2 Total Podium Area Green Area (20%) Pool Area (50%) Pavement Offices 1 Total Podium Area Green Area (30%) Pavement Total Green Roof 1,05,363 Cement/Tiled/Paved 2,44,261 Pool Area 4,755 The total water harvesting potential for the proposed project has been calculated using the formula as below: Q= C*I*A, where Q=Annual Rainwater Harvesting Potential, cubic meter C=Runoff Coefficient (For conventional roofs, runoff coefficient is considered as 0.95 for paved area and 0.3 from green roof area) I=Peak Rainfall Intensity, m/h (Maximum hourly intensity occurring maximum number of time in 5-10 years for Delhi is considered to be 32.5 mm/day average value of three months has been taken) A=Area of catchment, square meter (considering the total available area 3, 54,378 sqm) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 45

46 Table 2-14 : Rainwater Harvesting Calculation S.No Surface Type Run-Off Area (Sqm) Impervious Area Q=CIA I ( 32.5mm/day) Coefficient (C*I) 1 Cement/Paved Roof ,44, ,32, Green Roof ( mm thick) 0.3 1,05, , Pool Area , , Total 2,68, cubic meters/day Rain Water Harvesting Tank Storage Capacity: 9,000 KL Rain Water Harvesting Pits It has been estimated that about 9000 KL of rainwater could be harvested. Based on the above calculation, 20 number of rainwater harvesting pits will be constructed of approx.450 cubic meter capacity spread over the entire campus. Storm Water Management Two Storm water lines have been planned servicing the ECC complex, comprising of manholes and rainwater harvesting pits planned at regular intervals. The Storm water network layout, showing rainwater harvesting structures has been provided in Figure below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 46

47 Figure 2-11 : Storm water network layout also showing rainwater harvesting structures ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 47

48 2.7.6 Power Demand and Sourcing The power demand is calculated after considering the different types of needs for heating, lighting, and cooling facilities/ requirements for different land uses and power assumptions. Many of the services in the Exhibition Centre, Convention Centre, Arena (Theme Destination) will be unmanned and fully automated, requiring a significant amount of electrical power. As per preliminary calculations, total electrical load for entire complex is estimated as 100 MW (Phase I - 40 MW and Phase II- 60 MW). The Complex shall receive power supply from Delhi Transco substation through dual feeder, EHT from the nearby EHV substation as per information received. Cauterized DG power backup shall be provided for the Exhibition Halls, Convention Centre, Arena, Administration and common utility complex only. Gas Insulated Substation (GIS) shall be provided with 4 No. (3 working & 1 standby) ONAN (oil natural air natural) / ONAF (oil natural air force ventilation Transformers. On load tap changer shall be provided for power transformers for better voltage regulation. Individual building shall receive the required power supply from these substations at 11 kv through U/G XLPE Cables in trenches in ring mains configuration. Sources of Emergency Power Supply Diesel Generators shall be provided as back up to grid power, in case of grid power failure. Emergency power generators shall produce power at 11 KV to Exhibition Halls, Arena Administration and common utility. All 11 kv generators shall be located in energy Centre, so that with auto changeover system shall supply power from the main GIS sub-station to each local 11 KV sub-station located in nearby building of Exhibition Halls, Arena Administration and common utility. 11 kv HT supply shall be feed direct from the GIS by step down of voltage to other buildings in complex. HT Metering will be provided for both feeders. It has been proposed that the following buildings shall be provided with Emergency power back-up at 11 kv through following DG sets at the following locations. Table 2-15 : Emergency Power Back-up units for various land use for Phase I & II S.No. Landuse 11 kv DG Selection 415 V DG Selection 1 Exhibition Hall-1,2,3,4,5, Conventional Centre, Foyer & Arena 45 No. Each 2 MVA _ 2 Hotel (5 Star) _ 3 No kva & 6 No. 750 kva 3 Hotel (4 Star) _ 2 No kva & 2 No. 750 kva & 1 No. 380 kva 4 Hotel (3 Star) _ 3 No kva & 3 No. 750 kva 5 Service Apartment _ 2 No kva 6 Retail _ 7 No kva & 2 X 1500 KVA 1 X 1000 KVA & 1 No. 250 kva 7 Office _ 2 No kva & 8 No kva & 9 No. 750 kva & 1 No. 500 kva & 2 No. 320 kva Note: Nos. of DGs are based on the broad estimate and may change during operation phase. DG sets shall be with acoustic enclosure and water cooled type. All DG sets shall be synchronized and shall be capable of restoring power supply within seconds of disruption (black-out or brown-out) of city power. Independent flue pipe from each DG set shall be taken out up to the highest level. The noise level from DG sets will not exceed 75 db (A) at 1 m distance, during day time and 70 db (A) during night time. Stack height for the flue pipe from the DG sets shall be as per CPCB norms. Solar power lighting has also been proposed for the project. Details have been provided in Section Building Sustainability and Energy Conservation. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 48

49 2.7.7 Solid Waste Management Waste Type and Waste Quantity The types of waste likely to be generated from the project are municipal, commercial, institutional, biomedical hazardous and non-hazardous in nature. The characterization of the waste for the proposed project has been done based on the different sources of waste generation including residential, commercial, offices, hotels and open areas. Each source will have different characteristics of waste. With the objectives of maximum recovery of useful material and optimisation of waste recycling, the waste expected to be generated in the project, is broadly classified into the following categories: 1. Biodegradable waste; 2. Recyclables; and 3. Inert & Others The most probable % waste composition of waste from this development will be 55% biodegradable waste, 30% recyclables and 15 % Inert/ other wastes as shown in Figure The waste composition is based on secondary data collected from various studies conducted in recent times for similar types of waste generation sources within the state of Delhi and National capital Region (NCR). Figure 2-12 : Composition of MSW The quantities of waste likely to be generated during the operation of ECC-has been estimated on the basis of population and land use characteristics. Waste generation factors have been considered as per the various land uses and are based on recent studies/ primary surveys conducted for studies similar in nature. The WGFs used have been presented in the Table Table 2-16: Waste generation factors S. no Land use WGF Unit WGF for employee or area WGF for visitor 1. Exhibition Centre kg/capita/day Convention Centre kg/capita/day Arena (Theme Destination) kg/sqm/day Hotel (5 Star) kg/room/day Hotel (4 Star) kg/room/day Hotel (Budget) kg/room/day Service Apartments kg/capita/day Commercial (Retail) kg/capita/day ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 49

50 9. Commercial (office) kg/capita/day Misc (Administration + Public Amenities) kg/capita/day Roads and Paving kg/sqm/day Green area kg/sqm/day It is assumed that the peak season during which the visitor footfall will be maximum, will prevail for 120 days, spread over a complete year. As per the estimates, a total of TPD of municipal waste is expected to be generated during peak season from ECC during its operation phase. A summary of waste quantification is presented in Table 2-17 and Table Table 2-17 : Solid Waste Generation from ECC for Phase I S.no Activity use During peak season (TPD) 1 Exhibition Hall Foyer Convention Centre Hotels (5 Star) 600 keys Hotels (4 Star) Hotels (3 Star) Office Retail 21.9 Total 31.8 Table 2-18 : Solid Waste Generation from ECC for Phase II S.no Activity use During peak season (TPD) 1 Exhibition Hall Foyer Arena (Theme Destination) Hotels (5 Star) Hotels (4 Star) Hotels (3 Star) Office Retail Service Apartments 0.2 Total The total waste likely to be generated for Phase-I is estimated to be approximately 31.8 metric ton per day (TPD) and for phase II, the waste generated is TPD.) Total waste expected to be generated from roads & green areas is estimated to be 1.5TPD. The total waste likely to be generated from ECC would be approximately TPD. During the non-peak season, it has been assumed that approximately 20% of the visitors will still visit the ECC. Waste generated by these visitors, in addition to waste generated by the staff and other areas will result in generation of approximately TPD waste daily for both the phases. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 50

51 Approximately tonnes of sludge will be generated from both the STPs. It has been assumed that on an average approx. 250 kg of sludge (dry weight) is produced per MLD of sewage treatment. A Solid Waste Management Plan has been developed and provided in Chapter 10 of this report which provides details on waste segregation, waste collection and processing and ultimate disposal. For waste collection within the ECC campus, an automatic pneumatic waste collection system has been planned which shall be evaluated vis-a-vis conventional waste collection system (internal waste collection using vehicles) during design stage. An area has been earmarked for solid waste management scheme and has been indicated in Figure below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 51

52 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-13 : Solid Waste Management: Pneumatic Waste Collection System: Indicative pipe network and waste processing area within ECC premises ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 52

53 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Transportation Infrastructure This section presents the proposed transportation system for the project. For developing the transportation plan, a regional traffic and road network analysis was carried out. The analysis was based on schematic road layouts and proposed development of the commercial land use as per Master Plan of Delhi-2021 and the surrounding areas. The site is well connected to NH-8 which runs parallel to the site in east direction, at a distance of approx. 5.5km, through UER-II. The site has excellent transit connections with the Delhi Metro Station from Sector 21 which is less than a kilometre away. The Delhi Rewari railway line is in the proximity of the project site with a railway station at Bijwasan, which is approximately 3 km from the project site Traffic Projections Traffic assessment was undertaken to analyse the peak hour traffic and parking demand and thereby assess the adequacy of road infrastructure for the proposed development mix. The computation of traffic flow was carried out for both peak and non-peak hours. Evening peak hours was considered as the Worst case scenario which experiences maximum traffic flow input by employees and visitors. Table 2-19 : Vehicular share from the proposed development Population by Land Use Modal share anticipated (%) Total Cars % Two Wheelers % IPT % Bus % Walk/Metro % Cycle % Exhibition Employees Visitors Convention Centre Employees Visitors Hotels Employees Office Space (Grade A) Visitors Employees Visitors Retail Arcade Employees Visitors Arena Employees Administrative office Visitors Employees Visitors Table 2-20: Projected traffic flow (in PCUs) Population by Land Use Total Traffic in PCUs Cars Two Wheelers IPT Bus Cycle Total Exhibition Employees Visitors Convention Centre Employees Visitors Hotels Employees Office Space (Grade A) Visitors Employees Visitors ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 53

54 Retail Arcade Employees Visitors Arena Employees Administrative Office Visitors Employees Visitors Total Traffic PCUs Proposed Infrastructure for Transportation (Outside the project site) Proposed Road Network Urban Extension Road II (Arterial Roads) with ROW of 100 m The proposed 100m ROW UER II will be connecting the National Highway No.8 (NH 8) and National Highway No. 1 (G.T. Karnal Road) crossing National Highway No. 10 (Rohtak Road) and passing from NH 8 (Gurgaon Road) via Dwarka Sub-city-Village Bhartal-Village Dhulsaras - Village Chhawla - Village Tajpur - Village Goyla Khurd-Deenpur- Roshanpura-Najafgarh-Masoodabad-Village, Nangli Sakrawati- Village Dichaon Kalan-Village Baderwara and village Mundka connecting NH 10 Rohtak Road). Urban Extension Road I (Arterial Roads) with ROW of 100 m A third concentric circle to ring road that runs parallel to the UER II (as mentioned above) is also proposed by DDA and also under the road development plan for NCR; which is referred to as Urban Extension road one (UER I). Proposed Inter State Bus Terminal (ISBT) The Transport Department of the NCT of Delhi has proposed to develop an Interstate Bus Terminal (ISBT) is located towards the north-east side of the site. It is envisaged that this terminal will help decongest traffic by restricting buses from Haryana and Rajasthan to Delhi with handling capacity of 60,000 daily passengers. Figure 2-14 : Proposed ISBT near the site Proposed Rail Network The land adjoining to MRTS sector 21 station is with Indian railways (IR) and is proposed for Integrated Metropolitan Passenger Terminal (IMPT). The IMPT has been proposed to decongest the existing and Old Delhi railway station. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 54

55 Traffic Circulation within the Site The main highlights include: Pedestrian Friendly campus Adequate illumination within the campus Emission free transportation modes such as bicycle. Provision for bicycle parking facility Planned Metro station Provision electric/cng powered shuttle transport within or outside the campus for at least 10% of the campus occupants during the peak hours It has been proposed to develop internal roads of various hierarchies. The details of internal road for ECC are presented in Table 2-21 below. Table 2-21 Details of the internal roads S. No Type of Road Width of Road Length of Road Exhibition cum Convention Centre 1 Primary vehicular access road 30 m ROW 2980 m 2 Primary vehicular access road/entry ramps to basement 24 m ROW 2340 m 3 Secondary road 12 m ROW 560 m Truck Entry/ Exit The entry points for trucks / multi-axle vehicles carrying display materials/ supplies to the exhibition/conference have been proposed from the west side of the development. This will enable loading/ unloading of the supplies in proximity to the proposed exhibition halls. Personal Vehicle Entry Exit The entry points for personal vehicles such as cars have been proposed from west and north direction with rest the project site. The proposed entry points have been shown in Figure The figure shows the entry of vehicles from the planned roads networks along the east and north boundaries as well as serving access from the west. The expressway access the north-west and south-east will include grade separated routes and will provide access to basement car park areas serving exhibition, convention and arena. It has also been planned to designate a road for free movement of fire tender within the ECC campus in an emergency situation. The road has been planned as per the requirements of NBC, 2016; with a minimum width of 6m, having a turning radius of 9 m. The proposed route for fire tender has also been indicated in the Figure ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 55

56 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-15: Proposed Project Site connectivity and Circulation ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 56

57 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-16: Traffic Management Plan showing main Entry and Exit Point, Fire tender pathway, Parking areas for trucks and personal vehicles ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 57

58 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Parking Requirements It has been estimated that the total car parking spaces (Equivalent Car Space (ECS)) required for the development will be 27, 000. The total area required for these car parks will be approximately sq. m (32 sqm for each car park). The parking requirement for each land use has been presented in Table Table 2-22 : Parking Requirement for ECC Activity use Area (Sq.m.) Parking (ECS/ 100 Sq.m.) Total Parking (ECS) Exhibition Centre including Foyer 2,50, ,000 Convention Centre 60, ,200 Arena (Theme Destination) 50, ,000 Hotels 2,75, Commercial (Retail) 1,70, Commercial (office) and miscellaneous 2,15, Total 10,20, ECS=Equivalent Car Space It has been proposed that the car paring will be constructed in the basement area of project facilities. Service access to the Exhibition Centre does not conflict with other vehicular access onsite and has an unobstructed route to the exhibition halls. The parking plans for Basement I, II, III and IV have been provided below in Figures 2.17 through Figure ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 58

59 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Figure 2-17: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement I ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 59

60 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-18: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement II and III ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 60

61 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-19: Traffic Management Plan- Typical Parking Plan for Basement IV ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 61

62 2.7.9 Building Sustainability and Energy Conservation The Exhibition Cum Convention Centre has been planned in lines with Green Building Principles and Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) standards. The project will include eco-friendly design, energy efficient systems, state of the art technology and compliance to all statutory regulations. Consideration of alternative technologies to be used in building materials, energy conservation are addressed in this section. As preliminary estimates, the proposed energy saving measures would save about 25-30% of power consumption. Strategies to reduce solar radiations and improve energy efficiency: Renewable energy harness High Solar Radiations on Roof provide good opportunity for Roof Top Solar PV s Energy Efficient Equipment/ Fixtures Facades identification for high and low glazing ratios WWR-Less than 40% - South East and South West WWR 40-60%- North East and North West High WWR towards facades facing the courtyard Reduce heat island effect on roof and non-roof surfaces Light Coloured Paving for Open Space Use of vegetation to reduce urban heat island effect Insulation for external walls & roof Exterior Walls U-Value: 0.44 W/sq.m C Roof U-Value: W/sq.m C Glass U-Value: 3.3 W/sq.m C, Max SHGC:0.25, Min VLT: 30% Solar Passive Techniques It has been proposed to incorporate solar passive techniques in a building design to help minimize load on conventional systems such as heating, cooling, ventilation & light. Figure 2-20: Sun Path and Solar Mapping for the proposed Project Site ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 62

63 Figure 2-21: Site Solar Shading Analysis Following will be considered to achieve a solar passive building design: The project will incorporate green vegetated roofs on the commercial office buildings in order to reduce external heat gains from the roof top. Optimised insulation will be done in building envelope (walls & roof) to reduce external heat gain for better energy efficiency and reduced air-conditioning loads; 30% extra fresh air over minimum requirements of ASHRAE 62 for wellbeing of occupants in exhibition halls, commercial and hotel buildings; Efficient insulation of roof and walls, appropriate selection of glazing and framing for windows and suitable shading strategy are important in designing energy efficient buildings. The project shall select appropriate Building envelope design has considered and optimized heat factors, U-factors to minimise internal heating/cooling loads. Table 2-23: U-factor requirements for Opaque Wall and Roof Assembly, ECBC 2005 Aspect U Value as mandated by ECBC, 2005 (in W/m 2 - C) U values proposed (W/m 2 - C) Roof Opaque Walls Energy efficient double glazing windows shall be used for the project since they offer superior thermal performance (Reduced solar heat gain) and help in significantly reducing unwanted external noise of traffic. The specification of the glass used for the project is provided in: Table 2-24: Specification of the glass used for the project Glass Type Shading factor Maximum U factor of the overall assembly( W/m 2 - K) Vertical Glass (Double Glazed Unit) Skylight (Double Glazed Unit) Mixed mode ventilation for free cooling in exhibition halls, convention centre and arena during favourable weather conditions is proposed; Efficient HVAC system ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 63

64 ECC Dwarka shall be designed with a district cooling system which supplies chilled water to the individual buildings. The centralised HVAC systems shall have an efficiency of minimum 30% improvement from the kw/ton or COP as per ASHRAE Standard / Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) baseline, whichever is stringent. The pumps and motors shall have an efficiency of at least 85%. Air conditioning shall be provided by a variable flow chilled water recirculation system for maximum energy conservation as depicted in figure below: Figure 2-22: Broad HVAC Design Strategies Materials with recycled content shall be used to maximum extent, wherever possible as they reduce virgin materials use and solid waste volumes. The project shall utilize building materials that are locally manufactured, extracted and harvested within a distance of 800kms.The use of regional building materials reduces transportation and the associated pollution generated to deliver the materials to the project site. Paints, Adhesives & Sealants with low VOC shall be selected for this project. Lighting: The infrastructure lighting shall be designed with optimised lighting power density with at least 50% improvement over baseline as per ASHRAE Standard or Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC), whichever is stringent. All non-emergency exterior & common area lighting such as landscaping, surface and covered parking, pathways, bicycle lanes, street lighting shall have daylight controls (Sensors or Timer based control). All external lighting shall be LED lights and automatically controlled by timer for energy saving. Solar Powered Systems The exhibition spaces are designed with on-site / roof top photovoltaic panel for energy saving measures. External lighting in certain zones within ECC campus shall be backed up by Solar photo voltaic panels with timer based automatic control for energy savings. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 64

65 Table 2-25: Solar Power Calculation Total Roof Area Solar PV (40% of Roof Area) Area required for 1kWP Solar PV Capacity 85,385 sq. m (Excluding Exhibition Halls, Arena and Convention Centre) 34, sq.m 2,846 kwp Roof top Solar PV of 2850 kwp has been proposed. Energy Offset :4275 MWh per year Energy Saving : Rs crores per year Green Belt Development and Open spaces A total of 42.5% open spaces/ green areas have been planned for the proposed ECC project. The Green Area on the site is configured in two broad methods. At the periphery of the site, it is organised as large uninterrupted chunks whereas in the interior parts of the site it is distributed in small pockets. This distribution into smaller parcels is essentially a result of the integration with the boulevard and the Open Exhibition Area. A layout map showing planned green areas within ECC has been provided in Figure 2-23 below Consolidated Layout Drawing showing proposed key Infrastructure within ECC A consolidated schematic representation of the proposed infrastructure of the project showing road, greenbelt, drainage, sewer line, STP, solid waste handling area, rain water harvesting structure, etc. in different colours has been provided in Figure 2-24 below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 65

66 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-23: Proposed Greenbelt Development for ECC ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 66

67 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 2-24: Consolidated drawing showing planned infrastructure for ECC ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 67

68 2.8 Description of the Aspects likely to cause major Environmental Impacts The main aspects related to the proposed project which have a potential to cause environmental impacts include: 1. Traffic: Increased traffic in the area due to movement of the trucks carrying goods for the exhibition/ convention and visitor movement. 2. Noise: Potential Increase in noise levels due to events organised within ECC, high vehicular movement, loading and unloading of Goods. 3. Air pollution: Potential increase in air pollution levels due to operation of DG sets and traffic movement. 4. Water Quantity: The project will use water from the allocated Underground reservoirs of Delhi Jal Board to meet the requirement for commercial development as per Delhi Master Plan No ground water usage will be made for any of the activities. 5. Solid Waste: Generation of solid waste 6. Tree cutting: Tree felling will be required for the development of Project. Afforestation and compensation shall be made as per State Forest Department 7. Beneficial social aspects: Local population will be benefitted due to increase in employment opportunities, more connectivity, upgraded sewerage system in the area, better quality road network, regular power supply The social and environmental impacts are limited, site specific, largely reversible and can be readily addressed through the proposed mitigation measures and suggested Environmental Management Plan provided in this Report. 2.9 Mitigation measures incorporated into the Project Following mitigation measures have already been incorporated into the Project: 1. Traffic and Transportation Plan: In order to reduce the traffic congestion due to goods and passenger movement on the roads connecting to the project site, a comprehensive traffic and transportation plan has been devised. The upcoming Urban Extension Road I and II, ISBT and Integrated Metropolitan Passenger Terminal (IMPT) shall play a vital role in decongesting traffic movement. Within the ECC campus, separate entry and exits for trucks and personal vehicles have been planned. 2. Planned Parking: Surface and basement parking have been also planned for the trucks carrying goods (related to exhibitions). Provision electric/ CNG powered shuttle transport within or outside the campus for at least 10% of the campus occupants during the peak hours. It has been estimated that the total car parking spaces (Equivalent Car Space (ECS)) required for the development will be 27, 000. The total area required for these car parks will be approximately 8,64,000 sq. m (32 sq. m for each car park). 3. Greenbelt and Open spaces: Vegetative barriers in the form of green belt shall be provided around the ECC complex which will minimize the built up of pollution level by acting as pollution sinks. Green belt and open spaces of approximately 42.47% is proposed for the site. The green area on the site is configured in two broad methods. At the periphery of the site, it is organised as large uninterrupted chunks whereas in the interior parts of the site it is distributed in small pockets. 4. Energy Efficiency: Following sstrategies shall be adopted to reduce solar radiations and improve energy efficiency: a. Renewable energy harness b. Facades identification for high and low glazing ratios c. Reduce heat island effect on roof and non-roof surfaces d. Insulation for external walls & roof 5. Solar Powered Systems: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 68

69 e. The exhibition spaces are designed with on-site / roof top photovoltaic panel for energy saving measures. f. All external lighting shall be solar based and automatically controlled by timer for energy saving. 6. Water Treatment: The Treated water sourced from the Municipality Mains shall be further passed through pressure sand filter with dosing systems for disinfection. Further specialized treatment, may be provided based on the source water analysis report. 7. Waste Water Treatment : It is proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project and all the sewage generated will be treated to various degrees to be used for flushing and as make-up water in cooling towers of air conditioning system and of DG sets and for horticulture for external areas. It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed of capacities 4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase II. 8. Rain Water Harvesting: It has been estimated that about 9000 KL of rainwater can be harvested. Based on the above calculation, equivalent number of rainwater harvesting pits will be constructed. Approximately 20 rainwater harvesting pits have been proposed of 450 cubic meter capacity each with dimensions of Length: 5.7m, Breath: 10m and Depth: 8m spread over the entire campus. 9. Storm Water Drainage: Two Storm water lines have been planned servicing the ECC complex, comprising of manholes and rainwater harvesting pits planned at regular intervals. 10. Adequate Stack height of DG sets: DG set Stack heights for DG sets shall be maintained as per CPCB/ MoEFCC norms; 11. Fire Station within the ECC Campus: A local fire station within the ECC campus has been planned to be developed, with two (2) Fire Tenders stationed at all times. A dedicated road of width 6m and a turning radius of 9 m has been planned for movement of fire tenders in times of any emergency. 12. Solid Waste Management: It will be mandated to segregate all types of waste such as municipal, C&D waste, e-waste, hazardous waste. For waste collection within the ECC campus, an automatic pneumatic waste collection system has been planned which shall be evaluated vis-a-vis conventional waste collection system (internal waste collection using vehicles) during design stage. Wet waste will be processed within the campus. An area has been earmarked for waste processing. Any hazardous and e- waste generated within the campus will be disposed of through an authorised waste collection and disposal agency. 13. Environmental monitoring post commissioning: Environmental monitoring of various aspects such as air, noise, water, soil shall be monitored periodically. The parameters and the monitoring frequency has been defined in Chap-6 Environmental Monitoring Program. An Environmental Management Cell has also been proposed with defined roles and responsibilities. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 69

70 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, 3. Description of Environment 3.1 Study area, period, components and methodology Study Area: An area within 10km radius from the periphery of project site earmarked for ECC has been considered as the Study Area of the proposed project. The various components surveyed and studied for the baseline study are discussed in the following sections components: Land Environment o Site Setting and Topography o Physiography o Geology and Seismicity o Hydrogeology o Drainage pattern Meteorology Air Environment Site Specific Air Ambient Quality Ambient Noise Level Water Environment Soil Quality Existing Land use Pattern Ecology Socio economic status Methodology The baseline assessment is based on project site area assessment and reconnaissance survey of the study area of 10 km radius around the site boundary. The studies were conducted by considering the following: The various environmental attributes were divided into primary and secondary studies. Primary attributes such as air environment, water, soil, noise, traffic, flora and fauna and socio-economic aspects were assessed by conducting field studies and on-site monitoring and review of the past studies conducted; and Secondary attributes such as land use studies, geology, physiological characteristics, have been assessed by literature review of studies conducted in the past and by various government publications and departments and other related past studies and literature etc. Primary environmental baseline data viz. ambient air quality, water quality, soil quality, noise level and traffic density was collected during April-June, 2017 as per norms and standards prescribed by CPCB. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 70

71 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, 3.2 Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components Secondary data analysis Physiography The study area lies in south west district of Delhi, which broadly forms the part of Delhi ridge which is the northernmost extension of Aravalli Mountain. It consists of quartzite rocks and extends from southern parts of the territory to western bank of Yamuna for about 35 kilometres. 3 The alluvial formations overlying the quarzitic bedrock have different nature on either side of the ridge. Ecologically, the Ridge acts a barrier between the Thar Desert and the plains and slows down the movement of dust and wind from the desert. The ridge may be said to enter Delhi from the south west. The eastern part of the ridge extends up to Okhla in the South and disappears below Yamuna alluvium in the north east on the right bank of the river Geology and Seismicity The study area belonging to south-west district of Delhi is occupied by quartzite inter-bedded with mica schist belonging to Delhi Super Group. The quartzite is grey to brownish grey, massive-to-thinly bedded and structurally forms a coaxially refolded regional anticline plunging towards north. The major planar structure strikes NE-SW with steep south easterly dips. The thickness of alluvium on western side of ridge is generally greater than 300m. The area is dissected by number of faults, fractures and shears, the trend of these varies from NNE-SSW to ENE-WSW 5. As per the seismic zoning map of India (IS: 1893, Part-1, 2002), the project site is located in the Zone IV, classified as MSK VIII i.e., area having high damage risk zone. The design of all the proposed facilities in the project will take into account the required seismic resistance. Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2 show the Seismic Zone map for India Indicating project location and First Level Seismic Hazard Micro-zonation Map of NCT, Delhi ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 71

72 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-1: Seismic Zone map for India Indicating project location ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 72

73 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-2: First Level Seismic Hazard Microzonation Map of NCT, Delhi Hydrogeology Hydrogeological formations characterized by occurrence of alluvial formation and quartzite hard rocks in an area play an important role in predicting ground water availability. Delhi can be divided into following distinct hydrogeological units: Newer Alluvium - Yamuna flood plain deposits, Older Alluvium - Eastern and western sides of the ridge, Older Alluvium - Isolated and nearly closed Chattarpur alluvial basin and Quartzitic Formation - NNE-SSW trending Quartzitic Ridge. The older alluvium consists of sediments deposited as a result of past cycles of sedimentation of Pleistocene age and occurs extensively in the alluvial plains of the territory. This is comprised of inter bedded, lenticular and inter-fingering deposits of clay, silt and sand ranging in size from very fine to very coarse with occasional gravels. The kankar or ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 73

74 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, secondary carbonates of lime occur with clay/silt deposits and sometimes as hard/compact pans. Older alluvium is predominantly clayey in nature in major parts of territory except the nearly closed alluvial basin of Chattarpur where the alluvial formation is derived from the weathered quartzites rocks Drainage Pattern Drainage has two aspects flood protection and storm water discharge, which are interrelated. The storm water and flood protection in Delhi are not local but have regional bearing including areas of Haryana and Rajasthan. From drainage point of view Delhi can be divided into six drainage basins as namely - (i) Alipur Block North Delhi (ii) Kanjhawala Block West Delhi, (iii) Najafgarh Block South West Delhi, (iv) Mehrauli Block South Delhi, (v) Trans Yanuma Area North East and East Delhi- (vi) Sanctuary Area. The Study area lies in Najafgarh block which is mainly drained by Najafgarh drain. Also, topography of Delhi creates a drainage system that carries rain and storm water from the higher elevations of the West to the Yamuna, providing a natural drainage. The Vasant Kunj-Najafgarh storm water drain carries drainage from study area and draining it off into the Najafgarh Drain, 3km west of the site. The proposed site is almost flat topography with minimum variations in contour levels. Drainage map of the study area is Figure 3-3. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 74

75 Figure 3-3: Drainage Pattern of the Study Area ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 75

76 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Existing Land Use Pattern At present, the proposed land is open flat land with no agricultural activities taking place since many years. The land was transferred from DDA to DIPP. The designated landuse of the land parcel as per the Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May 2016 is designated as Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities), hence the development is in line with the Master Plan Delhi (MPD) The study area, (within 10km radius of the project site), has about 69% area under agriculture followed by settlements. All other land uses are very limited. The land use distribution within 10 km radial distance from the project site boundary is given in following Table and Figure below. Table 3-1: Existing Land use Pattern of the Study Area S.No. Land Use Area (Hectare) Percentage (%) 1 Agricultural and other Land Open Scrubs Reserve Forest Settlements Water Bodies River Drainage Total ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 76

77 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Figure 3-4: Land use Distribution within 10 km radius from the project boundary ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 77

78 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Meteorology Meteorological parameters are responsible for dispersion and diffusion of pollutants in the atmosphere. Thus, the assessment of the existing meteorological conditions in the vicinity of a source of pollutants is vital for assessing air quality in the area. The main parameters are- temperature, humidity, rainfall, winds and cloud cover. The meteorology and air environment of the area are discussed in subsequent sections. A. Long term Meteorological data The most recent long-term climate trend data was obtained for the years ( ), from the closest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) surface station at IGI Airport, Palam, and Delhi. Mean monthly normal of atmospheric parameters, wind roses for each month giving the wind direction speed were collected and have been presented in Table 3-2. Most probable wind speed class and wind direction in the area has been assessed and presented. Table 3-2: Climatological Summary (obtained from nearest IMD MET Station at Palam ( )) Month Mean monthly max. Temp. ( C) Mean daily min. temp. ( C) Total Rainfall (mm) Relative Humidity (%) January February March April May June July August September October November December Annual Total or Average Mean B. Precipitation The data obtained from IMD station at Palam for the average annual rainfall in the years has been presented in Table 3-3 below. Table 3-3: Annual Rainfall (mm) at the nearest IMD MET Station Year Annual Rainfall (mm) mm mm mm mm mm ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 78

79 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Source: IMD, Years The rainfall is fairly well distributed throughout the monsoon season starting from July which ends in September; with annual average rainfall over period of five years is 532mm. Average rainfall data for South-West Delhi District for period is given below. Table 3-4: Annual Rainfall (mm) for Period ( ) Year January February March April May June July August September October November December Source: IMD C. Surface Temperature During the summer months of April, May and June, temperatures rises to C; winters are typically cold with temperatures during December and January falling to 4 to 5 C. February, March, October and November are climatically the best months. The average of mean monthly maximum temperature as assessed from the Climatological data gathered from IMD surface station at IGI Airport, Palam, Delhi is 30.4 C and average of mean monthly minimum temperature is 14.1 C. The average of monthly relative humidity is 61.5%. D. Wind Direction and Speed Ground level pollutant concentration is inversely proportional to the wind speed. It can be referred from Table 3-5 below that the wind speed is maximum in the month of May and blows at a speed of kmph whereas month of November experiences lowest wind speed being 5.36 kmph. The predominant wind direction is North West. Table 3-5: Wind speed and direction Month Wind Speed (Km/hr) Predominant Wind Direction January 8.99 North-West February North-West March West April North-West May North-West June West ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 79

80 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, July West August 9.43 West September 9.79 West October 7.38 Calm November 5.36 Calm December 5.98 Calm Annual Total or Average Mean 9.74 North -West The predominant wind direction in May (during hot & dry condition) is North-West and in June & July (during monsoon season) the predominant wind direction is from Southeast. Figure 3-5: Seasonal Wind Rose Diagram Summer (May-July)* Autumn (Aug.-Oct.) WINTER (Nov.-Jan.) SPRING (Feb.-Apr.) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 80

81 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, E. Mixing Height Mixing Height (MH) is the vertical extent through which the contaminant plume can be mixed. During the winter, average mixing height is lower as compared to other seasons and atmospheric dispersion is typically at a minimum and therefore the pollutants will not be as widely dispersed. During the summer months, the average mixing height is typically at its greatest resulting in increased mixing through a greater volume of the troposphere, and hence lower pollutant concentrations. As studied from secondary data, the monthly average mixing height over Delhi varies from meters. F. Short term Meteorological data (Met. Station at Site) An automatic micro-meteorological station was installed at the project site to record hourly meteorological parameters for a period of 8 weeks (29 th April-29 th June, 2017). On-site meteorological data was collected in respect of wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity and rainfall and is presented below in Table 3-6 : Table 3-6: Meteorological data collected at Site Season Maximum Temp Minimum Temp Min Relative Humidity % Max Relative Humidity % Average Wind Speed km/hr Predominant Wind direction Pre-Monsoon West and North - West G. Wind Rose During the monitoring period, the direction of the wind is predominantly from West followed by West North west and West South West same as long terms trend. The average wind speed during the monitoring period was observed as 0.69m/s and a very high calm period of 40.53% is reported. The wind rose diagram for the study period is presented in Figure 3-6. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 81

82 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-6: Wind Rose for Meteorological Monitoring Data (Pre-Monsoon, April-June, 2017) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 82

83 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Primary Data analysis Air Environment An important component of an EIA study is the assessment of prevailing ambient air quality status in the vicinity of proposed project site. The tropical climatic conditions, especially monsoon winds prevailing in India mainly control the transport and dispersion of air pollutants during different seasons. Local topographical features along with predominant winds and weather conditions also play a vital role in dispersion of these air-borne particles. The baseline studies for air environment covers reconnaissance, identification of specific air pollutants expected to have significant impacts from the proposed project and assessing their prevailing levels in ambient air at representative locations within the impact zone around the project site. The sources of air pollution during construction and operational phases of the project are as follows: Sources of Pollution during Construction Phase: The construction phase includes site clearance and site preparation, infrastructure development, building construction and other related activities, movement of construction vehicles and equipment. During the construction phase of the project, the pollutants anticipated to be emitted are - suspended particulate matter (SPM), carbon monoxide (CO), and Sulphur dioxide (SO2) from all construction activities. Sources of Pollution during Operational phase: The operational phase includes emissions from vehicular movement and negligible emissions from sewage and solid waste handling and disposal. During the operational phase of the project, the pollutants anticipated to be emitted are - nitrogen oxides (NOx), SPM, Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and CO from vehicle exhaust within the project site Engagement of NABL and MoEFCC-accredited Environmental Monitoring Laboratory An NABL and MOEFFCC accredited monitoring agency M/s NETEL India Private Limited was engaged for a period of 8 weeks, (29 th April th June, 2017) after receiving prescribed TOR from MoEFCC and also avoiding the onset of monsoon season. This fresh environmental monitoring supplemented the monitoring conducted for the project last year, for a period of eight (8) weeks from 13th October to 08th November, (The monitoring was carried out prior to the Notification SO 3999, and hence was considered as Category B project, to be appraised on the basis of Form1, Form 1A, Conceptual Plan and EIA report). Last year s environmental monitoring data has been appended as an Annexure A.11 to this report. Credentials of the said Laboratory have been appended as Annexure A Site Area Specific Ambient Air Quality Sources of Air Emissions Surrounding the Site The vicinity of the project site is characterised by rural setup with presence of villages and agricultural land. Local activities in these villages and villages within 10 kms study area contribute to air pollution in the project area. The vehicular emissions on sectoral roads, domestic emissions and biomass burning in nearby villages also contribute towards air pollution in the study area. Site specific Ambient Air Quality Monitoring A site specific background air quality monitoring program was conducted for the existing project site pre-monsoon season. Background data was collected for PM 10 and PM 2.5, SO 2, NO x, CO at five (5) locations, primarily selected on the basis of predominant wind direction, which is North- West direction. The details of the AQ Monitoring locations are presented in Table 3-7. The basic considerations while designing this air quality examination programme included: Topography; Representative location w.r.t upwind and downwind directions; Representative location w.r.t regional background eg. semi-urban, rural area; Ecologically sensitive locations within 10 km; Availability of source of Power; and Accessibility. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 83

84 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, AAQ monitoring equipment were placed at sensitive receptors (i.e. within nearby villages), where safety and power were provided. Monitors were placed on one-storey dwellings, away from major roads and nearby flow obstructions (i.e. trees). ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 84

85 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-7: Air Quality Monitoring Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 85

86 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Table 3-7: Air Quality data collected at Site Location code Location Name Geographical Coordinates Dist. from the site (km) Criteria considered AQ1 Onsite N '24.86" E- 77 2'36.68" Onsite -- AQ2 Bamnoli N-28 32'59.72" E-77 2'4.42" 2.12km Crosswind (SW) AQ 3 Rangpuri N-28 32'26.1" E-77 7'9.39" 7.14km Downwind (E) AQ 4 GoylaKhurd N '1.1" E- 77 0'19.19" 3.61km Upwind (NW) AQ 5 Kapashera N '10.81" E- 77 4'28.70" 5.87km Downwind (SE) The parameters to be monitored, frequency and number of samples taken at each station are presented in the table below. Table 3-8: Details of Monitoring Program for Ambient Air Quality Particulars Frequency Parameters Duration Details 24hrs, 2 times a week x 8 weeks PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, Dust Fall, NMHC 24 hrs for PM10 & PM2.5, NOx and SO2, 8 hrs Samples for CO The protocol and analysis procedures followed to examine the collected samples were as per IS-5182 (Indian Standards for Ambient Air Quality Parameters). The applied testing procedures are given in brief in Table 3-9. Table 3-9: Brief summary of the Methodology followed for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Sr. No. Pollutant Code of Practice Methods of Measurement 1 Particulate Matter (size less than 10 µm) or PM 10 IS-5182 (PART-23):2006 & CPCB Guidelines 2 Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5 µm) or PM Sulphur Dioxide (SO 2) IS-5182 (Part-II):2001 & CPCB Guidelines 4 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO 2) IS-5182 (Part-VI): 2006 & CPCB Guidelines 5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) IS: 5182 (Part-X) & CPCB Guidelines Gravimetric 6 Dust fall IS: 5182 (Part-I) Gravimetric Improved West and Geake Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Na-Arsenite) Non Dispersive Infra-Red (NDIR) spectroscopy ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 86

87 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area Parameters Observed AQ-1 AQ-2 AQ-3 AQ-4 AQ5 PM 10: 24 Hourly (μg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile PM 2.5: 24 Hourly (μg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile SO 2: 24 Hourly (μg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile NO x: 24 Hourly (μg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile CO: 8 hourly (µg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile Methane: (ppm) Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile Non-Methane Hydrocarbons (NHMC): ppm Dust Fall (mg/m²/day) BDL- Below Detection Limits BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL The analysis of the above results clearly shows that all the monitored values exceed the limits prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board for PM 10 and PM 2.5 respectively. The summary of results is presented in the following sub sections. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 87

88 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Inferences Particulate Matter PM10 The PM-10 concentration recorded at all the five sampling locations exceeds the limits of prescribed CPCB limits of 100µg/m 3. The minimum value recorded was 94 µg/m 3 at Project site (AQ-1). The maximum value recorded was µg/m 3 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from 260 µg/m 3 to µg/m 3. The average values varied from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3. The graphical representation is provided in Figure 3-8 High values of PM 10 recorded can be attributed to disruption in dispersion process due to low winds and high temperatures. Site specific meteorology carried out during May-June, 2017 indicates presence of around 40% of calm period at a low wind speed of 0.69m/sec. When winds are light, there is less turbulence and mixing, so the concentration of pollutants is higher. Figure 3-8: Particulate Matter - PM10 Particulate Matter PM 2.5 The PM- 2.5 concentrations as observed in the study area varied from a minimum of 45.1 µg/m 3 recorded at Bamnoli (AQ-2) to maximum of µg/m 3 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3 The average values of PM-2.5 ranged from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3. All the values were observed to exceed the prescribed CPCB standards of 60µg/m 3. The observations of PM-2.5 are presented graphically in Figure 3-9. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 88

89 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-9: Particulate Matter - PM 2.5 Dust fall Dust fall is the rate at which dust is deposited from the air on a horizontal surface. It is calculated by dividing the weight of material (soluble / insoluble) collected in the container (in milligrams) by the cross-sectional area of the container (square metres) and the number of days over which the sample was taken. Dust fall collected at the monitored locations falls in range of 1220 to 1540 mg/m²/day. Minimum dust fall was recorded at Rangpuri (AQ-3) while maximum dust fall is recorded at project site (AQ-1). Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) The concentrations of sulphur dioxide in the study area were observed to be in the range of 9.8 µg/m 3 to 19.6 µg/m 3. The minimum value was recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5) and the maximum value of SO2 was also recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5). The average values ranged from 13.9 µg/m 3 to 15.5 µg/m 3 and 98 percentile values varied from 16.4 µg/m 3 to 19.6 µg/m 3. All the values were observed to be within the prescribed limit by CPCB. The graphical representation of observations is presented in Figure ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 89

90 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-10: Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) The maximum NOx concentration observed was 48.7 µg/m 3 at project site (AQ-1). The minimum value recorded was 16.7 µg/m 3 at Rangpuri location (AQ-3). The 98 percentile values measured were in the range of 35.2µg/m 3 and 47.7 µg/m 3. The average values ranged from 28.4 µg/m 3 to 34.3 µg/m 3. The NO x concentrations at all the locations were well within the prescribe norms of 80 µg/m 3 as per NAAQS guidelines. The observations of NOx are presented graphically in Figure ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 90

91 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-11: Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Carbon Monoxide (CO) The concentrations of carbon monoxide in the region were observed to be in the range of 499 µg/m 3 to 1462 µg/m 3. The minimum value was recorded at Project Site (AQ-1) and the maximum value of SO 2 was also recorded at Project Site (AQ-1). The average values ranged from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3 and 98 percentile values varied from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3.The CO concentrations were within the prescribe norms of 2000ug/m 3 as per NAAQS guidelines. The graphical representation of observations is presented in Figure Figure 3-12: Carbon Monoxide (CO) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 91

92 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Methane The values of Methane range between minimum of 0.9 ppm and maximum of 2.1 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The average concentrations range between ppm and 98 percentile values ranges between ppm. The Minimum Detection Limit (MDL) for Methane is 0.5ppm. Non-Methane Hydrocarbons (NMHC) NHMC Concentrations at the locations are Below Detection Limits at all the locations. The Minimum Detection Limit (MDL) for NMHC is 0.5ppm Ambient Noise Level The different sources of noise pollution during the construction phase include vehicles carrying construction material, operation of construction machinery and equipments at site. During the operational phase of the project, the noise pollution is expected to arise due to increase in vehicular movement in and around the site. Estimated traffic volumes and peaks at the selected locations have been presented in the results from the traffic baseline sampling study. An assessment of the baseline noise levels at five (5) locations within the 10 km radius study area was undertaken. Table 3-11 presents the details of noise monitoring, which have also shown in Figure 3-13 Table 3-11: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations Location code Location Name Geographical Coordinates Dist. from the site (km) Criteria considered / Land use NQ-1 Project Site N '25.50" E '32.96 N (0.5km) Commercial NQ-2 Bamnoli N-28 32'59.72" E-77 2'4.42 SSW (2.12 km) Residential NQ-3 Rangpuri N-28 32'26.1" E-77 7'9.39" E (7.14 km) Residential NQ-4 Goyla Khurd N '1.1" E- 77 0'19.19" NW (3.61km) Residential NQ-5 Kapashera N '10.81" E- 77 4'28.70" SE(5.87km) Residential/ Commercial The observations of noise monitoring were calculated as Leq Day and Leq Night. The results are presented in the and depicted in Table 3-12 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 92

93 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-13: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 93

94 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Table 3-12 : Results of Noise Level monitoring Location code CPCB Norm NQ-1 NQ-2 NQ-3 NQ-4 NQ-5 Leq Day db (A) 55/ Leq Night db (A) 45/ The noise levels at all the locations were observed to exceed the prescribed CPCB standards which have been provided below in Table Table 3-13: Ambient Noise Standards Ambient Noise Standards Leq day [db(a)] Leq night [db(a)] Industrial Area Commercial Area Residential Area Silence Zone Figure 3-14: Noise Level monitored in the study area Day time Noise Level Noise levels during day time were observed to be in the range of 71.2 to 83.3 db (A). The maximum noise level was 83.3 db (A) at project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 68.8 (A) was observed at Bamnoli (NQ-2). Night time Noise Levels Noise levels at night time were observed in the range of 58.8 to 74.6 db (A). The maximum noise level was 74.6 db (A) was observed at Project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 58.8 db (A) at Kapashera (NQ-5). ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 94

95 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Water Environment This section discusses status of water resources and water quality in the project area. The data has been collected from various secondary sources and primary survey carried out in the impact zone. To assess the existing status of the water environment (pre-project) in the project study area, representative sampling locations for surface water and ground water were selected on the basis of their respective significance within the study area around project site and sent for laboratory testing. The standard methods prescribed for surface and groundwater samplings as well as the analytical procedures for individual parameters were followed in this study. Water availability in the region Delhi Jal Board (DJB) is the Water Utility department responsible for all water treatment and distribution (including sewage collection and treatment) in Dwarka. DJB has six underground reservoirs (UGRs) for the K-II zone as per the MPD-2021, and each of these is designed to cater to a million population, with a reserve quantum to meet the demand for commercial area development. These UGR capacities vis-à-vis the demand allocation to the same for the usage of non-residential areas shall therefore be studied to assess the availability of potable water to meet the demand for the proposed development. There shall be separate provision of 1.5 days water storage capacity for phase I & II. The incoming main from municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow connection to raw water tanks; thereafter the water shall be treated and stored in domestic water storage tanks. The incoming main from municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow connection to raw water tanks; thereafter the water shall be treated and stored in domestic water storage tanks. Ground Water Characteristics National Capital Region (NCR) is basically a water scarce region, dependent upon surface water resources from outside its boundaries for its water supply. The complex situations of ground water occurrence in different formations, presence of saline ground water at varying depth in the aquifers and growing urbanization influences availability of ground water in different parts of NCR of Delhi. According to Central Ground Water Board, the net annual ground water availability of nine districts of NCT Delhi subregion is 0.28 BCM. The total annual estimated ground water extraction is of the order of 0.48 BCM. The annual ground water extraction & use is highest in the South-West district. Ground water quality As per secondary sources, the ground water in the areas around the Delhi Ridge falling in Central,, South and Southwest districts is fresh water at all depths. The thickness of fresh water zones is limited in most parts of west and southwest. The fluoride contamination in groundwater has been noticed in samples of groundwater collected from South West district and West districts. The high fluoride levels are mostly found in areas where groundwater is brackish to saline in nature. The nitrate concentration in groundwater has been reported mostly from areas where domestic effluent is discharged in to open unlined drains. The high nitrate concentrations are mainly from point source of contamination. The ground water quality of the Delhi region has been presented in Figure ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 95

96 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-15: Ground Water Quality in Delhi Source: Chemical Quality of Ground Water in South West district As per the study on ground water status and quality undertaken by NEERI for MoEF (City Development Plan- Delhi), high nitrate and fluoride concentrations were found in water samples taken from District South West, Delhi. The electrical conductivity of shallow ground water in the Southwest district varies from 630 to micro-mhos/cm at 25` C. The ground water quality is fresh with electrical conductivity 1000 to 2000 micro-mhos/cm at 25` C. With over-development of ground water resources in the district, more and more areas are becoming brackish. Present Water Levels As per secondary sources, the Depth to water level recorded in NCT Delhi ranges from 1.20 to metres below ground level (mbgl). The deeper water levels are mostly found in south and south west districts of NCT Delhi, while the shallower water levels are found in central, northern and eastern part of Delhi which can be deciphered from figure below. As per the data from CGWB, 56% wells in and about 46% wells in South-West District show depth to water level in the range of mbgl. Nearly 50% wells of south district shows depth to water level more than 40 meters below ground level (mbgl) and nearly 35% wells show depth to water level in the range of 20 to 40 meters below ground level. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 96

97 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-16: Depth to Water Level for Delhi Project Area-specific Water Sampling / Monitoring The surface and ground water samples were collected from different locations representing ground water and surface water receptor within the Study area. The criteria for selecting the locations of sampling were: Landuse (nearness to habitation/ any waste disposal sites) Drainage patterns (man-made/ natural canals etc) One (1) surface water samples and Four (4) ground water samples were collected for analysis. Table below gives the location details of the ground water and surface water sampling locations. Table 3-14: GW and SW sampling locations Location code Location Name Geographical Coordinates SW-1 Bamnoli N-28º E-77º GW-1 Kapashera N '10. 80" E-77 4 '28.70" GW-2 Goyalkhurd N-28 35' " E-77 0' " Distance from the project site (km) 2.06 (SSE) 5.87(SE) 3.61(NW) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 97

98 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, GW-3 Rangpuri N-28 32' 1.03 " E-77 6'29.15 " GW-4 Project Site N '44.91" E " 7.14(E) -- The ground water samples were analysed for parameters as per IS: standards and the analysis was undertaken as per IS 3025 and relevant APHA standard methods. In case of surface water, CPCB limits for classification of water were followed for assessment of water quality. Details of monitoring program for surface water quality and ground water quality has been given in Table 3-15 and Table The results of the analysis are presented in Table Table 3-15: Details of Monitoring Program for Surface Water Quality Particulars Frequency Parameters Methodology Details 1 grab sample Parameters as per CPCB Water Use Class Representative sampling across River, collection in sterilized inert sampling bottles and analysis according to standard BIS Methodology Table 3-16: Details of Monitoring Program for Ground Water Quality Particulars Frequency Parameters Methodology Details Four grab sample for composite sampling from each station once during the Study Period Temperature, TDS, TSS, ph, TH, Ca, Mg, Conductivity, DO, Zn, Cu, Cl, SO4, NO 3, F, Fe, Pb and Coliform Sample collection in sterilized inert sampling bottles and analysis according to standard BIS Methodology (IS: 10500) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 98

99 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Figure 3-17: Water Quality Monitoring Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 99

100 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Table 3-17: Water Quality Analysis: Surface Water Monitoring S.No Parameter Unit SW-1 1 ph Total Suspended Solids mg/lit 41 3 COD mg/lit 97 4 BOD mg/lit Nitrate mg/lit Nitrite mg/lit Phosphate (Phosphorus) mg/lit Boron mg/lit Oil & Grease mg/lit Total Coliform MPN/100ml >1600 Surface Water Quality The surface water sample was collected from Bamnoli (SW-1) village where the Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) levels were found to be very high, equal to 24.9mg/l. Total coliforms were found to be present more than Also, concentration of boron in water sample collected is 1.31 mg/litre. Based on above analysis, the quality of Surface water samples collected from Bamnoli village can be classified as Class E of CPCB standards which is categorized as Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal. Table 3-18: Water Quality Analysis: Ground Water Monitoring S.No Parameter Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 1 Colour Hazen <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 2 Odour Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless 3 Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 4 ph Turbidity NTU Total Dissolved Solids mg/lit Total Alkalinity mg/lit Total Hardness mg/lit COD mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 10 BOD mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 11 Chloride mg/lit Residual Free Chlorine mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 13 Sulphate mg/lit Sulphide mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 15 Fluoride mg/lit Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 17 Phenolic Compounds mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 18 Iron mg/lit BDL BDL 19 Magnesium mg/lit ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 100

101 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, 20 Manganese mg/lit BDL 0.03 BDL BDL 21 Mercury mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 22 Cadmium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 23 Selenium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 24 Arsenic mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 25 Cyanide mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 26 Lead mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 27 Silver mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 28 Zinc mg/lit 0.10 BDL BDL BDL 29 Nickel mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 30 Aluminium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 31 Copper mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 32 Barium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 33 Molybdenum mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 34 Boron mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 35 Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 36 Calcium mg/lit Polyaromatic Hydrocarbon 38 Polychlorinated biphenyls mg/lit mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 39 Anionic Detergents mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 40 Chloramines (as Cl 2) mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 41 Trihalomethanes mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 42 Mineral Oil mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 43 Pesticides µg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL 44 Total Coliform MPN/100ml >1600 >1600 >1600 > Faecal Coliform Absent Absent Absent Present 46 E Coli Ground Water Quality Absent Absent Absent Absent Ground Water results are inferred below: High levels of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and alkalinity were found in the water samples collected from all the locations. The Alkalinity of ground water exceeded the desirable limit of 200 mg/l at all locations. However, it was within the permissible limit of 600 mg/l; The total dissolved solids ( mg/l), total hardness levels ( mg/l) at all ground water sampling locations are within the permissible limits of 2000 and 600 mg/l respectively; The calcium levels were found to be within the desirable limits of 200 mg/l at the monitored locations; The magnesium level ranges between mg/l which is within the desirable limit (30mg/l) and permissible (100 mg/l) limits; Fluoride concentration was found to be within the desirable limit of 1mg/l except at Project Site (GW-14) where in the concentration is 1.72 mg/l. All heavy metals were also found to be below the respective detection limit; ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 101

102 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, All the ground water samples were observed to be free from E.Coli and faecal coliform. However, values of total coliforms are more than 1600 per 100ml of water sample; Soil Quality The pre-project status with respect to soil characteristics (physical, chemical and bacteriological), land use pattern in the study area around the proposed project site forms the baseline status of land environment. A soil sampling program was crafted and soil monitoring is carried out at representative five (05) locations selected in the basis of type of land use (nearness to agricultural fields, drainage, source of pollution etc). The details of soil monitoring locations are given in Table 3-19 Table 3-19: Details of Proposed Soil Sampling Locations Location code Location Name Geographical Coordinates Dist. from the site (km) SQ-1 Project Site N '26.61" E- 77 2'35.56" SQ-2 Bamnoli N '59.72" E- 77 2'4. 41" SQ-3 Goylakhurd N ' 1. 9" E- 77 0' " SQ-4 Rangpuri N-28º E-77º SQ-5 Kapashera N-28º E-77º Criteria considered On site -- SSW (2.12 km) NW (3.61km) E(7.14 km) SE (5.87 km) Residential Residential Residential Residential The parameters to be monitored, frequency and methodology of sampling are as follows in Table ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 102

103 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Figure 3-18: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 103

104 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Table 3-20: Details of Monitoring Program for Soil Quality Particulars Frequency Parameters Methodology Details One grab sample from each station once during the Study Period Texture, % Moisture, % Sand, % Silt, % Clay, % Organic Matter, Bulk Density, ph, Electrical Conductivity, NKP, Sodium Absorption Ratio, B, Na Pb, Fe, Zn and Water Holding Capacity Composite grab samples of the topsoil would be collected from 3 depths, and mixed to provide a representative sample for analysis. They would be stored in PET containers and analyzed at the laboratory Soil sampling was done to establish the baseline characteristics so as to assess the anticipated impacts due to proposed project. Soil samples were collected using auger from a depth of 30 cm (sub surface) from the upper surface. Samples were homogenised before testing. The samples were packed in dependable, waterproof containers and analysed as per ASTM, USEPA, IS: 2720, M.L. Jackson (Soil Chemical Analysis). The methods adopted for analysis of soil samples for various parameters is given in Table The sampled soil quality results are presented in Table below and characteristics are described further. Table 3-21: Method for Soil Analysis S.N Parameters Method 1. ph (30 gms/ 75 ml) ph meter 2. Electrical conductivity, µmho/cm (1:5 with water) Conductivity meter 3. Texture Grain size analysis 4. Chlorides as Cl, % by mass Volhard s method 5. Sulphates as SO4, % by mass Gravimetric method 6. Magnesium as MgO, % by mass AAS 7. Aluminium as Al2O3, % by mass AAS 8. Total Phosphorus as P2O5, % by mass Gravimetric 9. Calcium as CaO, % by mass AAS 10. Sodium as Na2O, % by mass AAS 11. Potassium as K2O, % by mass AAS 12. Nitrogen Kjeldahl method 13. Sodium absorption ratio By calculation 14. Moisture, % by mass Oven dry 15. Total Hydrocarbon, mg/kg Solvent extraction Table 3-22: Results of Soil Quality Analysis S. No Parameter Unit SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5 1 Particle size distribution i. Sand % ii. Slit % iii. Clay % Texture --- Loamy Sand Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Loamy Sand Sandy Loam ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 104

105 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, 3 ph (1:10 suspension) Colour ms/cm Yellowish Yellowish Yellowish Brown Light Grayish Brown Light Brown Brown Brown 5 Conductivity mg/kg Sodium Adsorption Ratio 7 Water Holding Capacity --- % Porosity % Total Nitrogen mg/kg Phosphorus mg/kg BDL Potassium mg/kg Iron mg/kg Lead mg/kg Manganese mg/kg Nickel mg/kg Barium mg/kg Zinc mg/kg Copper mg/kg Cadmium mg/kg Chromium mg/kg Aluminium mg/kg Sodium mg/kg The results of the soil quality analysis were compared with the standard soil classification provided by the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) and as given in Table 3-23 below. Table 3-23: Standard Soil Classification Soil Parameters Classification ph Normal to saline 6.0 to 8.5 Tending to become alkaline Alkaline Above 9.0 Electrical conductivity (mmhos/cm) Up to 1.00 Normal Critical to germination Critical for growth of the sensitive crops Above 4.00 Injurious to most crops Source: Indian Council of Agricultural Research, In qualitatively terms, soil texture refers to the feel of the soil material, whether coarse and gritty, or fine and smooth. In general, soil behaviour can be inferred from the texture. At project site and within its 10km radius, soil is found to be Sandy loam as shown in Figure The Sand percentage observed in the soil ranged from 71.2% to 86.4%, silt 4.2% to 15.2 % and clay 9.4 to 14.8%. Water holding capacity ranges from 30.5 to 50.8% at all soil quality monitoring locations. Porosity in all the soil samples ranges between %. Total nitrogen content present in the soil available in the region ranges between mg/kg and phosphorus content was ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 105

106 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, observed to be range of mg/kg. Range for potassium lies between mg/kg and sodium ranges between mg/kg. Land parcels can be classified according to its possible use for irrigation based on soils. As the soils present in study area predominantly is sandy loam, land can be classified as class 1 i.e., the highest level of irrigation suitability and thus the highest payment capacity. 6 Figure 3-19: Soil Texture of the Study Area Traffic Density Traffic density in the study region was monitored on two junctions namely: Bhartal and Kapashera junctions located in the vicinity of project site within the study area. Junction 1-Bhartal: Traffic count of roads leading from Bhartal junction towards Sector 21 has been recorded. These roads will be significant for the traffic movement to the project. Junction 2-Kapashera: Traffic counts of roads leading from Kapashera to Chawla have been recorded. The details of which have been provided in Table Table 3-24: Traffic Monitoring Locations in the Study Area Location Code Location T-1 Sector 21 to Bhartal T-2 Bhartal to Sector 21 T-3 Kapashera to Chhawla T-4 Chhawla to Kapashera The traffic monitored has been divided into the following four categories/classes: Two wheelers (motor cycle, scooters); Three wheelers (auto rickshaw, motorized cart); Cars; 6 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 106

107 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, LCV s / Tractors; and HCV s / Buses. Since the vehicles are of different types, a factor needs to be accounted for each of them in order to express them at par in single unit terms. The factors, commonly known as Passenger Car Unit (PCU) factors that are generally adopted have been given in the following Table Table 3-25: PCU factors adopted for traffic volume survey Vehicle Type PCU Factor Two Wheelers 0.75 Three Wheelers 1.2 Four Wheelers 1 Six Wheelers 3.7 Bicycles 0.5 Others (Carts) 2 Source: The Indian Roads Congress Code IRC The traffic volume counts have been furnished in the following Figure 3-20 below. Observations The traffic density along the two junctions was observed to be high. The total Passenger Car Units (PCU) Equivalents for traffic movement (to & fro) and other details from traffic survey have been summarized in Table 3-26 for all the major roads emerging from these two junctions. Table 3-26: Existing Traffic Volumes in the Study Area Description PCU Equivalents at T-1 PCU Equivalents at T- 2 PCU Equivalents at T- 3 PCU Equivalents at T- 4 Total PCU/24 Hours Average Traffic Flow/Hr Max Traffic Flow (Nos)/Hr Min Traffic Flow (Nos)/Hr As per the observations, the traffic count on T-1 (towards Bharthal) and T-2 (towards sector 21) increases during morning hours between 9:00 and 10:00 hours and also during 11:00 hours and 12:00 hours. Traffic at both T-1 & T-2 also increased during evening hours between 7.00 to 9.00 hours. T-4 (towards Kapashera) experiences lowest traffic count which is 25 at night between 1.00 to 2.00 hours following by T-3 (towards Chhawala) between 2.00 to 3.00 hours. The traffic flow is graphically depicted in the figure below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 107

108 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-20: Traffic Observations at all Four Points (T1, T2, T3 and T4) Traffic Composition At T-1, it was observed that it had significant volume of Light Commercial Vehicles (LCVs) with 59%, followed by Two- Wheelers 38%, three wheelers comprise of 2%. LCVs forms highest composition at T-2, then two wheelers with 34%, followed by three wheelers, HCVs and Non-Motor Vehicles. At T-3 and T-4, LCVs form 53% and 52% of the total traffic composition respectively. The vehicle composition observed is graphically depicted as Figure Figure 3-21: Traffic Composition Observed at Four Traffic Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 108

109 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Ecology The following section presents the details of the ecological assessment carried out within the area delineated as the project site as well as the area extending 10 km outwards from the boundary of this project site. The area surveyed is hereinafter referred to as the Study Area. Methodology Five sites were identified within the project site to ensure that the different ecosystem and land-use types in the area are suitably represented. At each site, floristic diversity was studied through quantitative sampling. A quadrat of approximately 20 m x 20 m was used to record species of tree, 5 m x 5 m for species of shrubs and large climbers, and 1 m x 1 m for species of herbs. Owing to the relatively short duration of the survey, the focus of the floristic observations was limited to the higher flora. At each site, faunal diversity was studied through direct evidence, in the form of visual sightings or calls, and indirect evidence, such as nests, burrows, droppings, scats, moults, tracks, etc. Owing to the survey being conducted during the daytime only, the focus of the faunal observations remained limited to the diurnally active faunal species, mainly birds. The details of the five quadrat sites studied within the project site have been presented in Table A map showing the distribution of these quadrat sites in the study area is presented in Figure Table 3-27: Details of Quadrat Sites Quadrat No. Location Co-ordinates Elevation (m) 1 N 28 o E 77 o N 28 o E 77 o N 28 o E 77 o N 28 o E 77 o N 28 o E 77 o ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 109

110 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-22: Map of Quadrat Sites ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 110

111 Flora of the Study Area Forest Types According to the Champion and Seth Classification of Indian Forests, the natural vegetation of the survey area represents the following forest-type: Type 6B/C1 (Group 6 Tropical Thorn Forests, Sub-group B Northern Tropical Thorn Forests, Subtype C1 Desert Thorn Forest) The main type, 6B, is found over the major portion of the semi-arid to arid regions of Punjab, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and northern Gujarat. They mostly occur on flat alluvial or aeolian soils, but tend to extend into surrounding low and hilly country. The natural vegetation is dominated by Acacias and allied species, the trees varying from 4.5 to 10 m in height and tending to be collected in clumps, leaving bare ground in between. The woody vegetation is of all sizes, from the trees down to the dwarf shrubs, with no differentiation into stories. The perennial grasses also grow in clumps and tussocks. There is a thin growth of annual grasses after the rains. Besides the Acacias, thorny Mimosaceae species occur frequently in these forests, of which Prosopis cinerarea is the most common. Among shrubs, Capparis species and Asclepiads are usually present. The most characteristic grasses are Lasiurus hirsutus and Panicum turgidum on Aeolian soils, Sporobolus marginatus on saline soils and Cenchrus sp. throughout the tract. The sub-type, C1, occurs where the country is flat to undulating and the soils are largely fluvial or aeolian deposits in various stages of consolidation. The forest is extremely open, with a few scattered plants here and there. Consociations of Acacia senegal and Prosopis cinerarea are relatively prominent. Species associated with this forest type include: Trees like Acacia leucophloea, Acacia nilotica, Acacia senegal, Azadirachta indica, Balanites aegyptiaca, Cordia dichotoma, Dichrostachys cinerea, Flacourtia indica, Holoptelea integrifolia, Prosopis cineraria, Salvadora oleoides, Tecomella undulata, Vitex negundo and Ziziphus sp.; Shrubs like Alhagi camelorum, Calotropis procera, Capparis decidua, Capparis sepiaria, Clerodendrum phlomoides, Commiphora mukul, Grewia spp., Justicia adhatoda, Securinega leucopyrus, Tephrosia purpurea and Ziziphus nummularia; Herbs like Achyranthes aspera, Cassia sp., Echinops echinatus, Indigofera sp., Ocimum canum, Peristrophe paniculata, Sida sp., Solanum surattense and Xanthium indicum; Climbers like Asclepiad climbers, Cocculus hirsutus and Tinospora cordifolia; and Grasses like Aristida sp., Cenchrus barbatus, Cynodon dactylon, Eragrostis sp. and Themeda quadrivalvis. The map showing Ecologically Significant Features of the Study Area of the Study Area is presented in figure below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 111

112 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure 3-23: Ecologically Significant Features of the Study Area ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 112

113 Quantifications of Flora Table 3-28 and Table 3-29 respectively list, the woody and non-woody species of plant recorded in the quadrat studies, along with the percentage frequency, abundance and density of each species. Table 3-28 Woody Flora of the Quadrats S. No Species Habit % frequency Abundance Density per Ha Woody Flora 1 Azadirachta indica Tree Abutilon indicum Shrub Cannabis sativa Shrub Citrus limon Shrub Dalbergia sissoo Tree Eucalyptus globulus Tree Ficus benghalensis Tree Ficus religiosa Tree Morus alba Tree Ficus glomerata Tree Pongamia pinnata Tree Prosopis chilensis Tree Syzigium cumini Tree Lantana camara Shrub Mimusops elengi Tree Withania somnifera Shrub Calotropis procera Shrub Calotropis gigantea Shrub Datura metel Shrub Saccharum munja Shrub Table 3-29: Non Woody Flora of the Quadrats S. No Species Habit % frequency Abundance Density per Ha 1 Non Woody 2 Achyranthes aspera Herb Croton bonplandianus Herb Commelina sp. Herb Cynodon dactylon Grass Parthenium hysterophorus Herb Peristrophe paniculata Herb A tree-counting survey was carried out to identify the number of trees to be felled for the project. There are about 1961 number of trees which will be felled after requisite permission from the DCF office. The Details on trees to be felled for the project has been provided in Annexure A.6. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 113

114 Fauna of the Study Area Avifauna Observed Avifaunal Profile The avifaunal profile recorded in the quadrat studies is dominated by birds associated with open scrub such as Grey Francolin, Green Bee-eater, Laughing Dove, Long-tailed Shrike, Indian Jungle Crow, Black Drongo, Indian Robin, Common Stonechat, Brahminy Starling, Common Babbler, Ashy-crowned Sparrow Lark and Rufous-tailed Lark. A good range of wetland-associated species were recorded on pond situated about 250 m south- east direction of project Site. They include resident species such as White-throated Kingfisher, White-breasted Waterhen, Redwattled Lapwing, and migratory species such as Common Sandpiper, and Yellow Wagtail. Another significant component comprises birds associated with habitation, cultivation and gardens, including Indian Peafowl, Common Hoopoe, Indian Roller, Common Pigeon, Jungle Babbler, Common Myna, Red-vented Bulbul, Ashy Prinia, Common Tailorbird, Purple Sunbird and House Sparrow. There is also a distinct component comprising birds showing a preference for forests, plantations, groves or orchards, including Rose-ringed Parakeet, Asian Koel, Southern Coucal, and Spotted Owlet. Raptors sighted include Common Kestrel, Black-winged Kite, Black Kite and Shikra. Resident Avifauna Table3-30 : Resident Avifauna of the Study Area S. No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status* WPA Schedule 1. Francolinus francolinus Black Francolin LC IV 2. Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Francolin LC IV 3. Coturnix coromandelica Rain Quail LC IV 4. Perdicula asiatica Jungle Bush Quail LC IV 5. Perdicula argoondah Rock Bush Quail LC IV 6. Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl LC I 7. Sarkidiornis melanotos Knob-billed Duck LC 8. Nettapus coromandelianus Cotton Pygmy Goose LC IV 9. Anas poecilorhyncha Indian Spot-billed Duck LC IV 10. Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe LC IV 11. Mycteria leucocephala Painted Stork NT IV 12. Ciconia episcopus Woolly-necked Stork LC IV 13. Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus Black-necked Stork NT IV 14. Threskiornis melanocephalus Black-headed Ibis NT IV 15. Platalea leucorodia Eurasian Spoonbill LC I 16. Nycticorax nycticorax Black-crowned Night Heron LC IV 17. Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron LC IV 18. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron LC IV 19. Ardea purpurea Purple Heron LC IV 20. Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret LC IV 21. Casmerodius albus Great Egret LC IV 22. Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret LC IV 23. Egretta garzetta Little Egret LC IV 24. Anhinga melanogaster Darter NT IV 25. Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant LC IV ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 114

115 26. Falco chicquera Red-necked Falcon NT I 27. Falco jugger Laggar Falcon NT I 28. Elanus caeruleus Black-winged Kite LC IV 29. Milvus migrans Black Kite LC IV 30. Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite LC IV 31. Haliaeetus leucoryphus Pallas s Fish Eagle 32. Pernis ptilorhynchus Oriental Honey Buzzard LC IV 33. Neophron percnopterus Egyptian Vulture EN IV 34. Gyps bengalensis White-rumped Vulture CR I 35. Gyps indicus Indian Vulture CR I 36. Sarcogyps calvus Red-headed Vulture CR IV 37. Circaetus gallicus Short-toed Snake Eagle LC IV 38. Spilornis cheela Crested Serpent Eagle LC IV 39. Accipiter badius Shikra LC I 40. Butastur teesa White-eyed Buzzard LC IV 41. Aquila hastata Indian Spotted Eagle VU 42. Aquila rapax Tawny Eagle LC IV 43. Aquila fasciata Bonelli s Eagle LC IV 44. Ardeotis nigriceps Great Indian Bustard CR I 45. Amaurornis phoenicurus White-breasted Waterhen LC IV 46. Amaurornis akool Brown Crake LC IV 47. Turnix suscitator Barred Buttonquail LC IV 48. Porphyrio porphyrio Purple Swamphen LC IV 49. Gallinula chloropus Common Moorhen LC IV 50. Fulica atra Eurasian Coot LC IV 51. Grus Antigone Sarus Crane VU IV 52. Burhinus (oedicnemus) indicus Indian Thick-knee LC Esacus recurvirostris Great Thick-knee NT Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant-tailed Jacana LC IV 55. Metopidius indicus Bronze-winged Jacana LC IV 56. Vanellus malabaricus Yellow-wattled Lapwing LC IV 57. Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing LC IV 58. Charadrius dubius Little Ringed Plover LC IV 59. Rostratula benghalensis Greater Painted-Snipe LC IV 60. Cursorius coromandelicus Indian Courser LC Glareola lacteal Small Pratincole LC Sterna aurantia River Tern NT Sterna acuticauda Black-bellied Tern EN Rynchops albicollis Indian Skimmer VU 65. Pterocles exustus Chestnut-bellied Sandgrouse LC IV 66. Pterocles indicus Painted Sandgrouse LC IV 67. Columba livia Common Pigeon LC Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove LC IV 69. Streptopelia tranquebarica Red Collared Dove LC IV 70. Stigmatopelia chinensis Spotted Dove LC IV 71. Stigmatopelia senegalensis Laughing Dove LC IV 72. Treron phoenicopterus Yellow-footed Green Pigeon LC IV ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 115

116 73. Psittacula eupatria Alexandrine Parakeet NT 74. Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet LC IV 75. Psittacula cyanocephala Plum-headed Parakeet LC IV 76. Hierococcyx varius Common Hawk-Cuckoo LC IV 77. Eudynamys scolopaceus Asian Koel LC IV 78. Taccocua leschenaultii Sirkeer Malkoha LC IV 79. Centropus parroti Southern Coucal LC IV 80. Tyto alba Barn Owl LC IV 81. Otus bakkamoena Indian Scops Owl LC 82. Athene brama Spotted Owlet LC IV 83. Bubo bubo Eurasian Eagle Owl LC IV 84. Bubo coromandus Dusky Eagle Owl LC 85. Caprimulgus asiaticus Indian Nightjar LC IV 86. Caprimulgus affinis Savanna Nightjar LC IV 87. Apus affinis Little Swift LC Upupa epops Common Hoopoe LC 89. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller LC IV 90. Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Kingfisher LC IV 91. Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher LC IV 92. Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher LC IV 93. Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater LC Ocyceros birostris Indian Grey Hornbill LC Megalaima zeylanica Brown-headed Barbet LC 96. Megalaima haemacephala Coppersmith Barbet LC IV 97. Dendrocopos mahrattensis Yellow-crowned Woodpecker LC IV 98. Dinopium benghalense Lesser Goldenback LC IV 99. Tephrodornis pondicerianus Common Woodshrike LC Coracina macei Large Cuckooshrike LC IV 101. Pericrocotus cinnamomeus Small Minivet LC IV 102. Lanius vittatus Bay-backed Shrike LC Lanius schach Long-tailed Shrike LC Lanius meridionalis Southern Grey Shrike LC Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo LC IV 106. Dicrurus caerulescens White-bellied Drongo LC Rhipidura aureola White-browed Fantail LC Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufous Treepie LC IV 109. Corvus splendens House Crow LC V 110. Riparia paludicola Plain Martin LC Ptyonoprogne concolor Dusky Crag Martin LC Petrochelidon fluvicola Streak-throated Swallow LC Cecropis daurica Red-rumped Swallow LC Mirafra erythroptera Indian Bush Lark LC IV 115. Ammomanes phoenicura Rufous-tailed Lark LC IV 116. Eremopterix griseus Ashy-crowned Sparrow Lark LC IV 117. Galerida cristata Crested Lark LC IV 118. Alauda gulgula Oriental Sky Lark LC IV 119. Pycnonotus leucotis White-eared Bulbul LC IV ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 116

117 120. Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul LC IV 121. Prinia hodgsonii Grey-breasted Prinia LC Prinia gracilis Graceful Prinia LC Prinia sylvatica Jungle Prinia LC Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia LC Prinia inornata Plain Prinia LC Prinia buchanani Rufous-fronted Prinia LC Cisticola juncidis Zitting Cisticola LC Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailorbird LC Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler LC IV 130. Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler LC IV 131. Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler LC IV 132. Chrysomma sinense Yellow-eyed Babbler LC IV 133. Zosterops palpebrosus Oriental White-eye LC IV 134. Salpornis spilonotus Spotted Creeper LC Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna LC IV 136. Acridotheres tristis Common Myna LC IV 137. Gracupica contra Asian Pied Starling LC 138. Sturnia pagodarum Brahminy Starling LC IV 139. Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie Robin LC IV 140. Saxicoloides fulicatus Indian Robin LC IV 141. Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat LC IV 142. Cercomela fusca Brown Rock Chat LC IV 143. Dicaeum agile Thick-billed Flowerpecker LC IV 144. Cinnyris asiaticus Purple Sunbird LC IV 145. Passer domesticus House Sparrow LC Gymnoris xanthocollis Chestnut-shouldered Petronia LC Ploceus benghalensis Black-breasted Weaver LC 148. Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver LC IV 149. Euodice malabarica Indian Silverbill LC IV 150. Amandava amandava Red Avadavat LC 151. Lonchura punctulata Scaly-breasted Munia LC IV 152. Motacilla maderaspatensis White-browed Wagtail LC IV 153. Anthus rufulus Paddyfield Pipit LC IV *Conservation status assigned by International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where CR Critically Endangered, EN Endangered, LC Least Concern, NT Near Threatened and VU Vulnerable WPA - Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 Reference: R. Grimmett, C. Inskipp & T. Inskipp (2011). Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Oxford University Press; The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species Species listed in BOLD were sighted in the study area during the survey Migratory Avifauna The study area is part of the massive avian migratory channel called the Central Asian Flyway (CAF), which spans the entire Indian subcontinent. Thus, the study area lies in the path of various winter migratory birds entering the Indian subcontinent from the north and headed farther south. With its diversity of habitats, the study area is very likely to be providing seasonal habitats or staging-points to many of these visitors. The water-bodies in and around the study area are well-known to be the winter-habitats of a number of visiting water-birds. The study area is also known to be a destination for a few summer visitors, as also, part of the ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 117

118 passage traversed by migratory birds headed elsewhere. Migratory bird species known to be associated with the study area are listed in Table Table 3-31 : Migratory Avifauna of the Study Area S. No Scientific Name Common Name Type of Migrant IUCN Status WPA Schedule 1. Coturnix coturnix Common Quail Winter LC IV 2. Dendrocygna javanica Lesser Whistling-duck Summer LC - 3. Anser indicus Bar-headed Goose Winter LC IV 4. Tadorna ferruginea Ruddy Shelduck Winter LC IV 5. Marmaronetta angustirostris Marbled Duck Winter VU IV 6. Anas strepera Gadwall Winter LC IV 7. Anas falcata Falcated Duck Winter NT IV 8. Anas penelope Eurasian Wigeon Winter LC IV 9. Anas platyrhynchos Mallard Winter LC IV 10. Anas clypeata Northern Shoveler Winter LC IV 11. Anas acuta Northern Pintail Winter LC IV 12. Anas querquedula Garganey Winter LC IV 13. Anas crecca Common Teal Winter LC IV 14. Netta rufina Red-crested Pochard Winter LC IV 15. Aythya ferina Common Pochard Winter LC IV 16. Aythya nyroca Ferruginous Duck Winter NT IV 17. Aythya fuligula Tufted Duck Winter LC IV 18. Podiceps cristatus Great Crested Grebe Winter LC IV 19. Anastomus oscitans Asian Openbill Winter LC IV 20. Ciconia nigra Black Stork Winter LC IV 21. Ciconia ciconia White Stork Winter LC IV 22. Leptoptilos javanicus Lesser Adjutant Winter VU IV 23. Pelecanus onocrotalus Great White Pelican Winter LC IV 24. Pelecanus crispus Dalmatian Pelican Winter VU IV 25. Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian Cormorant Winter LC IV 26. Phalacrocorax carbo Great Cormorant Passage LC IV 27. Falco naumanni Lesser Kestrel Winter LC IV 28. Falco tinnunculus Common Kestrel Winter LC IV 29. Falco columbarius Merlin Winter LC IV 30. Falco subbuteo Eurasian Hobby Winter LC IV 31. Falco cherrug Saker Falcon Winter EN I 32. Falco peregrinus Peregrine Falcon Winter LC IV 33. Falco pelegrinoides Barbary Falcon Winter LC IV 34. Milvus (migrans) lineatus Black-eared Kite Winter LC Pandion haliaetus Osprey Winter LC I 36. Gyps himalayensis Himalayan Vulture Winter NT IV 37. Gyps fulvus Griffon Vulture Winter LC IV 38. Aegypius monachus Cinereous Vulture Winter NT IV 39. Circus aeruginosus Eurasian Marsh Harrier Winter LC IV 40. Circus cyaneus Hen Harrier Winter LC IV 41. Circus macrourus Pallid Harrier Winter NT IV ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 118

119 42. Circus pygargus Montagu s Harrier Winter LC IV 43. Accipiter nisus Eurasian Sparrowhawk Winter LC I 44. Buteo burmanicus Himalayan Buzzard Winter LC IV 45. Buteo rufinus Long-legged Buzzard Winter LC IV 46. Buteo hemilasius Upland Buzzard Winter LC IV 47. Aquila clanga Greater Spotted Eagle Winter VU IV 48. Aquila nipalensis Steppe Eagle Winter LC IV 49. Aquila heliaca Eastern Imperial Eagle Winter VU IV 50. Hieraaetus pennatus Booted Eagle Winter LC IV 51. Porzana pusilla Baillon s Crake Winter LC IV 52. Porzana porzana Spotted Crake Winter LC IV 53. Turnix sylvaticus Small Buttonquail Summer LC IV 54. Turnix tanki Yellow-legged Buttonquail Summer LC IV 55. Grus virgo Demoiselle Crane Winter LC IV 56. Grus grus Common Crane Winter LC IV 57. Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt Winter LC IV 58. Vanellus vanellus Northern Lapwing Winter LC IV 59. Vanellus gregarius Sociable Lapwing Winter CR IV 60. Vanellus leucurus White-tailed Lapwing Winter LC IV 61. Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden-Plover Winter LC IV 62. Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover Winter LC IV 63. Charadrius alexandrinus Kentish Plover Winter LC IV 64. Charadrius leschenaultii Grater Sand Plover Winter LC IV 65. Philomachus pugnax Ruff Winter LC Lymnocryptes minimus Jack Snipe Winter LC IV 67. Gallinago stenura Pin-tailed Snipe Winter LC IV 68. Gallinago gallinago Common Snipe Winter LC IV 69. Limosa limosa Black-tailed Godwit Winter NT IV 70. Numenius arquata Eurasian Curlew Winter NT IV 71. Tringa erythropus Spotted Redshank Winter LC IV 72. Tringa tetanus Common Redshank Winter LC IV 73. Tringa stagnatilis Marsh Sandpiper Winter LC IV 74. Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank Winter LC IV 75. Tringa ochropus Green Sandpiper Winter LC IV 76. Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper Winter LC IV 77. Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper Winter LC IV 78. Calidris minuta Little Stint Winter LC IV 79. Calidris temminckii Temminck's Stint Winter LC IV 80. Calidris alpina Dunlin Winter LC IV 81. Glareola maldivarum Oriental Pratincole Summer LC Larus cachinnans Caspian Gull Winter LC IV ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 119

120 83. Larus heuglini Heuglin s Gull Winter LC Larus barabensis Steppe Gull Winter LC Ichthyaetus ichthyaetus Pallas s Gull Winter LC Larus canus Mew Gull Winter LC IV 87. Chroicocephalus brunnicephalus Brown-headed Gull Winter LC IV 88. Chroicocephalus ridibundus Black-headed Gull Winter LC IV 89. Gelochelidon nilotica Gull-billed Tern Winter LC IV 90. Hydroprogne caspia Caspian Tern Winter LC IV 91. Sterna hirundo Common Tern Winter LC IV 92. Sternula albifrons Little Tern Summer LC IV 93. Chlidonias hybrida Whiskered Tern Winter LC Rynchops albicollis Indian Skimmer Summer VU Pterocles alchata Pin-tailed Sandgrouse Winter LC IV 96. Pterocles orientalis Black-bellied Sandgrouse Winter LC IV 97. Streptopelia orientalis Oriental Turtle-Dove Winter LC IV 98. Clamator jacobinus Jacobin Cuckoo Summer LC IV 99. Cacomantis passerinus Grey-bellied Cuckoo Summer LC IV 100. Asio flammeus Short-eared Owl Winter LC IV 101. Caprimulgus indicus Jungle Nightjar Summer LC IV 102. Caprimulgus mahrattensis Sykes's Nightjar Winter LC IV 103. Coracias garrulus Eurasian Roller Passage NT IV 104. Merops persicus Blue-cheeked Bee-eater Summer LC Merops philippinus Blue-tailed Bee-eater Summer LC Jynx torquilla Eurasian Wryneck Winter LC IV 107. Pericrocotus roseus Rosy Minivet Winter LC IV 108. Pericrocotus ethologus Long-tailed Minivet Winter LC IV 109. Lanius cristatus Brown Shrike Winter LC Lanius isabellinus Isabelline Shrike Winter LC Oriolus kundoo Indian Golden Oriole Summer LC IV 112. Terpsiphone paradisi Asian Paradise-Flycatcher Summer LC IV 113. Riparia diluta Pale Martin Winter NA Hirundo smithii Wire-tailed Swallow Summer LC Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow Winter LC Melanocorypha bimaculata Bimaculated Lark Winter LC IV 117. Calandrella brachydactyla Greater Short-toed Lark Winter LC IV 118. Chaetornis striata Bristled Grassbird Summer VU IV 119. Acrocephalus stentoreus Clamorous Reed-Warbler Winter LC Acrocephalus agricola Paddyfield Warbler Passage LC - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 120

121 121. Acrocephalus dumetorum Blyth s Reed-Warbler Passage LC Iduna caligata Booted Warbler Passage NA Iduna rama Sykes's Warbler Winter LC Phylloscopus collybita Common Chiffchaff Winter LC Phylloscopus griseolus Sulphur-bellied Warbler Winter LC Phylloscopus subviridis Brook s Leaf Warbler Winter LC IV 127. Phylloscopus humei Hume s Leaf Warbler Winter LC Phylloscopus trochiloides Greenish Warbler Passage LC Phylloscopus nitidus Green Warbler Passage LC Phylloscopus tytleri Tytler s Leaf Warbler Passage NT IV 131. Sylvia curruca Lesser Whitethroat Winter LC IV 132. Sylvia althaea Hume's Whitethroat Passage LC IV 133. Sylvia hortensis Orphean Warbler Winter LC IV 134. Sylvia communis Common Whitethroat Passage LC IV 135. Tichodroma muraria Wallcreeper Winter LC Pastor roseus Rosy Starling Passage LC IV 137. Sturnus vulgaris Common Starling Winter LC IV 138. Turdus atrogularis Black-throated Thrush Winter LC IV 139. Luscinia svecica Bluethroat Winter LC IV 140. Phoenicurus ochruros Black Redstart Winter LC IV 141. Saxicola macrorhynchus Stoliczka s Bush Chat Winter VU IV 142. Saxicola torquatus Common Stonechat Winter LC IV 143. Oenanthe isabellina Isabelline Wheatear Winter LC IV 144. Oenanthe chrysopygia Red-tailed Wheatear Winter LC IV 145. Oenanthe deserti Desert Wheatear Winter LC IV 146. Oenanthe picata Variable Wheatear Winter LC IV 147. Monticola solitarius Blue Rock Thrush Winter LC IV 148. Monticola cinclorhynchus Blue-capped Rock Thrush Winter LC IV 149. Rhinomyias nicobaricus Nicobar Jungle Flycatcher Passage LC IV 150. Ficedula parva Red-breasted flycatcher Winter LC IV 151. Ficedula superciliaris Ultramarine Flycatcher Winter LC IV 152. Eumyias thalassinus Verditer Flycatcher Winter LC IV 153. Culicicapa ceylonensis Grey-headed Canary Flycatcher Winter LC IV 154. Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail Winter LC IV 155. Motacilla citreola Citrine Wagtail Winter LC IV 156. Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail Winter LC IV 157. Motacilla alba White Wagtail Winter LC IV 158. Anthus richardi Richard s Pipit Winter LC IV 159. Anthus campestris Tawny Pipit Winter LC IV 160. Anthus godlewskii Blyth's Pipit Winter LC IV 161. Anthus similis Long-billed Pipit Winter LC IV 162. Anthus trivialis Tree Pipit Winter LC IV ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 121

122 163. Anthus hodgsoni Olive-backed Pipit Winter LC IV 164. Anthus roseatus Rosy Pipit Winter LC IV 165. Anthus cervinus Red-throated Pipit Passage LC IV 166. Anthus spinoletta Water Pipit Winter LC IV 167. Erythrina erythrinus Common Rosefinch Winter LC IV 168. Emberiza stewarti White-capped Bunting Winter LC IV 169. Emberiza buchanani Grey-necked Bunting Passage LC IV 170. Emberiza melanocephala Black-headed Bunting Winter LC IV 171. Emberiza bruniceps Red-headed Bunting Passage LC IV *Conservation status assigned by International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where CR Critically Endangered, EN Endangered, NA Not Assessed, LC Least Concern, NT Near Threatened and VU Vulnerable WPA - Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 Reference: R. Grimmett, C. Inskipp & T. Inskipp (2011). Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Oxford University Press; The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species, Species listed in BOLD were sighted in the study area during the survey Mammals Table 3-32 presents the list of the mammalian species associated with the study area. Table 3-32: Mammals of the Study Area S. No Scientific Name Name IUCN* WPA Schedule 1. Macaca mulatta Bonnet Macaque LC II 2. Semnopithecus entellus Northern Plains Langur LC II 3. Muntiacus muntjak Indian Muntjac LC III 4. Rusa unicolor Sambar VU III 5. Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai LC III 6. Gazella bennetti Indian Gazelle LC I 7. Antilope cervicapra Blackbuck NT I 8. Sus scrofa Indian Wild Pig LC III 9. Panthera pardus Common Leopard NT I 10. Felis chaus Jungle Cat LC II 11. Prionailurus bengalensis Leopard Cat LC I 12. Paradoxurus hermaphroditus Common Palm Civet LC II 13. Viverricula indica Small Indian Civet LC II 14. Herpestes edwardsii Grey Mongoose LC II 15. Herpestes auropunctatus Small Indian Mongoose LC IV 16. Hyaena hyaena Striped Hyaena NT III 17. Canis lupus Grey Wolf LC I 18. Canis aureus Golden Jackal LC II 19. Vulpes benghalensis Indian Fox LC II 20. Mellivora capensis Honey Badger LC I 21. Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare LC IV 22. Manis crassicaudata Indian Pangolin NT I 23. Suncus etruscus Indian Shrew LC Paraechinus collaris Indian Hedghog LC IV 25. Hystrix indica Indian Crested Porcupine LC IV 26. Funambulus pennantii Five-striped Palm Squirrel LC Tatera indica Indian Gerbil LC Vandeleuria oleracea Indian Long-tailed Tree Mouse LC V 29. Mus musculus House Mouse LC V 30. Mus booduga Little Indian Field Mouse LC V 31. Millardia meltada Soft-furred Field Rat LC V 32. Golunda ellioti Indian Bush Rat LC V 33. Bandicota indica Large Bandicoot Rat LC V ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 122

123 34. Bandicota bengalensis Lesser Bandicoot Rat LC V 35. Rattus rattus House Rat LC V 36. Rhinopoma microphyllum Greater Mouse-tailed Bat LC Rhinopoma hardwickii Lesser Mouse-tailed Bat LC Megaderma lyra Greater False Vampire LC Rhinolophus lepidus Blyth s Horseshoe Bat LC Pipistrellus coromandra Indian Pipistrelle LC Pipistrellus tenuis Indian Pygmy Bat LC Scotozous dormeri Dormer s Bat LC Scotophilus heathii Asiatic Yellow House Bat LC - *Conservation status assigned by International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where LC Least Concern, NT Near Threatened and VU Vulnerable WPA - Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 Sources: Vivek Menon, A Field Guide to Indian Mammals, 2014 The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species, Species listed in BOLD were sighted in the study area during the survey Reptiles Lists some species of reptiles associated with the study area are presented intable Table 3-33: Some reptilian species associated with the study area S. no Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status* WPA Schedule 1. Ramphotyphlops braminus Common Worm Snake NA IV 2. Python molurus Indian Rock Python VU I 3. Gongylophis conicus Common Sand Boa NA IV 4. Eryx johnii Red Sand Boa NA IV 5. Coelognathus helena helena Common Trinket Snake NA IV 6. Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake NA II 7. Oligodon taeniolatus Russell s Kukri Snake LC IV 8. Oligodon arnensis Common Kukri Snake NA IV 9. Lycodon striatus Barred Wolf Snake NA IV 10. Lycodon aulicus Common Wolf Snake LC IV 11. Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keelback Snake NA II 12. Amphiesma stolatum Striped Keelback NA IV 13. Boiga trigonata Indian Cat Snake LC IV 14. Psammophis condanarus Condanarus Sand Snake LC IV 15. Psammophis leithii Leith s Sand Snake NA IV 16. Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait NA IV 17. Naja naja Spectacled Cobra LC II 18. Daboia russelii Russell s Viper LC II 19. Echis carinatus Saw-scaled Viper NA IV *Conservation status assigned by International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where LC Least Concern, NA Not Assessed, and VU Vulnerable WPA - Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 Sources: Romulus Whitaker & Ashok Captain, Snakes of India, The field guide, 2015 The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species, Species of Conservation Concern Legally Protected Higher Fauna Table3-34 lists the higher faunal species associated with the study area that is protected under Schedules I & II of the Wildlife (Protection) Act of India (1972). The table also gives the conservation status assigned to the species by the IUCN. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 123

124 Table3-34: Legally Protected Faunal Species associated with the Study area S.No Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status* WPA Schedule Birds 1 Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl LC I 2 Platalea leucorodia Eurasian Spoonbill LC I 3 Falco chicquera Red-necked Falcon NT I 4 Falco jugger Laggar Falcon NT I 5 Gyps bengalensis White-rumped Vulture CR I 6 Gyps indicus Indian Vulture CR I 7 Accipiter badius Shikra LC I 8 Ardeotis nigriceps Great Indian Bustard CR I 9 Pandion haliaetus Osprey LC I 10 Accipiter nisus Eurasian Sparrowhawk LC I Mammals 1 Macaca mulatta Bonnet Macaque LC II 2 Semnopithecus entellus Northern Plains Langur LC II 3 Gazella bennetti Indian Gazelle LC I 4 Antilope cervicapra Blackbuck NT I 5 Panthera pardus Common Leopard NT I 6 Felis chaus Jungle Cat LC II 7 Prionailurus bengalensis Leopard Cat LC I 8 Paradoxurus hemaphroditus Common Palm Civet LC II 9 Viverricula indica Small Indian Civet LC II 10 Herpestes edwardsii Grey Mongoose LC II 11 Canis lupus Grey Wolf LC I 12 Canis aureus Golden Jackal LC II 13 Vulpes benghalensis Indian Fox LC II 14 Mellivora capensis Honey Badger LC I 15 Manis crassicaudata Indian Pangolin NT I Reptiles 1 Python molurus Indian Rock Python VU I 2 Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake NA II 3 Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keelback Snake NA II 4 Naja naja Spectacled Cobra LC II 5 Daboia russelii Russell s Viper LC II *Conservation status assigned by the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), where CR Critically Endangered, NA Not Assessed LC Least Concern, EN Endangered, NT Near Threatened and VU Vulnerable WPA - Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 Sources: R. Grimmett, C. Inskipp & T. Inskipp, Birds of the Indian Subcontinent Vivek Menon, A Field Guide to Indian Mammals, 2014 Romulus Whitaker & Ashok Captain, Snakes of India, The field guide, 2015 The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species, ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 124

125 Endemic Higher Fauna Table 3-35 lists species reported as being endemic or near-endemic to, or having restricted ranges that include, the study area: Table 3-35: Endemic Fauna of the Study Area Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name Reported Restricted Range Birds 1 Ardeotis nigriceps Indian Bustard Indian sub-continent 2 Chaetornis striata Bristled Grassbird Indian sub-continent Areas of Conservation Concern These comprise areas of notable ecological importance, as well as, legally protected areas, within or in close proximity to, the study area. Najafgarh Canal and associated Wetlands The Najafgarh Canal and its tributary flows pass through many parts of the Study area. Approximate distance of Najafgarh Canal is 1.57 km from project site toward west. The natural slope of the area tends towards the canal but the project site is isolated from Najafgarh canal with residential and commercial buildings and Golf-course road. This system of water channels was found providing habitats to a range of wetland-species, from hydrophytes and insects to turtles and birds. Moreover, migratory birds visiting the sub-continent over the northern winter were found utilizing these habitats as staging-points or wintering-sites. Thus, this canal system functions as an extended wetland-habitat for a wide range of wetland-associated species. Wetlands also contribute to water-conservation, securing crucial moisture in their hyporheic zones and recharging a region s wells and aquifers over the dry season. Healthy, well-established wetlands often acquire diverse features such as clumps of aquatic grasses, beds of reeds and sedges, rafts of floating vegetation, small islets amidst the water and trees and shrubs along their banks with boughs overhanging the water. All of these provide an extraordinary range of safe roosting and nesting sites for the associated wildlife. Thus, protection, conservation and restoration of the area s wetlands would ensure and enhance their ecological services to the region. Groves The older settlements within the study area have small groves of old trees, often associated with the villagefarmlands. It is possible that some of these might be considered as sacred groves by the local people and have been preserved from religious sentiment and the resulting societal pressure. Most of the trees and shrubs in these groves belong to native species and comprise full-grown, well-established individuals. Their lofty trunks and spreading, intertwined branches, replete with bark-fissures, nest-holes and dangling climbers, provide diverse habitats to arboreal wildlife. Often, dead-wood, which is left standing or fallen in such groves, in keeping with religious beliefs, provides additional unique habitat-features in the form of perches for raptors, nesting-sites for wood-peckers, barbets and borer-insects, and food-caches for insect-feeders. Such groves usually contain large, plentifully fruiting fig-trees and can support large, frugivores such as Hornbills. Like all patches of natural vegetation in partially developed landscapes, these also serve as crucial corridors for wildlife on the move. It is ecologically desirable that the community-conservation of such groves be supported and their ecological value further enhanced by adding more native species, in an ecologically and socially sensitive manner. Legally Protected Areas Rajokari Protected Forest ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 125

126 This is a 600 acre protected area (approximate location: N , E ), designated as a Protected Forest since 1959, situated approximately 8.5 km in the south-eastern of the project site, due south of the settlements of Mahipalpur and Rangpura, and falling under the purview of the Delhi State Forest Department. The area contains a few defunct stone quarries and seems to be getting mined for mud and stone. Marked by highly uneven terrain, with pronounced gulleying and a number of ditches and hollows, the area is likely to be providing refuges to the local wildlife. Much of the area is under a tree-cover composed of mainly Prosopis chilensis, with a few scattered individuals of Acacia nilotica Socio-Economic Environment This section presents the baseline status of the socio-economic aspects in the Project area and details of the stakeholder consultation undertaken for the project. Approach and Methodology The project area is spread across Sector 25 of Dwarka in the National Capital Territory (NCT) of Delhi commonly known as Dwarka sub city in the South West District (also known as the study area ). Four villages namely, Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur villages are within the 1 km radius of the project site. A structured questionnaire was prepared to undertake the focus group discussions of stakeholders to understand the concerns, issues and interest that they might have on the project. Site visits to the project area were undertaken on 4 th 6 th June The approach that was adopted to conduct the Social Impact Assessment study has been based on the following elements: Review of Secondary Information A detailed review and assessment of secondary information for the project area was undertaken. Review of documents was done to attain a comprehensive understanding of the area in relation to its socio-economic characteristics. The following documents were assessed to supplement the desk based research, Primary Census Abstract (PCA), 2001; Primary Census Abstract (PCA), 2011; Village Directory Abstract (VDA), 2001; Brief Industrial Profile of NCT of Delhi, ; and Published reports, papers and articles available in the public domain. Primary Data Collection Primary data on the socio-economic status was collected from the local communities residing in the vicinity of the project area. Besides, a site visit to the project area, the area was also assessed to determine if any encroachers were present on the land. Socio-Economic Profile of the Study Area This section presents the parameters that would be broadly covered in the socio-economic profile of the study area which has been detailed below, Administrative Set-up; Demographic Profile; Literacy Level; Workforce Participation, employment and diversity profile; and Existing Public Amenities. Dwarka Sub City is situated in the South Western District of Delhi. It is bounded by National Highway (NH) 8, Outer Ring Road, Najafgarh Road, Pankha Road and Rewari railway line. Dwarka Sub City comprising of Sector 1 to 29 is further divided into five (05) Municipal Corporation of Delhi (MCD) Wards, Kakraula (135), Matiala ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 126

127 (136), Bjswasan (141), Palam (145) and Mahavir Enclave (147). The project area falls within parts of Sector 25 of Dwarka Sub City. Administration Set-up The south western district of Delhi administratively is divided into three sub divisions namely, Najafgarh, Delhi Cantonment and Vasant Vihar. The coordinates of the area is North and East. It covers an area of 420 km². Dwarka sub city is spread across approximately 15 km radius consisting of 5648 hectares area and 396 km road length according to the Delhi Development Authority (DDA) records. Demographic Profile of the Study Area The project area falling within the south western district of the Delhi and in particular Dwarka sub city, details pertaining to this area has been mentioned below: Population Profile According to the 2011 Census, the total population of the South Western District of Delhi was (7.32%) wherein males comprised of (54.34%) and females of (45.66%) respectively. The sex ratio of females to every 1000 males was 866. The total household in the area was and the density of the population was 11,297 per sq. km. The total population of Dwarka Sub City is 11, 00,000. The density of population in the area is around per person per hectare. The demographic profiles of the South Western District of Delhi along with Dwarka Sub City have been given below in Table Table 3-36: Demographic Profile of Study Area S. No Place Total Population Male Female 1 South West District Dwarka Sub City Poverty Level The level of poverty in an area highlights the economic status of the people and whether they are able to afford certain amenities for their survival. The Below Poverty Level (BPL) status is taken by the Government of India as an economic benchmark and poverty threshold to indicate the economic disadvantage and identify individuals in need of government assistance and aid. 7 The Ministry of Rural Development, Government of India in initiated the Intensive Participatory Planning Exercise (IPPE) to determine the backwardness index in sub districts across the country. As per the published findings, areas in South Western District of Delhi like Najafgarh has a backwardness index of and a ranking of 5878; Delhi Cantonment has a backwardness index of and a ranking of 5754 and Vasant Vihar has a backwardness index of and a ranking of 5870, 8 respectively. Literacy Rate The average literacy rate according to the 2011 Census Data of the South Western District of Delhi was 77.96% wherein the males comprised of 57.35% and females, 42.65% respectively. Social Stratification Social stratification is a concept which classifies people into groups based on the hierarchical structures of class and status in any society. In India, the society is stratified along caste and tribe lineage. The terminology of Scheduled Caste (SC) and Tribe (ST) has been adopted in the Constitution of India and a sizeable amount of people fall within both these categories. These categories of people highlight the disadvantaged and oppressed classes. 7 Poverty: All India (per capita per month) Rural INR ; All India (per capita per month) Urban INR The backwardness index has 10 criteria carrying equal weightage: (i) monthly per capita consumption expenditure, (ii) education, (iii) health, (iv) house hold amenities, (v) poverty rate, (vi) female literacy, (vii) per cent of SC-ST population, (viii) urbanization rate, (viii) financial inclusion, and (x) connectivity. States and sub districts that score above 0.6 in the index will be categorized as least developed, below 0.6 and above 0.4 score means a state is less developed and a score below 0.4 means a state is relatively developed. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 127

128 According to the 2011 Census, the total Scheduled Caste (SC) population of South Western District of Delhi was 13.89%, out of which males comprised 53.46% and females 46.54%. Work Force Participation Work force participation rate is defined as the percentage of total workers (main and marginal) as compared to the total population. As per the 2011 Census, the South Western District of Delhi had a total workforce population of 34.69% (795352) where males comprised of 83.98% (667977) and females of 16.01% (127375) respectively. Main workers are considered as those workers who have been engaged in any economically productive activity for 183 days or more while marginal workers are those that have worked for less than 183 days in a year. Out of the total workforce population, the main workers were 94.3% and marginal workers were 5.70%. Occupational Profile The occupational pattern of the population refers to the choice of sector of employment that workers are dependent upon. 9 As per the 2011 Census Data, the population of South West District of Delhi was mainly involved in the category as 94.3% Other Workers. The breakup of the occupational pattern of the district is given below. Table 3-37: Occupation Pattern of South West District of Delhi S.N Occupation Pattern Total Working Population 1 Main Workers Cultivators Agricultural Labourers Household Activities Others Marginal Workers Cultivators Agricultural Labourers Household Activities Others % of Working Population Among the main workers, population engaged as cultivators, agricultural labor, household industries and other vocations comprise 0.98%, 0.66%, 2.13% and 90.52% respectively. Like-wise, out of the marginal workers, population engaged as cultivators, agricultural labor, household industries and other vocations comprise 0.24%, 0.31%, 0.21% and 4.94% respectively. Existing Public Amenities The social infrastructure indicates the development pattern of the area. The site is very near to the National Highway 8 and is connected by a Link Road. Besides this, there is a Delhi Ahmedabad railway line which provides connectivity to the Bijwasan Railway Station at an approximate distance of 3 km from the project area. This railway line connects the south-west parts of the NCR with Rajasthan, Gujarat, Madhya Pradesh and Punjab. There is also an excellent transit connection in terms of the Delhi Metro Station from Sector 21 which is less than a 1 kilometre away from the site and an Inter State Bus Terminal (ISBT), located in Sector 22, is diagonally opposite the proposed ECC site. There are two intermediate schools one is Delhi English academy school and second is New Era public school. Some of the higher educational institutes within 10 km of the site are Netaji Subhas Institute of Technology, National Law University, Ambedkar University and Indian Institute of Health Management Research, One 9 As per the Census data, a cultivator is defined as a person whose major share of yearly income comes from farming their own land while an agricultural labour is defined as a person between 15 and 59 years old whose major share of income is from wages earned by working on other s farms. Household Industry is referred as an industry conducted by one or more members of the household at home or within the village in rural areas and only within the precincts of the house where the household lives in urban areas. The larger proportion of workers in the household industry consists of members of the household. Some of the typical industries that can be conducted on a household industry basis are: Foodstuffs, Beverages, Tobacco Products, Textile cotton, Jute, Wool or Silk, Manufacture of Wood and Wood Products, Paper and Paper Products, Leather and Leather Products, Petroleum and Coal Products, Service and Repairing of Transport Equipments etc. While all workers, i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last one year, but are not cultivators or agricultural labourers or in Household Industry, are 'Other Workers (OW)'. The type of workers that come under this category of 'OW' include all government servants, municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation workers, those engaged in trade, commerce, business, transport banking, mining, construction, political or social work, priests, entertainment artists, etc. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 128

129 dispensary in Dhul Siras. Further some of the hospitals in close proximity are Bensups Hospital, Aarogya Medical Centre and Artemis Medical Center. And government hospital Deen Dayal proximity is km. Focus Group Discussions The land for the project site was acquired by DDA, approximately a decade ago and appropriate compensation was disbursed to the affected people, reportedly. A site visit was undertaken to the project area on 4 th -6 th June 2017 to assess the current status of the project area. Figure 3-24: Barren land at site As mentioned earlier, there are four villages namely, Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur villages within the 1 km radius of the project site. Informal interactions were undertaken with community members belonging to the four villages Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur to understand the socio-economic status of the village. It was informed during interactions held that all the four village s lack basic amenities like drinking water, electricity, road etc. The local communities were aware that the land was acquired by DDA about a decade ago, and has been lying vacant since then. The local communities showed interest in it and considered it as a good opportunity for the development of their villages as well as for the local communities residing in the vicinity of the project site. In their opinion, once the project is completed it will be beneficial for the local communities as well, as they were of the view that their access to drinking water, transportation, electricity, road connectivity and street light etc. will improve. In addition, they informed that the project would create employment opportunities which will in turn, increase the rate of employment among the local communities as unskilled and semi- skilled jobs will increase in the area. This would be beneficial for the local population as the younger generation do not have any proper means of livelihood as most of the families in these villages depend upon house rent and limited services such as taxi service provider. Figure 3-25: Photographs of Consultations with the near villagers ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 129

130 3.2.3 Base maps of all environmental components Study Area: For the environment impact assessment study, an area of 10 km extending from the boundary of the project site has been considered as the Study Area for this project. The site is located in close proximity to various transport links such as Indira Gandhi International Airport, Delhi Rewari Railway line and Dwarka Sec- 21 Metro station, providing connectivity within Delhi and nearby regions. Base Map presenting physical features of site is provided in section Location. Drainage Pattern: The Vasant Kunj-Najafgarh storm water drain carries drainage from study area and draining it off into the Najafgarh Drain, 3km west of the site. The proposed site is almost flat topography with minimum variations in contour levels. Section presents the drainage features of the study area. Land Use: The land use of the site is currently open land. Map of Land Use Pattern is presented in section Environmental Monitoring Locations: Maps showing coordinates of monitoring for various aspects (ambient air, noise, soil, water, traffic and ecology) has been presented in section Summary of Inference on existing Environment Concentration of PM 10 and PM2.5 are exceeding the NAAQS limits at the locations in study area. Site Specific Meteorology indicates prevailing of low winds (2.88km/ hr) during high temperatures which can cause accumulation of Particulate Matter. The average wind speed during the monitoring period was observed as 0.69m/s and a very high calm period of 40.53% is reported. SOx and NOx levels are well within the NAAQS limits in the study area. Concentration of NMHCs at all the locations is below Minimum Detection Limit of 0.5m. Baseline noise levels are high during day and time in the study area. Noise levels during day time were observed to be in the range of 71.2 to 83.3 db (A). Noise levels at night time were observed in the range of 58.8 to 74.6 db (A). The quality of Surface water samples collected from Bamnoli village can be classified as Class E of CPCB standards which is categorized as Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal. High levels of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and alkalinity were found in the ground water samples collected from all the locations. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 130

131 soil is found to be Sandy loam in the study area. Porosity in all the soil samples ranges between %. Total nitrogen content present in the soil available in the region ranges between mg/kg and phosphorus content was observed to be range of mg/kg. Range for potassium lies between mg/kg and sodium ranges between mg/kg. The traffic count on T-1 (towards Bharthal) and T-2 (towards sector 21) increases during morning hours between 9:00 and 10:00 hours and also during 11:00 hours and 12:00 hours. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 131

132 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures This chapter discusses various environmental and social impacts that have been identified, predicted and quantified during the course of this study. These include positive and negative, direct and indirect, local and regional and also reversible and irreversible impacts due to project construction and operation. The impact assessment forms the basis for development of Environmental Management Plan. The potential impacts during construction phase and operation phase of the project have been identified and discussed, along with the suggested mitigation measures in following sections. 4.1 Impact Evaluation Matrix The criterion which has been employed to appraise impacts on various social and environmental components is as presented as Table 4-1 below. Table 4-1: Impact Appraisal Criteria Criteria Sub-Classification Defining Limit Remarks Spread: refers to area of direct influence from the impact of a particular project activity. Duration: based on duration of impact and the time taken by an environmental component to recover back to its best possible pre-project state Intensity: defines the magnitude of Impact Insignificant / Local spread Medium Spread High spread Insignificant / Short Duration Medium Duration Long Duration Insignificant intensity Low intensity Moderate intensity Impact is restricted within the foot prints of the Project boundary Impact is spread up to 3 km from the boundary of the Project Impact is spread up beyond 3 km from footprint boundary of the Project Impact is likely to be restricted for duration of less than 2 years; When impact extends up to five years when impact extends beyond five years; when resulting in changes in the environmental baseline conditions is up to 10% when resulting in changes in the baseline conditions up to 20% when resulting in changes in the baseline conditions for except for ecology ( which is defined as limited loss of vegetation only at site) except for ecology ( which is defined as loss of vegetation at site including large trees with limited disturbance to adjoining flora & fauna) except for ecology ( which is defined as loss of vegetation at site and/or damage to adjoining flora and fauna the anticipated recovery of the affected environmental component within 2 years With an anticipated recovery of the affected environmental component within 6 years with anticipated recovery of prevailing condition to happen within 6 years or beyond or upon completion of the project life However, it shall be reconsidered where the baseline values are already high. for ecology it refers to minimal changes in the existing ecology in terms of their reproductive capacity, survival or habitat change for ecology, it refers to changes that are expected to be recoverable ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 132

133 Nature: refers to whether the effect is considered beneficial or adverse High intensity Beneficial Adverse up to 30% when change resulting in the baseline conditions beyond 30% While for ecology, high intensity refers to changes that result in serious destruction to species, productivity or their habitat. Useful to Environment and Community Harmful to Environment and Community A significance assessment matrix was developed to assess the impact based on the appraisal criteria developed above which is as given in Table 4-2. Table 4-2: Impact Significance Criteria Spread Duration Intensity Overall Significance Adverse Beneficial Local Short Low Insignificant Insignificant Local Short Moderate Minor Minor Local Medium Low Local Medium Moderate Medium Short Low Local Long Low Local Short High Moderate Moderate Local Medium High Local Long Moderate Medium Short Moderate Medium Medium Low Medium Medium Moderate Medium Long Low Medium Long Moderate High Short Low High Short Moderate High Medium Low High Medium Moderate High Long Low Local Long High Major Major Medium Short High Medium Long High High Short High High Medium High High Long Moderate High Low Low High Low High The reversible and irreversible nature of impacts will also be considered. Any minor or moderate impact of irreversible nature will be considered as a moderate and major impact. The impacts for the proposed project are covered under the following subsections: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 133

134 Construction Phase Operation Phase ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 134

135 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Table 4-3 : Impact Identification Matrix for Construction Phase of ECC proposed at Dwarka, S.No Main Activities Environmental and Social Components Land Use Ecology Water Resources Ambient Air Quality Soil Resources Ambient Noise Quality Water Quality Traffic / Transport Social/ Livelihood Pattern Occupational Health & Safety Visual Aesthetics CONSTRUCTION PHASE 1 Construction of ECC Site Clearance Excavation Transportation and Unloading of construction material Storage and Handling of construction material etc. Preparation/Mixing of construction material Operation of construction machinery Construction and Erection of buildings Operation of DG sets Handling and Disposal of construction wastes Requirement of utilities such as water, power, sanitation facilities 2 Labour Engagement Employment of workers Water requirement Power requirement Waste handling and disposal Sewage disposal OPERATION PHASE Employment of labours and staffs ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 135

136 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Water requirement Power requirement Waste handling and disposal Sewer Generation Operation of DG sets for power backup Vehicle Movement within the site ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 136

137 4.2 Impacts during Construction Phase The activities that take place during construction phases of the project are site clearance, operation of machineries, transportation and unloading of materials, construction and erection of buildings. During construction phase, the potential primary and secondary impacts on the environment, their significance and mitigation are discussed in the following sub-sections. It is likely that the following parameters will be impacted: Land Environment Air Quality Ambient Noise Quality Water Resources and Quality Biological Environment Soil Traffic &Transport Solid Waste Livelihood Socio-Economic Environment Occupational Health and Safety Impact on Land Environment Some of the anticipated impacts on the land environment due to the project are: Change in Land use and Aesthetics: The proposed project is to be developed in an area of hectare. The site has been designated for commercial use as per the Delhi Master Plan. The project will involve construction of roads and other infrastructures, green areas, open spaces, commercial spaces etc. With these upcoming structures, it is expected that the land use pattern of the area will be enhanced without compromising on the socio-economic status of the local people. The site is located in an urban landscape. The development of the project will lead to a positive change in aesthetics and visual appeal of the region. Notification has been issued by Ministry of Urban Development dated 12 th May, 2016 describing the modification in the land use of land proposed for development of ECC falling in Zone-II (Dwarka). According to the notification, the land use will be changed from commercial to Public, Semi Public and socio-cultural facilities from commercial land use. Change in Topography: The site comprises of flat land with gentle slope towards West. The construction activities such as excavation works for foundations of various project-components, development of drains and erection of the associated structures and buildings will change the topography of the area. However as the land is relatively flat, hence no major change is envisaged. Mitigation Measures Cutting and filling operations will be limited, only as and when necessary. During excavation works, the topsoil will be preserved in stockpiles. At such locations, the depth of borrow pits shall not exceed 45 cm and it may be dug out to a depth of not more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm top soil aside The movement and parking of heavy machinery and other vehicles will be restricted to identified routes; thereby limiting the possibility of compaction. The project will ensure that the existing elements of the natural environment (ponds, trees etc.) are integrated in the urban design. Natural features will be maintained, preserved and further developed. An attempt should be made to establish a vegetative cover, appropriate to the site prior to the onset of intense rain or windstorms. Good housekeeping at labour resting areas and the construction area will ensure the aesthetics of the area. All debris and excavation material will be stored securely and removed within a stipulated period. Proper routing and adequate capacity of the storm water run-offs drains/garland drains with catch pits will be provided at the construction areas to collect the construction waste water/runoff. Adequate drainage facilities will be provided with retention walls around the storage areas for excavated soil; ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 137

138 Significance of Impact The overall impact is assessed to be moderate, however with the implementation of mitigation measures the impact can be contained with minor residual impacts. Table 4-4: Impact significance Land Environment Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Land Environment Without Mitigation Moderate Medium Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Low Minor Impact on Ambient Air Quality During the construction phase, the major pollutant of concern will be particulate matter (PM 10 and PM 2.5).The dust emissions will vary substantially from day to day based on the level of activity, the specific operations and the prevalent meteorological conditions. The construction activities will involve: PM emissions from excavation activities; NOx, SO 2 and CO emissions due to operation of construction equipment s, machinery and vehicular movement. PM, NOx, SO2 and CO emissions from operation of Diesel generator set. The excavation activities for the Project shall be carried out in phases. Power shall be sourced from the grid during the construction activities; 250 KVA x 6 Nos, 125KVAx9 Nos, 65 KVA x 12 Nos of capacity will be used for power back-up. Mitigation Measures Dust Control Measures The humus rich top soil shall be removed and stored in an appropriate manner prior to excavation so that the original soil-profile can be restored while relocating it. Wet suppression shall be applied to at least 80 percent of disturbed surface areas on a daily basis especially during dry and windy days. Downwash of trucks (especially tyres) shall be done prior to departure from site to reduce the mud and dirt carryout. The vehicle speeds on unpaved roads shall be restricted 25 kmph. Limited vehicular movement shall be permitted on disturbed soils; Contractors shall be required to maintain valid PUC Pollution under Control certificates and to maintain proper maintenance records for their fleet During material handling, the materials should be dropped from a low height in order to reduce any fugitive dust emissions. Haul trucks should be covered with suitable covering material like tarpaulin sheets to prevent fugitive emissions during transportation of construction materials Fuel Emissions Control DG sets will be used as a backup source only; DG sets will be regularly maintained to comply with emission norms; The stack height for DG sets shall be provided as per the CPCB norms; Significance of Impact The overall impact is assessed to be moderate, however with the implementation of mitigation measures the impact can be contained with minor residual impacts. Table 4-5: Impact significance Ambient Air Quality Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Ambient Air Quality Without Mitigation Moderate Medium Moderate Moderate ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 138

139 With Mitigation Local Medium Low Minor Impact on Ambient Noise Quality Sources of Noise Pollution during Construction Phase During the construction phase of the site, the sources of noise pollution are expected mainly from: Construction equipments and machinery engaged for construction activities (such as excavation, grading, erecting equipment, piling, etc) such as air compressors, backhoe, concrete mixer, concrete mixer, cranes, dump-truck, pile driver, radial arm saw, DG set etc. The operation of heavy equipment is likely to temporarily increase the ambient noise levels of the area. An increase of 1 to 3 db (A) noise levels of is expected in the adjoining area during day time during peak construction activities. Table 4-6 below gives noise levels at different distances from various construction machinery and components Table 4-6: Noise levels at different distances from the Noise Source db(a) Equipment Name 5m 10m 20m 40m 50m 100m 150m 200m Rubber-tired Loader Winch Bulldozer Excavator Truck Electric Saw Wood Planer Anticipated Impact Noise generated can cause disturbance to the local population and can even lead to sleep disorder. Workers working close to high noise area can be exposed to occupational hazards of noise depending on the duration of exposure. Mitigation Measures The project will ensure that the EPC contractors should implement the following: The construction areas shall be provided with sheet barriers or temporary walls along the boundary close to any habitations; Rubber padding shall be provided in the construction machinery for vibration control; No noise generating activity shall be permitted from 22:00P.M-6:00AM ; The EPC contractors will adopt measures such as regular maintenance of its vehicles and repair of its equipment/ machinery. Construction workers working near high noise generation shall be provided with ear plugs/ ear muffs to limit exposure to occupational hazards. Significance of Impact The overall impact on the noise quality is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact can be maintained as minor. Table 4-7: Impact significance Noise Quality Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Ambient Noise Quality Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Moderate Minor ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 139

140 4.2.4 Impact on Water Resources and Quality The potential impact on water resources and quality from the construction phase of the project arises from the following: Water usage The water requirement for the construction phase will include water for construction activities such as dust suppression, curing and formation of concrete mixtures and water for domestic consumption. The water required for both domestic purpose and construction activities will be sourced from DJB through water tankers while drinking water for the labourers will be supplied through packaged drinking water cans. Sediment run off from construction area Waste water generated from the site during the construction contains suspended materials, spillage and washings from the areas that may percolate in the ground or get mixed with the sewage water. The construction activities will result in disturbance of topsoil rendering it vulnerable to erosion and runoff. The potential impact on water quality can be due to the runoffs from the site which can lead to contamination of adjoining land and ground water. However, it is to be noted that there are no major water courses/wetlands in the vicinity of ECC site except, Najafgrah storm water drain (1.5km away in West direction) and Qutub Vihar Park lake (2.5 km in Northwest direction),which are too far to receive the runoff from site. Unplanned disposal of sewage from construction camps It is expected that during construction phase there will be generation of sewage from portable toilets. About 198 KLD of sewage is expected to be generated due to working of 5500 labours at the construction camp site. Improper disposal of sewage can also lead to contamination of nearby water sources. Mitigation Measures Following mitigation measures are suggested: Water Consumption Awareness on optimal water consumption shall be provided to the labourers. Concrete structures shall be sprayed with water to allow curing and reduce flowing away of water. After curing, the concrete structures shall be painted with curing chemical to reduce further dependence of water for curing. Effluent/Sewage Disposal To minimise adverse impacts due to the discharge of untreated sewage outside the project site, adequate number of portable toilets, soak pits shall be provided onsite for disposal of sewage as per the design aspects of Bureau of Indian Standards; The workers shall be strictly instructed and informed to avoid random disposal of wastewater. Construction Wastewater Management Avoid excavation during monsoon season; To prevent the runoff from stockpiles generated during excavation, garland drains shall be constructed; Segregation and pre-treatment of oil and grease containing effluents from machinery (e.g. use of a grease trap)shall be undertaken prior to discharge into sewer systems; Silt fencing shall be provided to protect the water quality in the nearby water bodies from sediments. Significance of Impact The overall impact on the water resources is assessed to be moderate, however with the implementation of mitigation measures the impact can be maintained as minor. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 140

141 Table 4-8: Impact significance - Water Resources Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Water Resources and Quality Without Mitigation Moderate Medium Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Low Minor Impact on Ecology The site area is a flat land with limited vegetation around the site. The survey-area (extending up to 10 km from the boundary of the project site) consists of highly degraded tropical thorn forests, with much of the land converted into farmland, pasture and most of the rest occupied by habitations. Some of the anticipated impacts on the ecological environment due to the project during construction phase are: Species identified in the survey area will be temporarily affected and may be migrated to nearby areas. However, the degree of impact will be low as the disturbance is going to confine to the construction period only. The project construction activities will necessarily comprise of removal of vegetation. Clearing of vegetation on the site will involve removal of local floral species found on the site. Air, noise and visual disturbance generated during the site development can affect the behaviour of fauna (especially bird, butterflies and other insects, reptiles and very small mammalian species) of the adjacent habitats. Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures need to be put in place address the potential impacts on ecology due to construction activities: The plantation should undertake to mitigate natural vegetation loss and all new plantation undertaken in the project area will involve only native species. Every care will be taken to prevent the introduction of any alien species into the project area. The construction contractors shall be instructed to avoid removal of any natural vegetation to the maximum extent possible; No hunting activity shall be permitted within and around the project area and strict guidelines will be given to contractors to ensure that such activities are not practiced; In case of any wildlife being spotted within the project site, trained personnel from the Forest Department and Wildlife Warden s office and approved experts shall be intimated for rescue of the wildlife; The project activities shall ensure measures as suggested for ambient air quality and traffic and transport of material so as to minimize impacts on the ecology of the site and its surroundings; Levels of noise shall be maintained at a minimum during construction activities. Cutting or lopping of trees shall be avoided. Mature trees and standing dead trees should not be cut to the extent possible. The construction contractors will be instructed to provide fuel for any heating requirements at site and not to use firewood from adjoining areas. Significance of Impact The overall impact on the ecology is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact on ecology can be maintained as minor. Table 4-9: Impact significance - Ecology Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Ecology Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Moderate Minor Impact on Soil Quality The potential impacts on soil due to construction activities are from: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 141

142 Installation of heavy construction machinery causing soil compaction: Movement of heavy vehicles and machinery on unpaved surface can result in compaction of soil which can increase the run off potential thereby decreasing the possibility for recharge. The compaction of soils in the areas meant for temporary uses can render the area less fertile. Soil Contamination: Potential contamination of soil may occur due to accidental spills of lubricating oil, fuel oil, paint, thinner during their handling and storage Soil Erosion: Erosion of the top soil may result from exposure of loose soil surfaces to rain and wind during site clearing, earth moving, and excavation activities. The loss of top soil may result in lack of good soil for landscaping and greenbelt development in the later stages Waste Management: The construction phase will involve generation of construction waste/ debris, waste oil and chemicals from construction machinery and domestic solid waste from campsite etc. There is potential for spread of construction waste to areas outside the construction site and contaminate wells, soil etc. if adequate management measures are not put in place. Table 4-10 lists various construction waste generated during the construction phase of the project. Table 4-10 Quantities of different construction waste generated S.No Constituent Quantity of Waste Generated(tonnes per annum) 1 Soil, sand and Gravel Bricks and Masonry Concrete Metals Bitumen Wood Others Mitigation Soil Management Topsoil (upper 30 cm) shall be removed prior to commencement of bulk earthwork and reused later for landscaping purpose.this is done to ensure that the good quality top soil is not lost; Minimum clearance of vegetation shall be carried out and the vegetative cover shall be redeveloped wherever possible; The excavated soil material shall be stacked in earmarked areas only; Excavated soil shall be used/transported at the earliest for filling low lying areas at the site; Soil Erosion Control Measures Major activities pertaining to site grading and excavation for foundation and backfilling shall be avoided during monsoons and shall be planned for dry season. Retention wall or bund shall be provided around the storage areas for excavated soil and other construction material to check the flow of sediments with storm water in case of rain; Completed earthworks shall be re-vegetated as soon as possible Soil Compaction Movement of heavy machinery in the site area shall be restricted to minimize the possibility of compaction; Prevention of Contamination by Waste Management Construction Waste Excavated materials shall be used for backfilling material in other locations simultaneously; Construction wastes from site such as metal cuttings debris, plastic packing material, wooden logs etc will be segregated and kept in specially identified waste bins. The recyclable items like metal and plastic shall be stored separately and sent to recyclable industry ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 142

143 Potentially hazardous waste shall be segregated from non-hazardous construction site debris. The contractor shall educate the workers and subcontractors about hazardous waste storage and disposal procedures; Chemical Waste Storage facilities shall be designed within paved surface and provided with covered shed to prevent contamination of soil due to accidental spills of lubricating oil, fuel oil, paints, thinner, varnishes, chemicals etc.; Adequate hazardous waste collection and storage facilities shall be provided in a designated place away from storm drains or watercourses with proper access control and proper labelling. Any hazardous waste including empty containers, which may contain some toxic substances such as paints, solvents, adhesives and sealants shall not be stored for more than 90 days at the site and shall be sold to authorized vendors. The record for waste generated and sold shall be maintained by the contractors. Significance of Impact The overall impact on the soil resources is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact on soil resource can be maintained as minor. Table 4-11: Impact significance Soil Resources Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Soil Resources Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Moderate Minor Impact on Traffic and Transport The construction phase will entail transportation of construction materials and movement of labour. It is expected that, Najafgarh Kapashera road will be mainly used for this purpose, which has connects to site from western side. The other important roads that will be used for transportation are: 60m ROW with six lane divided carriageway (primary road) connecting UER II to Dwarka sector 9; Local roads with 2 lane width and intermediate lane width on the Western sides of the project site connecting with the nearby villages, namely Barthal and Bijwasan; 60m ROW linkage road connecting UER II towards sector 23 and sector 19 respectively The potential impact due increase in traffic and transportation during construction phase would be: Increased potential for traffic hazards on the primary roads and village roads of the area, due to the construction activities. The condition of roads may deteriorate during the construction phase due to frequent movement of heavy vehicles and equipment. Disruption of traffic is anticipated on connecting roads due to unplanned entry to the site, parking of trucks, breakdowns, etc. Mitigation Measures The movement of traffic entering the site shall be properly managed so as to cause minimum problems to local users on this road; The EPC contractors will undertake consultation with local Police and local Panchayat prior to movement of the construction traffic particularly for the movement of heavy machinery; The construction vehicles shall be allowed to move in the site only through exclusive entry and exit points; Adequate training shall be given to the drivers of construction vehicles for speed restrictions; and Roads damaged due to project vehicle shall be repaired and maintained at regular intervals during the construction period. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 143

144 Significance of Impact The overall impact on the traffic and transportation is assessed to be moderate to high. It is assessed that with implementation of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact can be maintained as moderate. Table 4-12: Impact significance Traffic and Transportation Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Traffic Transportation and Without Mitigation Regional Long High Major With Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate Impact on Socio- Economic Environment As the proposed project is to be developed on land owned by DDA, no relocation and resettlement of the existing population will take place. The construction activities might bring about certain impacts which might affect the population in nearby villages. The impacts enlisted below are limited to construction phase only and can be mitigation by implementing proper measures, as mentioned in the later section. The construction activities and big machineries which will be operated in the construction phase are bound to generate a higher decibel of noise which might disturb the local adjoining residential area for a very short duration. In addition, during the operation phase, the vehicular movement of buses and cars will also tend to create higher noise exposure in the surrounding villages. With the commencement of construction activities, accumulation of water in the dugout areas of the site might result in being breeding place for mosquito breeding and spread of vector borne diseases. Once the construction activities commences, problem of traffic congestion in the area might arise because of movement of heavy vehicles, to and fro from the site. Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures can be implemented to counter the probable impacts that might emerge: Locals from nearby villages will be engaged in all construction activities and during the operation phases, as per their skill set, to supplement their income. Once the construction activities commences, care should be taken that drivers will valid licenses should only operate vehicles hauling the big machineries. A speed limit should be determined and followed for all vehicles passing that particular route. The operations of big machines will be restricted to day time only No noise generating activity will be permitted from 22:00P.M-6:00AM ;To minimize adverse impacts due to the discharge of untreated sewage outside the project site, adequate number of portable toilets, soak pits shall be provided onsite for disposal of sewage. The project will ensure that the existing elements of the natural environment (ponds, trees etc.) are integrated in the urban design. Natural features will be maintained, preserved and further developed. Preference of giving the locals from the area an opportunity of being hired in various jobs that might emerge during the course of the project activities should be made available. Further Suggestions Along with the probable positive impacts that the project might bring to the local population, there are some possible areas of work which might be beneficial as well. These have been highlighted below: During the construction and operation phases, a myriad of occupational and livelihood opportunities will open-up for un-skilled, semi-skilled and skilled labour force. Occupation and livelihood opportunities, such as receptionist, clerks, support staff; pantry cooks, auto repairing, mobile repairing, computer, electrician, plumbing, security guard and maid, rickshaw pullers and tow cart pullers, etc are likely to come-up. In order to involve participation of locals, they could be considered and given preference in some of the skilled and semi-skilled jobs, depending on their education and skills. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 144

145 4.2.9 Impact on Occupational Health & Safety The workers engaged in construction activities will be exposed to occupational health and safety hazards and risks. Falls from elevation associated with working with ladders, scaffolding, and partially built or demolished structures are among the most common cause of fatal injury at construction sites. Construction activities may also pose significant hazards related to the potential fall of materials or tools, as well as ejection of solid particles from abrasive or other types of power tools which can result in injury to the head, eyes, and extremities. The workers will also be exposed to temporary hazards such as physical contact, spills, dust, emissions, and noise due to vehicular movement and use of lifting equipment in the movement of machinery. The key health and safety concerns associated with construction activities are: Injury due improper handling, operation and execution Occupational hazards like high noise, electric shocks etc. Trip and fall, inadequate fall safe arrangements Diseases from unhygienic surrounding Exposure to hazardous substances etc. Mitigation Measures The contractor will ensure that: The construction staff and contractors involved in the construction activities shall be trained on the necessary precaution and safety practices prior to commencement of construction activity The necessary safety measures shall be taken up before and during the construction activities for all electrical driven machinery A work permit system shall be implemented for all works related to working at heights (typically when working over 2m and above) and for hot jobs are; All works related to working at heights shall be undertaken only during the daytime when sufficient sunlight is available; Workers shall be provided with required PPEs to be used at site; All excavation activities shall be conducted in supervision of the site contractor; Proper signage shall be provided in places of excavated areas; Storage of explosives and blasting activities (if required) shall be undertaken as per the requirements of PESO and established good practices. The switchyard building and transformer areas shall be provided with adequate fire extinguishers and sand buckets at all strategic locations to deal with any incident of fire; Significance of Impact The overall impact on the Occupational Health and Safety is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact can be maintained as minor. Table 4-13: Impact significance Occupational Health & Safety Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Occupational Health and Safety Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Moderate Minor 4.3 Impacts during Operation Phase During operation phase, the potential primary and secondary impacts on the environment, their significance and mitigation are discussed in the following sub-sections. It is likely that the following parameters will be impacted: Land Environment Air Quality Ambient Noise Quality ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 145

146 Water Resources and Quality Ecology Solid Waste Management Traffic &Transport Socio-Economic Environment Impact on Land Environment Some of the anticipated impacts on the land environment due to the project are: Change in Runoff and Drainage pattern: With the development of the project, pervious vegetative area will be replaced by impervious and paved surfaces leading to lesser infiltration and thereby increased runoff. This can lead to more localized flooding. Potential Loss of Green spaces: Concreting of the huge land area would reduce the natural greenery of the area. However, the large landscaping planned and suggested in the Master plan for the project, would compensate for this loss. Mitigation Measures Green belt and open spaces of approximately 42.47% is proposed for the site. The green area on the site is configured in two broad methods. At the periphery of the site, it is organised as large uninterrupted chunks whereas in the interior parts of the site it is distributed in small pockets. Significance of Impact The overall impact on the land environment is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact can be maintained as minor. Table 4-14: Impact significance Occupational Health & Safety Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Land Environment Without Mitigation Regional Medium Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Moderate Minor Impact on Air Environment A site specific baseline air quality monitoring program was conducted for the existing project site and the results are briefed in above section 3.4. Existing baseline condition reveals that concentration of CO, NO x, SO 2 are below the prescribed limits by NAAQS. However, concentrations of PM 10 and PM 2.5 exceeds the limits by NAAQS of 100µg/m 3 and 60µg/m 3 respectively. High levels of baseline levels are due to less prevailing winds for long calm periods during summer period. The major impacts on ambient air could be vehicular emissions from increase in traffic volume and emission from power backup/ DG sets. Power Backup It is proposed that power will be mainly supplied from the State Electricity supply; however, scenarios of power failures are expected during operation phase of the project. Diesel generator sets have been proposed to provide the power back up for the proposed facility. The generators units will run on High Speed Diesel (HSD) and therefore, it is expected that emissions including nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulphur dioxide (SO 2), particles (primarily PM 10) and carbon monoxide (CO) will be released. These emissions will have direct impact on air quality within the study area. Air Dispersion Modelling using AERMOD In particular, a total of 99 individual DG units are expected to be installed onsite. The breakup for the same and also Air Dispersion modelling has been described in detail in Annexure A. 8. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 146

147 In order to assess the impacts from operations associated with DG units, detailed air dispersion modelling was conducted. This study assesses the intensity and the extent of the potential impacts associated with above mentioned pollutants (four pollutants namely, NOx, SO 2, CO and PM 10). The air dispersion modelling study estimates Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) of pollutants produced by DG units, under normal operative conditions. The modelling was conducted through AERMOD to evaluate GLC of pollutants produced during the operation phase over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. The modelling assumed a realistic representation of local meteorological condition considering a time frame of one year. It is expected that the DG units will only be utilized as alternative power supply, approximately one hour per day. Average 24 hourly GLC has been assessed for NOx, SO 2, and PM 10, whereas 8 hours GLC has been assessed for CO. The predicted GLCs at various locations (where air quality has been monitored) have been added to baseline air quality data to calculate total concentration of pollutants. It must be noted that AQ1 falls within the project site and hence not considered for assessment. The ccharacteristics of emission sources, emission rates and composition, other input parameters and predicted concentrations and interpretation of results have been detailed out in the Annexure A.8. This section discusses the results of the modelling in brief. Modelling Results Isopleths have been generated to present the results of the modelling results for NOx, SO2, CO and PM. a) Isopleths NOx 24 hourly Overall Dispersion of NOx 24 hourly emission. Key area of spread is within the immediate vicinity of the project boundary. Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High levels of GLC - NOx above 5.00mg/m 3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. b) Isopleths SOx 24 hourly Overall Dispersion of SOx 24 hourly emission. Key area of spread is within the immediate vicinity of the project boundary. Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High levels of GLC - SOx above 30.00mg/m3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 147

148 c) Isopleths CO 8 hourly Overall Dispersion of CO 8hourly emission. Key area of spread is within the project boundary. Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High levels of GLC CO above 70.00mg/m3, is limited to area within the project boundary on the north-eastern side. d) Isopleths PM10 24 hourly Overall Dispersion of PM10 24 hourly emission. Key area of spread is within the immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Isopleth showing area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High levels of GLC PM10 above 0.90mg/m3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. a) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) The maximum predicted ground level concentration for NOx has been evaluated to be 5.04 mg/m 3 at m E, m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented below, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 5.00 mg/m 3 can be expected to be limited to area covering the immediate vicinity of the project boundary. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 148

149 Furthermore, it is also noted that total NOx levels predicted as part of the study is complaint with NAAQS standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board. b) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) The maximum predicted ground level concentration for SO 2has been evaluated to be mg/m 3 at m E, m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented below, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 30 mg/m 3 can be expected to be limited to area covering the immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Furthermore, it is also noted that total SO 2 levels predicted as part of the study is complaint and within the permissible limits of NAAQS standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board. c) Carbon Monoxide (C0) The maximum predicted ground level concentration for CO has been evaluated to be mg/m 3 at m E, m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented below, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 70 mg/m 3 can be expected to be limited within the project boundary on the eastern side. Furthermore, it is also noted that total CO levels predicted as part of the study is complaint and within the permissible limits of NAAQS standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board. d) Particulate Matter (PM) The maximum predicted ground level concentration for PM 10 has been evaluated to be 1.01 mg/m 3 at m E, m N, which falls just outside the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented below, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 0.90 mg/m 3 can be expected to be limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. It is to be noted that that total PM 10 levels predicted as part of the study exceeds permissible limits of NAAQS standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board; this can be attributed to existing high levels of PM 10 as monitored during the baseline study. However, only marginal levels of incremental concentrations of PM 10 are expected from project operations. Mitigation Measures Power backup Supplies The DG sets shall be provided for power back up in case of any power failure. Following precautionary measures shall be taken care of: Stack heights for DG sets shall be maintained as per CPCB/ MoEFCC norms; Vehicular Emissions Vegetative barriers in the form of green belt shall be provided around the ECC complex which will minimize the built up of pollution level by acting as pollution sinks. Only CNG using public vehicles shall be allowed to ply on the site Bicycles Impact Significance The overall impact on ambient air quality is assessed to be moderate. It is assessed that with implementation of suggested mitigation measures the overall impact on ambient air quality can be maintained as minor. Table 4-15: Impact significance Ambient Air Quality Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Air Quality Without Mitigation Medium Medium Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Moderate Minor ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 149

150 4.3.3 Impact on Noise Environment Noise level survey was carried out with respect to the proposed project in order to assess the background levels. The noise levels at eight locations within the radius of 10km of the project area conform to the standards prescribed by CPCB for commercial/residential zones. The proposed development will involve activities that will generate noise. The major activities which can emit noise are as follows: Noise from the Events organised at the ECC. Increase in traffic along the road due to the Facility will increase the noise level at intersections and highways. Noise will also be generated due to the regular loading and unloading of goods. Noise generated from the Aircraft can also be a cause for physical and mental fatigues to the people residing / using the ECC facilities. Mitigation Measures Sound attenuators / acoustic lining shall be installed in the exhibition halls and convention centers DG sets shall be provided with acoustic enclosures; EHS In charge shall ensure that the noise level from DG sets does not exceed 75 db(a) at 1 m distance, during day time and 70 db(a) during night time through periodic monitoring and maintenance Trees with heavy foliage shall be planted as vegetative barriers to minimise the noise pollution Significance of Impact The overall impact on the noise levels in the area will be moderate with the commissioning of the operations and increase in traffic ; however with the implementation of suggested buffer areas, green barriers and attenuation measures the overall impact can be maintained as moderate to Minor. Table 4-16 Impact significance - Noise Quality Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Noise Quality Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Low Minor Impact on Water Environment and its Mitigation Measures The project will use water from the allocated Underground reservoirs of Delhi Jal Board to meet the requirement for commercial development as per Delhi Master Plan No ground water usage will be made for any of the activities. The recycled water will be used for the non-potable water requirements of the region such as flushing and HVAC requirements. The use of treated wastewater to meet the water requirements for the project shall reduce the stress on the water resources in the region. The entire treated wastewater shall be reused and there will be no discharge of untreated sewage on land or in any surface water body. With the project proposing to implement the rainwater harvesting for the ground water recharge, conservation through awareness programs to bring about greater water efficiency, and reuse of treated wastewater on the proposed site during operation of the project for use in horticulture and other auxiliary purpose, the impact on water resources would be minimized. It is to be noted that there are no major water courses/ wetlands in the vicinity of ECC site except, Najafgarh storm water drain (1.5km away in West direction) and Qutub Vihar Park lake (2.5 km in Northwest direction),which are too far to receive the runoff from site. Mitigation Measures Water Conservation The following measures are recommended to reduce the water usage: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 150

151 Water meters conforming to ISO standards shall be installed at the inlet point of water uptake and the discharge point to monitor the daily water consumption and identify leakages if any. In charge shall be responsible for carrying out systematic leak tests all year round; Appropriate flow restrictors shall be installed for economizing on water consumption. The flow restrictors shall be typically sized for following discharge: Flushing Wash Basin Shower Kitchen Sink Urinal 3/6LPF 8.3LPM 9.5LPM 9.5LPM 2LPF * LPF= lites/flush, LPM-Litres/min Source: EIA manual for large construction projects, MoEFCC Efficient Water saving devices/ fixtures shall be installed in kitchens and toilets to reduce the water consumption per flush. Dual flush systems can be installed to allow different quantities of water for flushing of solids and liquids. Dual plumbing shall be made installed to segregate the fresh water use with supply of recycled water for non-potable water requirements such as flushing, horticulture, etc. The location of harvesting structures should be such that it is not exposed to any hazard of water contamination from any other sources. Wastewater Management Water Conservation In charge shall periodically monitor the quality of rainwater to be used for landscaping. The water used for landscaping should conform to the BIS irrigation standards Parameter Total dissolved Solids(mg/l) 2100 Chlorides as chlorine(mg/l) 500 Boron(mg/l) 2 Sulphates(mg/l) 1000 Conductivity(us/cm) 2.25 ph 6-8 Before the onset of rainy season, the rain water storage tank should be flushed off all the sediments and debris. The water used for cooling and air-conditioning purpose (recycled water) shall be tested for hardness. It is recommended that water with hardness less than 50ppm shall be used for air conditioning applications. The STP In charge should analyse the quality of treated water before using it for cooling purpose in order to prevent any scale formation or corrosion. The water supply and wastewater lines shall be colour coded to differentiate; Significance of Impact The overall impact on the water resources and quality is assessed to be minor considering the existing allocation and zero discharge of wastewater. Table 4-17: Impact significance - Water resource and Quality Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Water Resource and Quality Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Medium Low Minor ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 151

152 4.3.5 Impact due to generation of Solid Waste As per the estimates, a total of TPD of municipal waste is expected to be generated during peak season from ECC during its operation phase. The potential impacts associated with disposal of solid waste include the following: Inadequate collection and treatment of municipal solid waste can lead to unhygienic conditions leading to spread of diseases and other vectors Improper transportation of municipal solid waste may lead to generation of odour; The accumulation of waste along streets can clog drains and cause localized flooding; Mitigation Measures An integrated solid waste management will be put in place for collection, transport, treatment and disposal of solid waste generated from the activities; An onsite compost plant has been planned for processing of kitchen and garden waste The e-waste generated shall be sold to authorised recyclers in accordance with e-waste Management Handling Rules, The recyclable waste like glass, metal, plastics, paper etc shall be collected separately and sold to authorized recyclers/ vendors. Significance of Impact The overall impact of the solid waste generated from the commissioning of the project is moderate; however with the implementation of suggested collection, treatment and disposal measures the overall impact can be maintained as minor. Table 4-18 : Impact significance - Solid Waste Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Solid Waste Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Local Long Low Minor Impact on Traffic & Transport Environment A well planned transport infrastructure with adequate public transport infrastructure such as BRT and MRT system has been envisaged for the proposed development and the details for the same have been provided in chapter two of the report. The potential impacts on traffic and transport for proposed project include the following: Increase in traffic volume due to proposed developments and likelihood of congestion on the existing and proposed road network; Random parking of vehicles and unplanned loading/ unloading areas can lead to confusion A Traffic forecasting for the year 2020 was made by AECOM. Considering the scenario of high metro evening peak, the traffic generated due to ECC was estimated to be PCU/hour respectively. Mitigation Measures Traffic Management Plan: This includes various transport improvement strategies, in order to reduce the traffic congestion due to goods and passenger movement on the roads connecting to the project site. In order to accommodate the increased traffic, following measures have been suggested: A highway patrol shall be established to manage the traffic within the region Hierarchy in roads should be adopted to segregate the traffic according to the size, frequency and density of traffic. During events at ECC, primary access shall be from the existing Palam flyover; while for Gurgaon and further south of Gurgaon, it shall be through the proposed Dwarka Expressway. For the traffic from ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 152

153 Uttam Nagar and Janakpuri side, access shall be made from the primary roads on the western end of Dwarka Sub-city The number of existing lane on the roads connecting to the airport shall be increased to accommodate the increasing traffic on the road Comprehensive traffic and travel surveys shall be conducted every 5 years to monitor traffic characteristics and travel behaviour to develop strategies for effective transportation. Provision of electric/cng powered shuttle transport within or outside the campus for at least 10% of the campus occupants during the peak hours. Improvement Plan Widening of all the primary roads and the local village roads connecting Badli Najafgarh Dwarka to enhance the accessibility to the site and carry the existing and anticipated future traffic loads Proposed grade separators to all major interchanges Planning of pedestrian facilities: Pedestrian facilities shall be planned for movement of pedestrians on all major corridors and junctions in the study area. The pedestrian facilities which shall be provided for the safe movement of pedestrians are Footpaths along the road Zebra markings Grade-separated pedestrian facilities viz. subways and pedestrian over-bridge for across movement of pedestrian. Pedestrian Guard Rails, Road safety Signage and overhead signs shall be placed on a structurally sound gantry or cantilever structure made of circular pipes or steel sections Parking demand management: The parking facilities shall be developed as per the guidelines and provisions of DMP Significance of Impact The overall impact on the Traffic in the area will be moderate as the future traffic projections are considered in planning roads and RRT; timely implementation of suggested roads infrastructure and management measures can maintain the impact as moderate. Table 4-19: Impact significance - Traffic Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Traffic Without Mitigation Local Long High High With Mitigation Local Medium Moderate Moderate Impact on Social Economy and Livelihood Once ECC becomes operational, certain impacts might emerge which will affect the local population positively. The anticipated impacts have been given below: With the onset of new project activities, employment opportunities might increase among the local population. The unskilled local population of the adjoining areas will find job opportunities as drivers, security guards, cleaners, housekeeping etc. which will improve their economic condition. With the execution of the project, there will be more transport facilities plying to the area thus, benefitting the population living in the area in the long run. With the proposed activities, the sewage facilities in the area might be given importance which will be alternatively be beneficial for the residential premises and villages within the vicinity. Skilled and semi-skilled people among the local adjoining population might be recruited for certain activities. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 153

154 More women population will also find employment in various work positions such as receptionist, clerks, support staff; pantry cooks etc during the operation phase of the project; With the focus of development in the area, there is a probability that vocational centres catering to auto repairing, mobile repairing, computer training centres, spoken English language centres and training institutes providing services like electrician, plumbing, security guard and maid etc. might be established in the area by various private agencies. This will not only assist in developing the skill of the people but will also aid in creating jobs in the small skilled trade sector. Development of infrastructure will also take place with the coming of the project in the area. The project will involve activities like road upgrading and better power supply in the area. This will enhance the existing structure and also encourage further development in the surroundings. Expected improvement of the following public amenities in the area due to project development. - More banks and cash dispenser machines; Proper garbage disposal system; Villages in the vicinity being benefitted with a more regular electricity supply; Establishment of proper connectivity of internet facilities in the area; Significance of Impact The overall impact on socio-economic scenario will be positive which when coupled adequate management measures can improve the economic scenario of the region with a moderate to high intensity of change. Table 4-20 : Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Socio-economic Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Regional Long High Major ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 154

155 5. Analysis of Alternatives This section of the report presents the alternatives considered for selecting the site and justification for the project. The following scenarios have been considered for assessing the need of the project in the existing settings of the area: i ii Project versus No-project Scenario; Alternatives considered for selection of site; 5.1 Project versus No project scenario The Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions (MICE) market in India is currently at a nascent stage, and has potential to grow as the economy matures. Exhibition centres form a vital link to connect local manufacturers with global buyers serving as the platform for the exchange and dissemination of information. According to the survey of Indian Institute of Management, Bangalore (IIM-B), India captures a small share of 1% of the international meetings market and does not compete with the established MICE destinations in Asia. Currently, India lacks the necessary infrastructure to host MICE events, including hotel rooms and transportation connectivity. The lack of sufficient number of high quality venues in India continues to be one of the most significant constraints on growth in this market. being the nation s capital and the commercial nerve centre of northern India; it is one of the most lucrative business locations. Despite its sustained level of growths and immense economic potential, there are limited opportunities in terms of organized exhibition space. Presently, Pragati Maidan is the only large organized space in the city for holding exhibitions, conventions, trade fairs etc. Hence, a need was felt to establish an Exhibition cum Convention Centre in the National Capital Region to not only provide exhibition space but also attract new investments and boost economic activity in the region. The ECC will be an integrated complex with a host of mutually beneficial facilities like exhibition halls, convention centers, hotels, auditoria and retail services. The proposed project is strategically located near IGIA airport terminal 3, Delhi Rewari Railway line and MRTS system. It is at a distance of approximately 11km from Indira Gandhi International Airport, 3km from Bijaswan railway station and less than a km from Sector 21 Dwarka Metro Station and is adjacent to the upcoming ISBT site. 5.2 Alternatives considered for Selection of site An initial screening to assess the best suitable site out of the three alternate sites was carried out. The Site Suitability Analysis was undertaken for the following three sites: 1. The first site is located in sector 25, Dwarka, which is designated as Public Semi Public (PS-1, sociocultural facilities) as per recent Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May The second site under consideration was at Sector 20, Dwarka, which is designated as open and green space in the DMP The third site under consideration was the site previously earmarked for the Reliance SEZ in the Gurgaon Manesar Urban Development Complex. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 155

156 Figure 5-1 : Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 1 Location ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 156

157 Figure 5-2: Delhi Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 2 Location ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 157

158 Figure 5-3 Gurgaon Manesar Master Plan 2021 and Proposed Site 3 Location Assessment of Alternative Sites For identification of the most suitable Site for development of the ECC, an assessment was carried considering the following aspects: Physical settings; Environmental Considerations and; Social Considerations; Table 5.1 Site Suitability Analysis Parameter Option 1 Sector 25, Dwarka Physical Settings Option 2 Sector 20, Dwarka Option 3 Gurgaon Topography All three alternate sites are flat and are sloping towards West. Hence, the topography will not be a major constraint on the proposed ECC development at any of the three sites. Location and Connectivity The proposed site is located at Sector 25 of the Dwarka sub city in the south western part of Delhi NCR. The proposed site is located at Sector 20 of the Dwarka Sub City in the The site is located in the Reliance Haryana SEZ as identified in the Gurgaon ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 158

159 The site has adequate local and regional connections through road, rail and air. The site also has excellent transit connections with the Delhi Metro. The strategic location of the site makes it an ideal option for such kind of facility and will attract wider business opportunities. South Western part of Delhi NCR. The site is also in proximity to the existing road, rail and transit links. Manesar Urban Development Complex The site access is constrained with existing road layout and there are no direct access to major arterials Landuse The site landuse as per the recent Notification of Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD) dated 12 May 2016 is designated as Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities). Hence there will be no change in landuse pattern. The present landuse is Green Area in Dwarka Zonal Plan. Hence, landuse conversion is mandatory. The site is currently notified as multi services SEZ. However, the proposed ECC needs to be critically delineated after considering the present SEZ Acts and Rules. Water Resources and Availability Ecology Noise Environmental Considerations It is proposed to meet the potable water Demand from the underground reservoir/ water mains of the Delhi Jal Board; The site supports relatively low biodiversity with existing vegetation of relatively low ecological value. Both these site locations fall under IGI Airport runway funnels and hence, there will be noise impact on the proposed development on both the sites. Mitigation measures such as buffer areas, green barriers could maintain the impacts to minor impacts. There is no provision from the Haryana Urban Development Authority (HUDA) for supply of water to the proposed site. Hence water supply will be a major constraint. The site is approximately 10km from the Sultanpur Bird sanctuary which is a notified National Bird Sanctuary with migratory birds nesting during winter season. No significant noise source is envisaged in the nearby site area Wastewater/Sewerage System A sewerage system is already in place for the site. However, once the project is in operation, upgrading of sewage network may be considered to accommodate the demand. Presently the site has no provisions for any sewerage network by HUDA. Social Considerations Resettlement & Rehabilitation issues The site is already in possession of the Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP) which was transferred by Delhi Development Authority (DDA). The site will therefore have no resettlement issues. The site is already acquired and is in possession of the Delhi Development Area. Hence, there will be minimal rehabilitation and resettlement issues. The site is already acquired and in possession of the RHSEZ. However, as part of area development, the locals may be considered to be employed during construction and operation phases ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 159

160 based on their skills Site Selection Criteria A ranking system for various environmental and social aspects was developed to carry out the evaluation of site alternatives. A set of seven parameters were considered and each parameter was assigned a score and weight based on its significance in selection of a site. The details of the parameters and the rationale for selection of these parameters have been provided in Table 5.2 Table 5.2: Rationale for Selected Parameters Subject Group Parameter Rationale Landuse Land Use Lands which are designated as public-semi public will be considered as the most suitable option for this project development Infrastructure Water Source & Sewer The development should have an identified water supply and sewerage system Environmental Sensitivity Proximity to ecologically sensitive features The site should be as far from ecologically sensitive areas as possible Connectivity Proximity to NH and SH This aspect offers inter nodal/modal connectivity and potential for regional and local bus based rapid transit system Proximity to Metro station Proximity to IGI Airport Rail Connectivity It offers an easy and convenient mode of transport for visitors from NCR. International connectivity This offers regional connectivity The rationale for selecting of the above mentioned criteria and the sub-criteria are detailed in the following sub sections: Landuse The existing landuse of the potential site and its planned landuse as per the Master Plan for the city are considered as important factors for site selection. The sites designated for Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities), in the Master Plan of Delhi 2021 and its amendments were considered preferred site locations as there will not be any changes in the landuse due to the project development. Proximity to ecologically sensitive area Proximity to ecologically sensitive areas such as Reserved/Protected Forest, sanctuaries/national Park, wetland, mangrove, migratory corridor and other notified areas were considered as important factor for site selection. Proximity to sanctuaries / National Park was considered within 15 km as the major project impacts are likely to be limited within such areas. Reserved/Protected forest within or in proximity were less preferred as they may get exposed to residual noise and air impacts, however impacts will be limited as the notified forest land will be delineated and no diversion is proposed. The SEZ site, Gurgaon lies within 10km from Sultanpur Bird sanctuary which is a notified National Bird Sanctuary with migratory birds nesting during the winter and hence a least preferred alternative based on this parameter. Wetlands and areas with mangrove were considered as less favourable due to potential ecological impacts. Infrastructure Accessibility ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 160

161 Source of water and sewage for the project should be identified before commencing of the project. Site with dependable allocation for water were preferred during scoring. Connectivity Proximity to National Highways, State highways and metro line was considered as a favourable factor as it would enhance connectivity to the ECC for the visitors. The scores and weights have been assigned on the basis of a series of interactive in house sessions and through research and experience. Table 5.3: Assigned Scores and Weights Subject Group Parameter Score Weight Infrastructure Source of water Source of water-identified 10 Source of water-not identified 4 Sewerage Existing Sewerage System No sewerage network identified 4 Proximity to IGI Airport Upto 15km km km 6 Above 50 km 4 25 Rail Connectivity - Distance from Railway Line Connectivity 0-3 km km km km 4 8 km and above 2 Road Connectivity - Distance from NH 0-3km km km 6 Beyond 10km 4 Rail Connectivity - Distance from Metro Line 0-2km km km km 4 8 km and above 2 Landuse Land Use 30 Commercial 10 Others 5 Environmental Sensitivity Proximity to ecologically sensitive area (within 15km) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 161

162 Reserved/Protected Forest 5 Sanctuaries / National Park 1 Wetland / Mangrove 3 25 Migratory corridor 2 Other notified areas 3 None 10 Based on the above ranking system, the site alternatives were evaluated. The final scores for the three site alternatives have been presented below: Table 5.4: Scoring for Options Alternatives Location Infrastructure Accessibility Connectivity Land use Environmental Sensitivity Total Score Option 1 Sec-25 Dwarka Option 2 Sec-20 Dwarka Option 3 Gurgaon (Manesar) Final Site Selection Based on the site suitability analysis, Site 1 - Sector 25 Dwarka is the best option for development of ECC. The rationale for selecting the site is mentioned below: No change in landuse pattern required; The site s accessibility to regional destinations by rail and air is excellent. The site has good connectivity with Indira Gandhi International Airport and Bijwasan railway station. Though, the option 2 is free from any encumbrances and lies in proximity to metro stations, bus stands and metro connectivity, however the land use is designated as open and green space and the conversion of land use will be challenging. No resettlement and rehabilitation as the land are already under the possession of DIPP. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 162

163 6. Environmental Monitoring Program To ensure the effective implementation of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP), it is essential that an effective monitoring program should be designed and carried out. It provides basis for evaluating the efficiency of mitigation measures and suggest further actions that need to be taken to achieve the desired effect. The monitoring programme should include: Visual observations; Selection of environmental parameters at specific locations; and Sampling and regular testing of these parameters 6.1 Monitoring Methodology Monitoring methodology covers the following key aspects: Components to be monitored; Parameters for monitoring of the above components; Monitoring frequency; Monitoring standards; Responsibilities for monitoring; and Monitoring cost 6.2 Monitoring Standards The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has developed National Standards for Effluents and Emission under the statutory powers of the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, These standards have been approved and notified by the Government of India, Ministry of Environment & Forests, under Section 25 of the Environmental (Protection) Act, Till now, Effluent standards for 37 categories of industries and Emission Standards for 31 categories of industries have been evolved and notified besides standards for ambient air quality, ambient noise, automobile and fuels quality specifications for petrol and diesel. Ambient Air Quality National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), as notified under Environment (Protection) Rules 1986 and revised through Environment (Protection) Seventh Amendment Rules, 2009 are given in table below: Table 6-1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards Pollutant Time Weighted Average Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial, Residential, Rural and other Areas Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), µg/m 3 24 Hours** Annual* Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), µg/m 3 Annual* Hours** Particulate Matter (size less Annual* than 10 µm) or PM10, µg/m 3 24 Hours** Particulate Matter (size less Annual* than 2.5 µm) or PM2.5, µg/m 3 24 Hours** Ecologically Sensitive Area (notified by Central Government) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 163

164 Ozone (O3), g/m3 8 Hours** Hour** Lead (Pb), µg/m 3 Annual* Carbon Monoxide (CO), mg/m3 24 Hours** Hours Hour** 4 4 Ammonia (NH3), µg/m 3 Annual* Hours** Benzene (C6H6), µg/m 3 Annual* 5 5 Benzo (O) Pyrene (BaP), particulate phase only, ng/m3 Annual* 1 1 Arsenic (As), ng/m3 Annual* 6 6 Nickel (Ni), ng/m3 Annual* * Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week, 24 hourly at uniform interval ** 24 hourly or 8 hourly or 01 hourly values as applicable shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time they may exceed, but not on 2 consecutive days. Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed the limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and further investigation. Water Quality Standards The designated best use classification as prescribed by CPCB for surface water is as given in Table 6-2. Table 6-2 : Primary water Quality Criteria for Designated Best Use Class Designated-Best-Use Class Criteria Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection A Total Coliforms Organism in MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less ph between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 o C 2mg/l or less Outdoor bathing (Organised) B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less ph between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 o C 3mg/l or less Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection C Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less ph between 6 to 9 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20 o C 3mg/l or less Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal D ph between 6.5 to 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less E ph between 6.0 to 8.5 Electrical Conductivity at 25oC micro mhos/cm Max.2250 Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26 Boron Max. 2mg/l Below-E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria Source: Central Pollution Control Board As per the EHS guidelines, the treated sewage discharge is to meet the guidelines provided in Table 6-3. Table 6-3 : Treated Sewage Discharge Guideline S N Parameter Guideline Value 1 ph BOD 30 mg/l, 3 COD 125 mg/, ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 164

165 4 Total Nitrogen 10 mg/l 5 Total Phophorus 2 mg/l 5 Oil and Grease: 10 mg/l, 6 Total Suspended Solids: 50 mg/l 7 Total Coliform bacteria: 400 MPN/100 ml Notes: MPN = Most Probable Number Ambient Noise Standards As per EHS guidelines, for residential, institutional and educational area, the one hourly equivalent noise level (Leq hourly) for day time is 55 db (A) while the Leq hourly for night time is prescribed as 45 db (A). Noise standards notified by the MoEFCC vide gazette notification dated 14 February 2000 based on the A- weighted equivalent noise level (L eq) are as presented in Table6-4. Table6-4: Ambient Noise Standards Area Code Category of Area Limits in db(a) Leq Day time* A Industrial Area B Commercial Area C Residential Area D Silence Zone** Night Time Note: * Day time is from 6 am to 10 pm, Night time is 10 pm to 6.00 am; ** Silence zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around premises of hospitals, educational institutions and courts. Use of vehicle horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers are banned in these zones. Noise Standards for Occupational Exposure Noise standards in the work environment are specified by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA- USA) which in turn are being enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under the Factories Act. Table6-5: Standards for Occupational Noise Exposure Total Time of Exposure per Day in Hours (Continuous or Short term Exposure) / ¾ 107 ½ 110 ¼ 115 Never >115 Sound Pressure Level in db(a) No exposure in excess of 115 db (A) is to be permitted. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 165

166 6.3 Monitoring Plan Matrix A monitoring plan matrix is being developed to specify the time frame when the environmental control activities need to be carried out, who is responsible and what methods will be used to measure effectiveness. Monitoring plan for various performance indicators for construction and operation phase is summarized in Table 6-6. Table 6-6 Monitoring Schedule for different environmental parameters Component Monitoring Parameters Location Frequency Responsibility Construction Phase Air RSPM, SO2, NOx, CO Project Site Three, 8 hr, sample per day once every season for two years Project Manager- Environment Water Quality Monitor the effluent released during the project Project Site Annual (1 sample/year) for two years Project Manager- Environment Noise Monitoring the noise level due to construction machinery Project site Quarterly (4 samples/year) for two years Project Manager- Environment Soil Organic matter, C, H, N, Alkalinity, Acidity, heavy metals and trace metal. Alkalinity, Acidity Project Site 1sample/year for two years Project Manager- Environment Traffic Project Manager- Environment Operation Phase Air RSPM, SO2, NOx, CO Near DG sets Quarterly (4 samples/year)at 1 location for 1 year excluding monsoon season Project Manager- Environment Water Resource Monitor the Rain Water Harvesting activities Pre & Post Monsoon Project Manager- Environment Water Quality Monitor the grey water quality Parameters for horticulture use BOD, ph, S.S, Coliforms Weekly (Continuous) Project Manager- Environment Noise Monitor the noise due to the additional traffic generated Equivalent noise levels Quarterly (4 samples/year) for two years Project Manager- Environment Soil Organic matter, C, H, N, Alkalinity, Acidity, heavy metals and trace metal. Alkalinity, Acidity. Quarterly (4 samples/year)at project site for 1 year Project Manager- Environment Traffic Additional traffic on roads due to development of ECC Quarterly Project Manager- Environment ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 166

167 7. Additional Studies 7.1 Disaster Management Plan A disaster is an event trigger by natural or man-made causes that lead to sudden distribution of normalcy of life, causing widespread damage to life and property. Distribution can be caused due to occurrence of frequent hazards like earthquakes, fires, cyclones, terrorism, and chemical explosions. Level of risk majorly depends upon the various hazards for which any specific area is prone to also on the various physical, social-economic and institutional parameters. This chapter will cover an outline of disaster management plan to handle emergency situations as identified for ECC and their respective emergency response Identified Emergency Situations Broadly, the emergency situations identified for the premises of ECC can be classified as: Natural Hazard- These are often sudden and intense resulting into considerable destruction, injuries and deaths. Population is the key factor in ECC; which is likely to perceive major impact because of magnitude and frequency of the hazard. Floods Earthquake Man-Made Hazard - These are anthropogenic in nature, can be sudden or progressive, which impacts with such severity that the affected community has to respond by taking immediate and exceptional measures including help from outside the community. Fire and Explosion Structural Collapse Electrocution Bomb Threat Road Accidents and transportation of hazardous material, if any As per the seismic zoning map of India (IS: 1893, Part-1, 2002), the project site is located in the Zone IV, classified as MSK VIII i.e., area having high damage risk zone. The design of all the proposed facilities in the project will take into account the required seismic resistance. The proposed project envisages storage of diesel and lube oil for generator and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) for hotels/ restaurants. Emergency prevention through good design, operation, maintenance and inspection are essential to reduce the probability of occurrence and consequential effect of such eventualities. However, it is not possible to totally eliminate such eventualities and random failures of equipment or human errors, omissions and unsafe acts cannot be ruled out. An essential part of major hazard control has therefore, to be concerned with mitigating the effects of such emergency and restoration to normalcy at the earliest. The overall objective of a disaster management plan is to make use of the combined resources at the site and outside services to achieve the following: 1. To localize the emergency and if possible eliminate it; 2. To minimize the effects of the accident on people and property; 3. Effect the rescue and medical treatment of casualties; 4. Safeguard other people; 5. Evacuate people to safe areas; 6. Informing and collaborating with statutory authorities; 7. Provide authoritative information to news media; ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 167

168 8. Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control; 9. Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent enquiry into the cause and 10. circumstances of the emergency; and 11. Investigating and taking steps to prevent reoccurrence The DMP has therefore, to be related to the identification of sources from which hazards can arise in the concerned area. The plan takes into account actions that can successfully mitigate the effects of losses/ emergency need to be well planned so as they would require less effort and resources to control and terminate emergencies, should the same occur. In the sections below, the identification of various hazards is addressed qualitatively, which gives a broad identification of risks involved in the ECC operation. Based on the risk assessment of various hazards, disaster management plan has been formulated and presented here Storage of Hazardous Material The proposed project envisages storage of diesel and lubes oil for diesel generator sets and liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) to be used in pantry/ kitchen areas of hotels/ restaurants and other areas. It is to be noted here that the above material will not be stored in the bulk quantities. The lube oil will be stored in drum and the LPG will be obtained in cylinders supplied by the local dealer. ECC will have HSD storage area of 80.0 X 13.5 m for storage of 1.5 day demand Preliminary Hazard Analysis A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out to identify the major hazards associated with the operations / activities performed within ECC. Table 7-1 Preliminary Hazard Analysis Equipment/ Activity Process Potential Hazard Provision Use of Machinery Vehicular Movement Noise Dust and Fumes Excavation / Levelling of surfaces. Transporting construction material. Transportation, operation of DG sets Shifting materials, Cutting, Transport activities Accidents Accidents Permanent or Temporary hearing impairment. Dust induced respiratory diseases, eye irritation etc. Working at height - Falls which may result in fatal injuries DG Operation Mechanical hazards and fire hazards in 1. Lube oil system 2. Cable galleries 3. Short circuits All precautions written in the Safety Manuals of the respective machineries will be followed Construction will occur in phases. An appropriate Transport Plan will befollowed which will also involve plying of vehicles on selective routes only. EMP for Noise EMP for Air Safe systems of work will be provided as discussed in DMP (On-site). This will include design safety and provision of PPEs All electrical fittings and cables are provided as per the specified standards. Fire Detection Alarm System Power Transformer - Fire and Explosion All electrical fittings and cables are provided as per the specified standards. Fire Detection Alarm System HSD and Lube oil Storage Storage and supply of fuel to DG sets. Fire and explosion Separate storage area for the drums. Fire hydrant system for ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 168

169 LPG Cylinders storage Used in Hotel Kitchen Fire and explosion due to Leakage LPG pipeline Supply line Fire and explosion due to Leakage LPG pipeline Supply line Leakage without fire Natural Calamities like earthquake Total Collapse of the building DG re-fueling. Fire Detection Alarm system and Fire extinguishers Separate storage area for the cylinders with Fire extinguishers Fire Detection Alarm System will be provided Safe systems of work in the proximity of the pipeline Provision of water sprays Safe systems of work in the proximity of the pipeline Building Design as per the Seismic Zone Designs Table 7-2 Preliminary Hazard Analysis in General PHA Category Description of Plausible Hazard Provisions Environmental Factors Preparedness for the Emergency If there is any leakage and eventuality of source of ignition. Highly inflammable nature of the chemicals may cause fire hazard in the facility. All electrical fittings and cables will be provided as per the specified standards. All motor starters and switches will be flame proof. Fire extinguisher of small size and big size will be provided at all potential fire hazard places. In addition to the above, fire hydrant network as per TAC guidelines will also be provided. Fire Detection Alarm System will be provided The goal of preparedness for any emergency is to achieve a satisfactory level of readiness to respond to any disaster in order to save lives, minimize disaster damage, and enhance disaster response operations. The basic approach towards emergency preparedness will comprise of the following activities: Identify all risk associated with each building type in size of facilities at ECC, so as to anticipate the actions to be taken should an emergency response be required. Establish an Auxiliary Management Team (AMT) to implement Emergency Procedures at each building; Develop a work plan with details regarding the course of action to be followed in order to minimize personal injury and property damage in the event of fire, flood, loss of ground, or natural disaster. Train the personnel in planning and responding to an emergency; Prepare a facility-wide, list of names and telephone numbers which will be available at each building in the premises of ECC.. The list will include details of all management, trained emergency responders, and Fire and Police Departments. Test the arrangements and procedures in practice, as often as appropriate; A local fire station within the ECC campus has been planned to be developed, with two (2) Fire Tenders stationed at all times. A dedicated road of width 9m and a turning radius of 12 m has been planned for movement of fire tenders in times of any emergency Roles and Responsibilities The details given in the subsections identify the interlinkage and synchronization among the following: Site Main controller for each ECC Auxiliary Team controller in each building of ECC with designated officers for the emergency management will be called Auxiliary Management Team (AMT); External agencies for local support The primary roles of Site Main controller are to:- ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 169

170 Respond to the on-site response plan in case of any emergency pertaining to the site; Utilize site and local resources; Set up Emergency Control Centre to direct emergency operations. Assess the magnitude of the situation and decide if evacuation is required from the affected areas; Direct the safe shutting down of the installations in consultation with ATC and other important officers, if necessary. Liaison with District Magistrate, Police, Fire Brigade and other agencies, if necessary in coordination with communication/ liaison officer. Communicate all the things to Auxiliary Management Team via Auxiliary Team Controller till the affected area is cleared. Declare the All Clear Situation after the emergency is cover. Auxiliary Management Team (AMT) AMT at the operating site under its control will have following role: Control the emergency and render the building or premises safe by the application of local resources; and Support the local response effort by co-ordinating additional equipment, personnel, and other external resources. The auxiliary Management Team will comprise of: Auxiliary Team Controller- who will supervise the following officers, forming as a team. Fire/ Safety Officer; Evacuation Officer; Communication/Liaison Officer and; Medical Officer. The primary roles of Auxiliary Team controller are to:- Coordinate with Site Main Controller to address the emergency with the help of Auxiliary Management Team. Provide advice on possible effect on areas and outside the premises to the local & district administration about the incident and probable need for evacuation; Direct all the operations within the affected areas with priorities for safety personnel minimize damage to the property and environment; Ensure that the non-essential staff, workers of the areas affected are evacuated to the gathering areas and the area is searched for casualties; Direct the supervisor of the affected areas for the safe guarding of the personnel, minimize the damage to site and environment; The role of the members of Team is a detailed below: Fire/ Safety Officer Reports to Auxiliary Team Controller and assist him in all matters; Consult site supervisor of the area regarding special precautions such as type of material involved in fire; Arrange first aid to the casualties and other emergency equipment; In post- accident condition to gather information on the material /equipment involved in the accident and its danger potential, its effect on humans and environment; Assist site controller in maintaining the emergency equipment; and Assist the site controller in conducting / evaluating mock drills. All the fire fighters shall work under his guidance at the time of emergency. Evacuation Officer Proceed to emergency area and report to Auxiliary Team Controller and acts as per the instructions; Consult the affected area site supervisor for evacuation of the employees; Advice all the employees expect auxiliary management team to assemble at gathering area; If required nearby employees also to be evacuated; ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 170

171 To perform head count at gathering area and shall record names; Compare the names with the attendance list if any missing inform to Auxiliary Team Controller. Proceed to the emergency area and report to the Auxiliary Team Controller after getting the information regarding emergency through telephone or through messengers; He will reserve specified messengers to act as runners between the auxiliary main controller and himself; He handles all the transmission to the emergency control centre and dispatched from it, including those to outside agencies and technical information source; As per the auxiliary main controller s instructions, he will pass information to other members, if required. Communication/Liaison Officer As soon as he receives the information he should proceed to the emergency control centre and report to the auxiliary main controller; He has to co-ordinate with all the outside agencies who offer assistance to an emergency response supporting team; He shall know who represents the various agencies and where and how to contact them; Some of the agencies liaised with are the law, enforcements, public fire services, red cross, rescue and emergency services, local government officials (Police), utility personnel (telephone, electrical, water), health officials, hospitals and ambulance services, lawyer for legal advice (if necessary). He is to ensure that casualties received adequate attention and the alternate transport, when in need; When emergency is prolonged he shall co-ordinate with supply officer to arrange for the relief of rescue or fire fighting personnel and organize refreshments or catering facilities; He is responsible for evacuation of the nearby village people, if situation warrants. Medical Officer: On receipt of information keep him ready and alert his staff to attend serious and urgent cases; The medical officer is responsible for providing first aid to those injured/ rescued and making that they are promptly transported for further treatment if required; Co-ordinate the supply officer for medical supplies; He should familiar with antidotes for specified materials Emergency Equipment The Site Main Controller will maintain a list of emergency handling equipment including details of fire extinguishers, protective clothing, and personal protective equipment for emergency handlers etc. In addition to these, details of available fire management services and hospitals will be available with main incident controller in his operating checklist Specific Emergency Response Procedures Actions are mainly procedures which are to be performed during or immediately after a disaster to minimize suffering and losses through emergency communication, medical assistance, evacuation and search and rescue. Procedures for such events are required and must be understood by all staff, which to be detailed out at later stage.. Procedure: Fire A fire is the unplanned and undesired combustion of materials that poses a threat to employees, visitors and property. The purpose should be to reduce the possibility of a fire in the practice, as well as specify the equipment and policies that are to be used in case of a fire. The designated fire officer makes it mandatory to ensure that every employee is taught how to use a fire extinguisher. Fire extinguishers are to be located at conspicuous locations with basic instructions. Procedure is as follows: On hearing the alarm designated fire officer shall immediately contact the Control Room extension to confirm the location and extent of the fire. To inform Auxiliary Team Controller; Proceed to the location of the fire and take charge of the operation. Depending on the extent of the fire or its potential for spreading, he shall utilize the resources at his command to contain or extinguish the fire until the fire brigade arrives. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 171

172 All Staff with no designated fire duties shall see that their work area is left safe and report immediately to the nearest assembly point. Account for all staff on record. Inform the security personnel at the gate to expect the fire brigade and to direct them by the chosen route. Procedure: Leakage from LPG Cylinder without Fire Cordon off the area around 30 meters radius so that no vehicle or source of ignition approached the area. Attempt to close the control/ manual valve. Open all windows to increase ventilation and hence prevent build-up of vapour cloud. Avoid getting entrapped in the cloud vapour. Water sprays should be used to disperse the vapour cloud. Warn the surrounding areas to put off all naked flames. Procedure: Earthquake An earthquake is a sudden shaking of the earth caused by the breaking of rock beneath the earth's surface and followed by a series of vibrations.earthquakes can cause buildings and bridges to collapse, telephone and powerlines to fall. Procedure is as follows: All persons shall protect themselves as best as possible during an earthquake by finding the nearest safe location, such as: Beneath a sturdy desk Between a door structure In a wide open area Outside and away from the building All persons must leave the building after the shaking stops. Procedure: Bomb Threat Actions taken in response to such a threat should be prompt and assure the safety of employees, and visitors to the each building of ECC While a bomb threat may be a hoax, all such threats should be treated seriously. Procedure is as follows: Do not touch anything electrical including turning lights on or off. Do not take a phone off the hook or replace it. Do not use radios or cellular telephones. Do not move anything that looks out of place, If a suspected bomb device is found, take note of the location, but do not touch it. Notify the police regarding the whereabouts of any suspected bomb device. Once it is determined that a bomb threat has been made, the Site Main Controller will coordinate evacuation of the facility by telling visitors and employees that there is a gas leak or similar condition that requires immediate evacuation. Precautions to be taken in case of proximity to the LPG pipeline Concerned people should be aware of the following: Potential dangers associated with fire and explosion Potential toxic effects of the products of combustion Other potential dangers of gas leaks, such as asphyxiation Precautionary measures that can be taken are: Adequate ventilation in the vicinity Safe systems of work in the proximity of the pipeline (surroundings should be kept free of flammable sources and combustible materials) Adequate fire-fighting provision ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 172

173 Provision of dry powder type extinguishers Appropriate training and instruction for all concerned Appropriate signage showing hazards associated with LPG Emergency procedure notices Avoid having any open drains nearby Action Plan for Diesel Emergency A fire at a small leak in pipeline must be attacked promptly with nearest available fire extinguisher before it has a chance to spread and get out of control. Call for help from all the available employees at the same time. Work to keep the fire from spreading. Shut off flow of oil in line by closing valves and by stopping pumping. Cover the oil pool by sand and build up the pile of sand so as to cover the leak. Put foam on the burning oil pool. Apply the foam gently so as not to scatter the burning oil. Do not leave oil trapped in short lengths of pipe exposed to fire between the closed valves, since, oil so trapped and heated often bursts the pipe and spills out spreading the fire. Wet down adjacent structures to keep them cool Post Emergency Follow up All cases of fire occurrence, no matter how small, must be reported promptly for follow up. Under no circumstances should fire extinguishing equipment once used be returned toits fixed location before it is recharged/ certified fit by the Fire chief/ Safety Manager. Used fire extinguishers must be laid horizontally to indicate that they have been expended Emergency Control Centre The main administrative office will be nominated as the Emergency Control Centre. At the time of the emergency Main Site Controller assisted by other designated coordinators shall take position to perform their duties. The security office at the gate shall be the standby. The Emergency Control Centre will be the focal point in case of an emergency from where the overall operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. It will be located outside the area of potential hazards and easily approachable. The Emergency Control Centre should have the following resources available: 1. Copies of the DMP 2. Master Layout Plan of the Exhibition cum Convention Centre 3. Information regarding Safety Equipment, Fire Fighting material 4. A list of telephones of key and essential staff along with their residential numbers. 5. Copies of the local Telephone Directories. 6. A list of important telephone numbers like neighbouring premises / industries, Fire Brigade, Hospitals. 7. Personal Protective Equipment. 8. First Aid Kit. 9. Communication equipment Internal and external telephones and other communication equipment. 10. Requisite stationary items. 11. Personnel to act as messengers. The communication equipment is checked periodically to ensure that they are functional. The Emergency Control Centre should be capable of being activated within a few minutes upon declaration of an emergency Response Evaluation, Testing and Updating of the Plan Formulation of a Disaster Management Plan cannot possibly be an end by itself. It needs to be tested by holding of periodical mock emergency simulation and drill. Any shortcomings revealed during such exercise should thereafter be corrected by amending the plan. The plan should be for times to come; hence it must be reviewed at periodic intervals. The plan should be also reviewed and updated when: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 173

174 Major alteration or extension of existing facilities is carried out. Major change in habitation or land use of the neighbourhood takes place. Important telephone numbers used are altered. Mock drills activating the Disaster Preparedness Plan should be conducted periodically for ensuring its efficiency during emergency as well as for refinement and updation. These drills based on the plan will help achieve its objectives of the disaster management plan. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 174

175 7.2 Social Impact Assessment The baseline data for social aspects have been covered under Chapter 3 Description of Environment, Section 3.2. The following section describes the potential impacts of the proposed project on the social settings during its construction and operation phases Impact on Socio- Economic Environment: Construction Phase As the proposed project is to be developed on land owned by DDA, no relocation and resettlement of the existing population will take place. The construction activities might bring about certain impacts which might affect the population in nearby villages. The impacts enlisted below are limited to construction phase only and can be mitigation by implementing proper measures, as mentioned in the later section. The construction activities and big machineries which will be operated in the construction phase are bound to generate a higher decibel of noise which might disturb the local adjoining residential area for a very short duration. In addition, during the operation phase, the vehicular movement of buses and cars will also tend to create higher noise exposure in the surrounding villages. With the commencement of construction activities, accumulation of water in the dugout areas of the site might result in being breeding place for mosquito breeding and spread of vector borne diseases. Once the construction activities commences, problem of traffic congestion in the area might arise because of movement of heavy vehicles, to and fro from the site. Mitigation Measures The following mitigation measures can be implemented to counter the probable impacts that might emerge: Locals from nearby villages will be engaged in all construction activities and during the operation phases, as per their skill set, to supplement their income. Once the construction activities commences, care should be taken that drivers will valid licenses should only operate vehicles hauling the big machineries. A speed limit should be determined and followed for all vehicles passing that particular route. The operations of big machines will be restricted to day time only No noise generating activity will be permitted from 22:00P.M-6:00AM ;To minimize adverse impacts due to the discharge of untreated sewage outside the project site, adequate number of portable toilets, soak pits shall be provided onsite for disposal of sewage. The project will ensure that the existing elements of the natural environment (ponds, trees etc.) are integrated in the urban design. Natural features will be maintained, preserved and further developed. Preference of giving the locals from the area an opportunity of being hired in various jobs that might emerge during the course of the project activities should be made available. Further Suggestions Along with the probable positive impacts that the project might bring to the local population, there are some possible areas of work which might be beneficial as well. These have been highlighted below: During the construction and operation phases, a myriad of occupational and livelihood opportunities will open-up for un-skilled, semi-skilled and skilled labor force. Occupation and livelihood opportunities, such as receptionist, clerks, support staff; pantry cooks, auto repairing, mobile repairing, computer, electrician, plumbing, security guard and maid, rickshaw pullers and tow cart pullers, etc are likely to come-up. In order to involve participation of locals, they could be considered and given preference in some of the skilled and semi-skilled jobs, depending on their education and skills. Table 7-3 : Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Socio-economic Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 175

176 environment during construction phase With Mitigation Regional Long High Major Impact on Socio- Economic Environment: Operation Phase Once ECC becomes operational, certain impacts might emerge which will affect the local population positively. The anticipated impacts have been given below: With the onset of new project activities, employment opportunities might increase among the local population. The unskilled local population of the adjoining areas will find job opportunities as drivers, security guards, cleaners, housekeeping etc. which will improve their economic condition. With the execution of the project, there will be more transport facilities plying to the area thus, benefitting the population living in the area in the long run. With the proposed activities, the sewage facilities in the area might be given importance which will be alternatively be beneficial for the residential premises and villages within the vicinity. Skilled and semi-skilled people proficient in handling small motor parts and light machineries among the local adjoining population might be recruited for certain activities. More women population will also find employment in various work positions such as receptionist, clerks, support staff; pantry cooks etc during the operation phase of the project; With the focus of development in the area, there is a probability that vocational centres catering to auto repairing, mobile repairing, computer training centres, spoken English language centres and training institutes providing services like electrician, plumbing, security guard and maid etc. might be established in the area by various private agencies. This will not only assist in developing the skill of the people but will also aid in creating jobs in the small skilled trade sector. Development of infrastructure will also take place with the coming of the project in the area. The project will involve activities like road upgrading and better power supply in the area. This will enhance the existing structure and also encourage further development in the surroundings. Expected improvement of the following public amenities in the area due to project development. - More banks and cash dispenser machines; Proper garbage disposal system; Villages in the vicinity being benefitted with a more regular electricity supply; Establishment of proper connectivity of internet facilities in the area; Significance of Impact The overall impact on socio-economic scenario will be positive which when coupled adequate management measures can improve the economic scenario of the region with a moderate to high intensity of change. Table 7-4 : Operation Phase: Impact Significance - Socio-economic Environment Aspect Scenario Spread Duration Intensity Overall Socio-economic Without Mitigation Local Long Moderate Moderate With Mitigation Regional Long High Major ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 176

177 8. Project Benefits For emerging economies like India, exhibitions have become a credible business tool not only to showcase growing industrial strength but also to create larger business opportunities across segments. The proposed ECC would be developed along a Public-Private Partnership (PPP) with world class infrastructure related to trade and promotional activities, conventions, conferences, exhibitions, corporate meetings, specialized events and logistics facilities. The development of project will open the economy for foreign investments, hence gaining grounds at international level. The Exhibition Industry has not grown in tandem with the economic expansion and urban development of Delhi. Pragati Maidan is the only large, organized space in Delhi for holding exhibitions, conventions, trade fairs, etc. Hence, another ECC in the National Capital Region (NCR) should be facilitated not only to provide exhibition space but also attract new investments and boost existing economic activity in the region. This section includes the benefits accruing to the locality, neighbourhood, region and nation as a whole. It aims at bringing out the details of benefits of developing the project: The proposed ECC is being developed with the intention of serving a more comprehensive role in India s economic growth; and gradually prospering into a brand name. Consequently, the existing and proposed hotels, convention centres and related uses are envisioned to benefit tremendously from the business generated by the presence of such a facility of international standards. The advantage of integrating the commercial office district in ECC campus will add to the benefit to both retail and hospitality land use, and will also compliment the core ( Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions-MICE) based delegate traveller. The project is envisaged to generate double employment, triple industrial output and quadruple exports. It is also envisioned to be on a scale of a Central Business District (CBD) with supporting retail, hotels, commercial office space, and hospitality, food and entertainment and lifestyle opportunities for the user. Such a facility would be focal point of national pride for India and serve as the vehicle for sponsoring international and national meetings for the National Government of India as well as private commercial trade organizations. ECC will be an integrated complex with a host of mutually beneficial facilities like exhibition halls, convention centres, banquet halls arena, hotels and service apartments, F&B outlets and retail services. These components will have the ability to be utilized independently or in conjunction with each other, depending on the nature of the event. Also, to enable the city to attract major international events, there will need to be a significant increase in the Hotel room inventory of the city. The site is strategically located in proximity to the Capital International Airport, with fast and efficient transit connections to the City, the Airport, the downtown areas of Delhi and regional hubs of Gurgaon and Noida is advantageous for attracting international exhibitors. The site has excellent transit connections with the Delhi Metro Station from Sector21, which is less than a kilometre away. The proposed Inter State Bus Terminal (ISBT), is also located in Sector 22, is diagonally opposite the proposed ECC site. A major component of the new development is to promote green, sustainable building practices by integration of Sustainable Design and Building Principles, to achieve a lower carbon footprint, and be an model of integrated sustainable design for all of India and internationally. Certain economic and socioeconomic benefits are also associated with the Project, such as permanent and temporary employment with training opportunities to serve people from different countries, generation of tax and other revenue streams, and new housing and related facilities during both construction and operation phase. The tourism market in the region is showcasing strong growth prospects. The development of newer attractions within the region and development of road and rail based connectivity to nearby tourism destinations will further strengthen the potential of Delhi NCR. The ECC campus, being planned in close proximity to the international airport terminal will also capture hotel room demand from overnight leisure foreign tourists arriving in Delhi. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 177

178 In general, ECC will offer flexible, multi-purpose spaces. The goal is to be able to accommodate a wide range of user-groups, maximizing the utilization of the facility. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 178

179 9. Environmental Cost Benefit analysis 9.1 Components of Environment that benefits The proposed ECC intends to provide a well-connected space for exhibition and convention for various commercial and industrial houses in India and around the world. The proximity of the facility to airport and rail network will tremendously reduce the road transportation of material to be exhibited as well as for the travel of people attending the event. Reduction in road transport will directly reduce the emission due to fuel combustion, as air and rail transport are far more efficient while dealing with bulk transportation. The existing exhibition center in Delhi is located at Pragati Maidan which is located at sufficient distance from airport and railway stations, so in case of large exhibitions a significant amount of goods are mobilized through roads. The proposed Convention Centre is developed with adequate planning for exit and entry without affecting the existing road traffic. Provision of metro rail connectivity will also ease the traffic movement to the facility. This is a great advantage over existing convention center which is located within the city and leads to significant traffic congestion during major events. Ease of traffic movement will reduce the idle time emissions from the vehicles and cut down on greenhouse gases due to fossil fuel burning. The proposed facility is designed to include key criteria, including the use of energy, water, generation of waste and paper, positive impact on the community with a defined objective to be sustainable. The rooftop solar energy proposed (Solar PV of 2850 kwp) for the project will result in energy offset of 4275 MWh per year. About 50% of the water for the project will be obtained through recycling for non-potable uses thereby reducing stress on water resources. The project will result in loss of trees about 1961 trees, which will compensated at 1:10 ratio at a location within Delhi. This will eventually result in increase in tree cover; moreover the proposed project is planed with 42.5% open space and green area to prevent creation of any urban heat Island. 9.2 Quantify the benefits in monetary terms The benefits from the project will be mainly to boost the country s capability in organizing conventions and exhibitions of global standards. At present Asia captures about 16% of the global exhibitions market, although the share of Asia has been growing steadily. It is assumed that this trend will continue; and by 2021 Asia will account for about 30% of the global market, with its capture rate growing at 8% in the initial years till 2016 and thereafter at 6%. India captures only 5.9% of Asia s market share in terms of number of events. This share has declined in the recent years. In the future, with the development of newer facilities and development of supporting infrastructure, India will be better positioned capture a higher share. It is projected that by 2021, India could account for about 15% of Asia s market. India s share will grow at 12% in the initial years and at 10% thereafter. At this rate, it can be assumed that India could host about 1,132 events by 2021, 10 times the present number. Revenue per event is a measure of performance of venues and to some extent, size of the events. Currently, India s exhibition spaces generate revenue of $281 USD (INR 13,300) per sq.m. of sold space. At this rate, to account for INR 900 billion exhibitions market projected for India by 2021, about 19.4 million Sq.m. of space would be sold. Assuming that the utilization of available space will increase over time, a demand of 5.6 million Sq.m. of exhibition space can be expected by With a unit infrastructure rate of water at INR 48.2 litres, and an approximate volume of 10MLD being reused for the operation, there is a total saving of INR 48 crore is achieved. Even after deducting the cost of sewage treatment the saving amount to about INR 18 crores on daily consumption. The project has planned a solar power back-up which will be an alternate source for power. A rooftop solar PV of 2850 kwp has been proposed which have an energy offset of 4275MWh and energy saving upto a tune of INR 3.42 crores per year. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 179

180 10. Environment Management Plan The Environmental Plan (EMP) is specified in order to describe the mitigation measures for all the impacts associated during all the phase of the project. The EMP intends to delineate the monitoring and management measures to minimize such impacts by allocating management responsibility and suggesting skill requirement for implementation of these measures effectively. The project proponent should ensure that all the contractors should comply with the EMP while executing various activities of the project. For an effective implementation of monitoring and management plan, an organisation structure defining the roles and responsibilities of various officers is proposed below. An environmental monitoring plan specifying the parameters, monitoring schedule and a comprehensive environmental management plan identifying the impacts and mitigation measures are included in the sections below Organization Structure for Implementation of EMP A separate SPV will be formed by DMICDC to manage the proposed project during construction and operation phase. It will comprise of Managing Director (MD), Joint Managing Director, Planning, Engineering, Finance and Operation Departments. SPV will handle the following responsibilities: Environment Management Periodic review of environmental status; Implementation and maintenance of green buffer areas; Management of water bodies; Review of ETP/STP/WWTP operations; Monitoring of collection and treatment of waste; Compliance to conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearances (EC) and consents; Implementation of EMP; Undertake awareness activities for industries and residential areas. Social Management Undertake continuous engagement with local community; Address grievances of the industries, local community and residents Roles and Responsibilities To achieve the above objectives, the adopted organization structure of the project management team is discussed below: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 180

181 Figure 10-1: Organization Structure It is proposed that the Project Management Team project will be collectively responsible for: Review/ inspection of STPs Management of water bodies Landscaping, Maintenance of green buffers Compliance conditions of Environmental Clearance and consents Implementation of EMP Monitoring and disposal of waste Awareness activities, if any Reporting any accidents related to health and safety- fire hazards, general hazards and preparation of action reports Inspection and Auditing It will be ensured that all the contractors comply with the requirements of conditions for all applicable permits and guidelines; The inspections and audits will be undertaken by Project Management Team directly or through external agencies/experts; The inspection and audit findings of project team will be implemented by the contractors in their respective areas. The entire process of inspections and audits will be documented; Review Mechanism Reporting of environmental, health, safety and social performance reports or check list, incident record register etc. will be developed and implemented through a program of reporting and reviewing throughout the project. Reports from inspection, audits and other improvement program will be regularly communicated; The communication process will involve regular team briefings, group meetings and meeting with stakeholders; All contractors engaged will be required to adhere to the reporting requirements in terms of timely report submission with required details; All complaints and enquiries will be addressed with records maintained in an assigned register by the safety officer of each contractor; Internal and external reporting mechanism will be developed, internal reporting will comprise of the concerned officials from project management team, the representatives of the contractors and the top management of MIDC/DMIC Trust; and The internal reporting will be undertaken on quarterly basis while the external reporting will be undertaken yearly. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 181

182 10.2 Components of EMP An Environment Plan has been developed following the identification of impacts and mitigation measures. The mitigation measures suggested will be as according to the monitoring schedule The EMP includes the following: Mitigations suggested for adverse environmental and social impacts and associated risks; Personnel responsible for implementing the mitigation measures at various stages of the project; The environmental impacts and mitigation measures suggested for various environmental components for the construction and operation phase of the project are provided in Table 10-1 and Table ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 182

183 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Table 10-1: Environmental Management Plan Construction Phase S. No. Component Impacts Identified Suggested Mitigation Measures Responsibility Resources required Timeframe for completion 1 Land Environment 2 Ambient Air Quality 3 Ambient Noise Quality 4 Water Resources and Quality Change in land use pattern of the area Topography of the area will change which will hamper the natural infiltration and thereby increase in runoff Emissions from construction equipment, vehicles Improper handling and storage of construction material Fugitive dust emissions Emissions from onsite operation of diesel generators Noise due to Construction activities (such as excavation, grading, erecting equipment, piling, etc.) Noise due to operation of heavy equipment and machinery Movement of vehicles Sediment run off from construction area Unplanned disposal of sewage from construction camps Improper disposal of Land clearing activities should be kept to the absolute minimum The movement and parking of heavy machinery and other vehicles will be restricted to identified routes Establish a vegetative cover, appropriate to the site prior to the onset of intense rain or windstorms Good housekeeping at labour resting areas and the construction area Proper routing and adequate capacity of the storm water run-offs drains with catch pits Humus rich top soil should be removed and stored in an appropriate manner Wet suppression should be applied to at least 80 percent of all inactive disturbed surface Limited vehicular movement shall be permitted Covering of haul trucks with suitable covering material DG sets will be used as a backup source only Adequate planning to avoid high noise activities to be undertaken. Acoustic enclosures, noise barriers to be provided in areas of high noise generating sources. Rubber padding to be provided for vibration control Limitations on movement of vehicles during night time Construction workers to use ear muffs in areas with potential for high noise generation. Provision of rubber padding Regular maintenance of vehicles and repair of equipment. Restriction on use of equipment generating high noise during night time. Working hours and construction activities to be limited. Water should be sprayed on concrete structures to allow curing Adequate number of toilets (at least 8 toilets per 100 labour) and soak pits To prevent the runoff from stockpiles generated during excavation Silt fencing will be provided to protect water quality Contractor, Project Management Team Contractor, Project Management Team Contractor, Project Management Team Contractor, Project Management Team Expert for identification of routes Vegetation cover Adequate no. of housekeeping staff Top soil storage area Wet suppression system covered trucks carrying construction material Acoustic enclosure, noise barriers, rubber padding, ear muffs, Toilet with soak pits, Silt fencing Throughout the construction phase Throughout the construction phase Throughout the construction phase Throughout the construction phase ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 183

184 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, sewage 5 Soil Resources Movement of heavy vehicles and machinery on unpaved surface Potential contamination of soil may occur due to accidental spills of lubricating oil Erosion of the top soil Generation of construction waste/ debris, waste oil and chemicals Topsoil (upper 30 cm) will be removed and stored separately prior to commencement of bulk earthwork Minimum clearance of vegetation shall be carried out Excavated soil shall be used/transported at the earliest for filling low lying areas Restricted movement of heavy machinery in the site area to minimize the possibility of compaction; Adequate hazardous waste collection and storage facilities shall be provided Contractor, Project Management Team Area for storage of top soil, construction of retention wall/ bunds, hazardous waste collection and storage facilities, covered garbage bins. Throughout the construction phase 6 Traffic and transport There will be increase in traffic on the smaller roads/village roads of the area The condition of roads may deteriorate during the construction phase Disruption of traffic is anticipated on connecting roads due unplanned entry to the site Construction vehicles will be allowed to move in the site only through exclusive entry and exit points. Adequate training to the drivers of construction vehicles for speed restrictions and to crew members will be provided Roads damaged due to project vehicle will repaired and maintained at regular intervals Contractor, Project Management Team Dedicated entry/exit points, training module for the drivers Throughout the construction phase 7 Occupational Health and Safety Injury due to improper handling, operation and execution Trip and fall, inadequate fall safe arrangements Exposure to hazardous substances Manual transfer of heavy loads to be minimized by proper work site layout. Good housekeeping practices to be exercised. Proper signage to be provided around construction site. Use of Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs) to be mandated at work site. Workers to be provided with health and safety training. Use of temporary fall protection measures in scaffolds and out edges of elevated work surfaces, such as hand rails and toe boards to prevent materials from being dislodged shall be done. Safety harness to be ensured for workers while working at heights. First aid and essential medical services to be provided at site. Contractor, Project Management Team Signages, PPES, training modules on health and safety, first aid kit Throughout the construction phase ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 184

185 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, 8 Ecology Clearing of vegetation on the site will involve removal of local floral species found on the site. Air, noise and visual disturbance may be generated during the site development that can affect the behaviour of fauna Loss of vegetation would be compensated by the greenbelt development. Adequate compensation as per requirement of forest department shall be made. Contractor, Project Management Team Development of greenbelt Throughout the construction phase Table 10-2 : Environmental Management Plan Operation Phase S. No. Component Impacts Identified Suggested Mitigation Measures Responsibility Resources required Timeframe for completion 1 Air Quality Emission from power backup/ DG sets Emissions from increase in traffic volume 2 Ambient Noise Quality 3 Water Resources and Quality Increase in noise levels in residential areas and adjoining villages Impact on avifaunal species due to increased noise Movement of vehicles No ground water usage will be made for any activities. use water from the allocated Underground reservoirs of Delhi Jal Stack heights for DG sets to be maintained as per CPCB/ MoEFCC norms. Good housekeeping to be practiced. Vegetative barriers in form of green belt will be provided around the ECC complex which will minimize the built up of pollution level. Sound attenuators / acoustic lining shall be installed in ducts in accordance with requirements DG sets will be provided with acoustic enclosures; Trees with heavy foliage will be planted to minimise the noise pollution Water consumption will be minimized by a combination of water saving devices and other domestic water conservation measures. Furthermore, to ensure ongoing water conservation, an awareness programme will be introduced for the residents. The following section discusses the specific measures, which will be implemented: Operation Management Team Operation Management Team Operation Management Team Stack of adequate height, vegetative barrier in the form of greenbelt Acoustic enclosure for D.G sets, trees with heavy foliage Water efficient plumbing fixtures, leak detection and repair, awareness campaign, low volume, low angle sprinklers, storm water management and Throughout the operation phase Throughout the operation phase Throughout the operation phase ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 185

186 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Board which has a reserve quantum thus impact on fresh water resources Domestic and Commercial Usage o Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures (ultra-flow toilets and urinals, low flow sinks, water efficient dishwashers and washing machines). Water efficient plumbing fixtures use less water with no marked reduction in quality and service. o Leak detection and repair techniques. o Sweep with a broom and pan where possible, rather than hose down for external areas. o Meter water usage; employ measurement and verification methods. Monitoring water use is a precursor for management. o Awareness campaign to disseminate knowledge on strategies and technologies that can be used for water conservation. Landscaping o Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas. o Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and moisture sensors to account for seasonal variations, and calibrate them during commissioning. o Selecting a drought resistant grass, and using lawn chemicals and fertilizer sparingly also reduces watering needs. Promoting Reuse of Water after Treatment o To promote reuse and development of closed loop system for water, segregation of two wastewater scheme namely i) Harvested Storm Water ii) Waste water generated. o All along the roads storm water drains would be provided to collect water during rains. They would be adequately sized to prevent over flooding of the site. o The storm water collection system will be designed in such a manner so that clean storm water from garden, parking areas, roadways and lawns could be collected. o Harvested storm water will be utilized on site after treatment. o Rainwater harvesting structures will be developed to store water which will be used to meet the landscaping and HVAC requirements. rainwater harvesting structures 4 Solid Waste Disposal Inadequate collection and treatment of domestic waste Unhygienic conditions, odour An integrated solid waste management will be put in place for collection, transport, treatment and disposal of solid waste generated from the activities The recyclable waste like glass, metal, plastics, paper etc. likely to be generated from different land uses, will be collected Operation Management Team Different coloured bins for collection of segregated waste Qualified staff for Throughout the operation phase ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 186

187 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, problem Localized flooding due to accumulation of waste along streets which can clog drains Contamination of soil and groundwater Improper transportation of municipal solid waste separately and sold to authorized recyclers/ vendors For processing of biodegradable waste, portable organic waste composter machine will be setup operation of waste composter machines. 5 Traffic Volume Increase in traffic flow Increase in private traffic volume Irregular Parking The roads in general to be designed to carry the maximum traffic loads with anticipated future development and on a par with IRC Standards; A 100m ROW road spanning 46km connecting as an Urban Extension Road-II (UER-II) has been proposed. A well planned MRT connectivity to proposed site. The proposed road circulation shall provide for safe and efficient movement of people; Sufficient Loading/unloading space to be provided. Operation Management Team Traffic patrol Traffic and travel survey Loading/ unloading space Throughout the operation phase 6 Socio- Economy and Livelihood Employment opportunities might increase among the local population Increase in transport facilities plying to the area Coming up of vocational centres catering to auto repairing, mobile repairing, computer training centres Mechanism to train and improve the skill sets of the local community. Operation Management Team Training of the local community Throughout the operation phase ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 187

188 10.3 Awareness and Training Trainings are necessary for effective implementation of environment management plan. Contractors appointed must be made aware of the importance of waste segregation and disposal, water and energy conservation. This awareness can be provided through leaflets and periodic meetings. They should be informed of best environmental management practices. The specific trainings relevant for the personnel at site include the following: Collection, transport, treatment and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. Monitoring of ground water and wastewater samples Techniques for waste minimization, water conservation & energy conservation. Applicable environmental, health and safety regulations and compliance requirements for the same Record Keeping and Reporting Records should be maintained for regulatory, monitoring and operational issues. Typical record keeping requirements for the proposed project is summarized in table below. Table 10-3 Record Keeping Requirements Parameter Solid Waste Handling and Disposal Sewage Treatment Regulatory Licenses (Environmental) Monitoring and Survey Accident reporting Other Particulars Daily quantity of waste received Daily quantity recycled Daily quantity sent for landfill Daily quantity of raw and treated sewage Treated wastewater quality Environmental Permits / Consents from MOEF Copy of Waste manifests as per requirement Records of all monitoring carried out during different stages of the project Date and time of the accident Sequence of events leading to accident Name of hazardous waste involved in the accident Chemical datasheet assessing effect of accident on health and environment Emergency measure taken Log book of compliance Employee environmental, health and safety records Equipment inspection and calibration records, where applicable Vehicle maintenance and inspection records ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 188

189 10.5 Proposed Environment Management Plans Management and Disposal Plan for Used Cooking Oil from Restaurant Steps for management of used cooking oil will include the following: Planning and Setup Location of the containers: As far as possible the location to be away from storm water drains and waterways Easily accessible for both kitchen staff and disposal pick up Indoors or undercover is preferable Near dumpsters is common Access to the container: Following points for access will be taken care of: Staff should be able to easily reach the container to pour oil Containers should remain closed when not in use It may be necessary to place locks on containers Each restaurant should have its own containers (sharing is discouraged) Transportation from container to Kitchen: Use buckets, pans, etc. that have lids to prevent spillage during transport When transporting, leave room for sloshing. Transport oil in manageable quantities If necessary, provide carts to help with transport Container Maintenance Containers should be checked often for leaks o Any leaking or otherwise damaged containers should be replaced or repaired immediately Frequently wipe down spilled/splashed oil from the outside of the container Keep grit screens/bars cleaned to prevent spillage Lids should remain closed when the container is not in use Frequently check the level of the oil in the container Spill Management Spills should be cleaned up as soon as possible Clean up should use as few liquids as possible o Dry clean up sweep up and dispose in garbage o Mop and bucket empty mop water into a sanitary sewer drain o Thick grease build up can be scraped, swept and placed in the garbage o Do not pressure wash Though this is a common clean up choice, pressure washing tends to do more harm than good. o Do not rinse or use any method involving lots of fluid. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 189

190 Capturing and disposing of clean up fluid can be very difficult and expensive Disposal Used cooking oil will be disposed of through the CPCB-authorised recyclers Training and Communication Be sure that all employees involved with oil disposal know the proper procedures Encourage employees to inform their supervisor if there are any problems with used oil management Management Plan for Excavated Soil The construction activities will involve excavation works for foundations of various project-components, development of drains and erection of the associated structures and buildings which might change the topography of the area. However as the land is relatively flat, hence no major excavation work will be required. The estimated quantity of earthwork involved due to excavation activities, mainly for the construction of parking area is approx. 3.6 Million cubic metre. Excavated soil can be used on site for filling low lying areas and landscaping. Excess of excavated soil, if any, after backfilling, will be disposed of through authorised vendor. It will be loaded directly onto trucks for off-hauling to the appropriate waste disposal facility. The transportation vehicle will be covered with tarpaulin sheet. Care will be taken to avoid excavation activity during monsoon season. During excavation works, the topsoil will be preserved in stockpiles. At such locations, the depth of borrow pits shall not exceed 45 cm and it may be dug out to a depth of not more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm top soil aside Pollution control measures to be taken to control fugitive emissions during construction phase including marble/stone cutting. To mitigate the impact of SPM (dust) during construction phase, following measures are recommended: Earth-moving For any earth moving which is more than 30m from all property lines, conduct watering as necessary to prevent visible dust emissions from exceeding 100m in length in any direction. Disturbed surface areas (except completed grading areas) Apply dust suppression in a sufficient quantity and frequency to maintain a stabilized surface; Areas, which cannot be stabilized, as evidenced by wind driven dust, must have an application of water at least twice per day to at least 80 percent of the unstabilized area. Disturbed surface areas (completed grading areas) Apply water to at least 80 percent of all inactive accessible disturbed surface areas on a daily basis when there is evidence of wind driven fugitive dust. Inactive disturbed surface areas Apply dust suppressants in sufficient quantity and frequency to maintain a stabilized surface; OR Utilize any combination of control actions as mentioned above such that, in total, they apply to all inactive disturbed surface areas. Unpaved roads Water all roads used for any vehicular traffic at least twice per day of active operations; OR Water all roads used for any vehicular traffic once daily and restrict vehicle speed to 15 kmph. Open storage piles ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 190

191 Apply water to at least 80 percent of the surface areas of all open storage piles on a daily basis when there is evidence of wind driven fugitive dust; OR Install a three-sided enclosure with walls with no more than 50 percent porosity that extends, at a minimum, to the top of the pile. Track-out control Downwash of trucks (especially tyres) prior to departure from site. Material handling Limited vehicular movement shall be permitted on disturbed soils During material handling, the materials should be dropped from a low height in order to reduce any fugitive dust emissions Haul trucks should be covered with suitable covering material like tarpaulin sheets to prevent fugitive emissions during transportation of construction materials Construction material stored at site to be adequately covered Stone / marble cutting: Pollution Control measure taken to control fugitive emissions from stone/ marble cutting will include: Sprinklers Mist sprayer In case of indoor operations, suction hood with cyclone Management Plan to Control Soil Erosion Soil erosion control measures will include the following: Removal of as little vegetation as possible during the development, and revegetation of bare areas after the project; Working in a small area at a point of time (phase wise construction) and disturbing the vegetation in adjacent area as little as possible; Use of crushed stone rather than asphalt or concrete for surface parking area; Construction, land management activities that result in the soil being laid bare shall be scheduled in such a way that some type of vegetative cover appropriate to the site could be established prior to the onset of intense rain or windstorms. If grass is to be seeded, mulch of straw will help to protect the soil from less extreme erosive forces until vegetative and root development begins; Top soil will be stockpiled and reused later for landscaping; Open areas will be landscaped; Paved areas will be installed with permeable paving; Impermeable surfaces direct all runoff towards storm water collection pits; Retention wall or bund shall be provided around the storage areas for excavated soil and other construction material to check the flow of sediments with storm water in case of rain; Completed earthworks shall be re-vegetated as soon as possible; Natural drainage pattern shall be maintained as much as possible; Installation of underground drainage structures helps to reduce sediment loads; ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 191

192 Compatibility between adjacent land uses will be assured by providing a green belt between the proposed activity and nearby properties where any significant degree of incompatibility is likely to result Management Plan for Excavation and Dewatering to Ensure Compliance to the CGWA Guidelines and Regulation Delhi NCR, study area for the project falls in non-notified area. As per the guidelines of GGWA, NOC for ground water withdrawal will be considered for industries/ infrastructure projects which are either NEW or under EXPANSION, lying in non-notified area, as per the criteria given below: Category* Safe Semi-critical Critical Mandatory Recycle/Reuse (for various purposes except recharge to ground water) Major and Medium Industries to recycle and reuse at least 40% of the waste water Major and Medium Industries to recycle and reuse at least 50% of the waste water Major and Medium industries should fully recycle and reuse the waste water Withdrawal permitted (% of proposed recharge) NOC is required for ground water withdrawal subject to adoption of artificial recharge to ground water. Withdrawal may be permitted subject to undertaking of ground water recharge** measures. The withdrawal should not exceed 200% of the recharged quantity. Withdrawal may be permitted subject to undertaking of ground water recharge** measures. The withdrawal should not exceed 100% of the recharged quantity Overexploited All Industries to fully recycle and reuse the waste water Withdrawal may be permitted subject to undertaking of ground water recharge** measures. The withdrawal should not exceed 50% of the recharged quantity. * The guidelines will follow the assessment as on Ground Water Resource Estimation (GWRE) 2011 till further revision. **The recharge should be implemented within the premises and/or same water shed/assessment unit. Detail project proposal shall be included along with the application for NOC. The project site located in South West Delhi district falls in over exploited category as per Ground Water Information Booklet of South West District, NCT, Delhi. Stage of ground water development of the district is % and the entire district has been notified by the Government of Delhi. Dewatering of ground water for construction of basements proposed Exhibition cum Convention Centre will be done as per the Guidelines/ Criteria for evaluation of proposals/ request for Ground Water Abstraction by Central Ground Water Authority, Ministry of Resources, Government of India. Management measures will include the following: Dewatered quantum of water will be utilized at site as much as possible. Piezometers for monitoring the ground water level will be installed within the premises and in peripheral areas. The record of water level data will be maintained and be provided periodically or whenever demanded by the regulating agency. Treated wastewater will be reutilized on site for secondary purposes Recharge of ground water through rain water harvesting Water Management Plan Water conservation and development measures need to be taken including all possible potential for reuse and recycling of water. These could be in the form of the following: Development of water sources Minimizing water consumption Promoting reuse of water after treatment and development of closed loop systems for different water streams. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 192

193 Water Source Development Water source development shall be practiced by installation of scientifically designed artificial water recharging structures. The objective is to develop the water sources of the region, such that sustainable water supply to the proposed project is maintained. The suitability of a particular Rain Water Harvesting method is based on hydrogeological condition, quality of source and proposed use of recharge water. It is envisaged that recharging to ground water will improve the water quality in the area, as the rainwater is fresh and without any pollution. It is planned to effectively harvest water by rainwater harvesting mechanism Rainwater Harvesting Rain Water Harvesting is a way to capture the rainwater when it rains, store that water above ground or charge the underground and use it later i.e. conservation of rain water is known as Rain water Harvesting through which monsoon run off can be utilized later for various purposes at site which otherwise goes waste. This is an ideal solution of water problem where there is inadequate ground water supply or surface resources are either lacking or insignificant. The proposed project is a large scale development having high water requirement; it is intended to provide rain water harvesting structures to conserve water and reducing the fresh water demand. Rain water harvesting potential for the project has been detailed out in Section It has been estimated that about 9000 KL of rainwater could be harvested. Based on the above calculation, 20 rainwater harvesting pits have been proposed of450 cubic meter capacity each with dimensions of Length: 5.7m, Breath: 10m and Height: 8m. Minimizing Water Consumption Water consumption will be minimized by a combination of water saving devices and other domestic water conservation measures. Furthermore, to ensure ongoing water conservation, an awareness programme will be introduced for all the staff. Following section discusses the specific measures, which shall be implemented: Commercial Usage Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures (ultra-flow toilets and urinals, low flow sinks, water efficient dishwashers etc.). Water efficient plumbing fixtures use less water with no marked reduction in quality and service. Leak detection and repair techniques. Sweep with a broom and pan where possible, rather than hose down for external areas; Meter water usage, employ measurement and verification methods. Monitoring water use is a precursor for management. Awareness campaign to disseminate knowledge on strategies and technologies that can be used for water conservation. Horticulture Drip irrigation system shall be used for the lawns and other green area. Drip irrigation can save between 15-40% of the water use, compared with other watering techniques. Plants with similar water requirements shall be grouped on common zones to match precipitation heads and emitters. Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas. Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and moisture sensors to account for seasonal variations, and calibrate them during commissioning. Selecting a drought resistant grass, and using lawn chemicals and fertilizer sparingly also reduces watering needs. Place 3 to 5 in. of mulch on planting beds to minimize evaporation Promoting Reuse of Water after Treatment and Development of Closed Loop Systems To promote reuse and development of closed loop system for water, segregation of two schemes namely (i) Wastewater Treatment scheme; and (ii) Storm water management scheme have been suggested. Harvested storm water shall be utilized for artificial recharge of ground water sources and wastewater shall be reused on site after treatment. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 193

194 Treated wastewater can be used on site for flushing, HVAC make up, landscaping, etc. It is estimated that reusing wastewater will save more than 50% Fresh water demand per day in the proposed development. Following section details the wastewater treatment scheme suggested for the project. Wastewater Treatment Scheme The expected waste water generation from the project is 3.6 MLD from Phase I and 5.4 MLD from Phase II. It is proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project and all the sewage generated will be treated to various degrees to be used for flushing and as make-up water in cooling towers of air conditioning system and of D.G. sets and for horticulture for external areas. It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed with capacities 4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase II respectively. The treated effluent from the Sewage Treatment Plant shall be stored in Treated water storage. The treated water is to be used for the Cooling tower make up and horticulture purpose. Excessive sludge shall be stored in the sludge holding tank for final dewatering and disposal through screw pump and filter press / centrifuge. Storm Water Management Most of the storm water produced on site will be harvested for ground water recharge, thus proper management of this resource is must to ensure that it is free of contamination. Contamination of storm water is possible from the following sources: Diesel and oil spills in the diesel power generator and fuel storage area Waste spills in the solid/ hazardous waste storage area Oil spills and leaks in vehicle parking lots Silt from soil erosion in gardens Spillage of sludge from sludge drying area of sewage treatment plant. A detailed Storm Water Management Plan will be developed which will consider the above sources. The plan will incorporate best management practices which will include following: Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains. Clarifiers or oil/water separators shall be installed in all the parking areas. Oil/water separators installed for parking areas and garages will be sized according to peak flow guidelines. Both clarifiers and oil/water separators must be periodically pumped in order to keep discharges within limits. Cover waste storage areas. Avoid application of pesticides and herbicides before wet season. Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities. Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness. Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas. Provision of slit traps in storm water drains. Good housekeeping in the above areas Solid Waste Management Plan Solid Waste Management Plan (SWMP) identifies the wastes that are likely to be generated during the construction and operation of the proposed project and documents waste management practices to be employed for their collection, storage, treatment and/or disposal. WMP is intended to serve as a guideline for the project proponent & the contractor(s) to manage wastes effectively during construction and operation phase. The contractor(s) should prepare their own WMP in compliance with this WMP and implement the same during the construction phase. SPV to be constituted to manage this project should implement the WMP throughout the operational phase. The WMP describes how wastes will be managed during the construction and operation phase of the project. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 194

195 Waste Characterization Construction Phase The expected waste during construction phase will include two types of wastes i.e. Construction debris and Domestic solid waste. The type and quantities of the solid waste generation during construction phase are as follows: Construction debris will mainly comprise of excavated soil, rocks, bricks, mortar, metals, wood and packaging wastes. Such wastes like bricks, stones, mortar will be used to level low lying areas within the project site which will constitute about 90% of the debris, other wastes like wood packaging material, metal, jute will be sold to scrap dealers. Municipal solid waste will comprise of food waste, packaging wastes generated onsite. This waste will be properly collected and disposed off to designated authorized waste disposal sites by the engaged civil contractors working at site. Used Oil from Diesel Generators will be collected on site and would be properly handled and stored in secure containers. Used oil will be disposed of to CPCB/ DPCC approved designated disposal site. The waste from construction activities has been estimated to be in the range of kg/sqm 10. Operation Phase The types of waste likely to be generated during operation phase include municipal, commercial, institutional, hazardous and non-hazardous in nature. Different sources of waste generation include commercial, offices, hotels and open areas proposed to be developed in the Exhibition cum Convention Centre. It is assumed that the peak season during which the visitor footfall will be maximum, will prevail for 120 days, spread over a complete year. As per the estimates, a total of TPD of municipal waste is expected to be generated during peak season from ECC during its operation phase. During the non-peak season, it has been assumed that approximately 20% of the visitors will still visit the ECC. Waste generated by these visitors, in addition to waste generated by the staff and other areas will result in generation of approximately TPD waste daily. Approximately tonnes of sludge will be generated from both the STPs. It has been assumed that on an average approx. 250 kg of sludge (dry weight) is produced per MLD of sewage treatment Management Practices Construction Phase Construction Debris Construction debris is bulky and heavy and re-utilization and recycling is an important strategy for management of such waste. As concrete and masonry constitute the majority of waste generated, recycling of this waste by conversion to aggregate can offer benefits of reduced landfill space and reduced extraction of raw material for new construction activity. This is particularly applicable to the proposed project as the construction is to be completed in a phased manner. Recycled aggregate will be used for filler application, and as a sub-base for road construction. Mixed debris with high gypsum, plaster, shall not be used as fill, as they are highly susceptible to contamination, and will be given to recyclers. Metal scrap from structural steel, piping, concrete reinforcement and sheet metal work shall be removed from the site by construction contractors. A significant portion of wood scrap can be reused on site. Recyclable wastes such as plastics, glass fiber insulation, roofing etc. shall be sold to recyclers. Hazardous Waste Construction sites are sources of many toxic substances, such as paints, solvents, wood preservatives, pesticides, adhesives and sealants. Hazardous waste generated during construction phase shall be stored in 10 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 195

196 sealed containers, labelled, and disposed of as required by the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, Some management practices to be developed are; Herbicides and pesticide will not be over applied (small-scale applications) and not applied prior to rain; Paintbrushes and equipment for water and oil based paints shall be cleaned within a contained area and shall not be allowed to contaminate site soils, watercourses, or drainage systems. Provide adequate hazardous waste storage facilities, hazardous waste collection containers are conveniently located, and designate hazardous waste storage areas are away from storm drains or watercourses. Segregate potentially hazardous waste from non-hazardous construction site debris. Clearly label all hazardous waste containers with the waste being stored and the date of generation. Educate employees and subcontractors on hazardous waste storage and disposal procedures. Instruct employees and subcontractors in identification of hazardous and solid waste Operation Phase Storage of solid waste at source: A source-segregated waste storage system shall be adopted within the ECC premises including commercial spaces, hotels, restaurants, office spaces, residential areas (service apartments). It is recommended that two-bin system is adopted for storage of wet (bio-degradable) waste and dry (recyclable/ non-biodegradable) waste. The occupiers shall be encouraged to store domestic hazardous wastes separately (such as cleaning agents, discarded paint drums, pesticide cans, CFL bulbs, tube lights, expired medicines) and not mix it with the general trash. Waste generated during any repair, maintenance work (Construction and demolition (C&D)) shall be stored separately and not mixed with the general biodegradable waste. Such wastes shall be stored separately within the premises and shall dispose of as per the Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016; Horticulture waste and garden waste generated within ECC premises shall be stored separately and not mixed with any other dry/ non-biodegradable waste. It is to be disposed of as per the directions of the local body from time to time. Wastes shall not be thrown, burnt on open public spaces, outside ECC premises or in the drain or water bodies. Collection and Transportation (C&T): Collection of segregated waste shall be done in a segregated manner. Biodegradable waste shall be collected daily; dry wastes including recyclables may be collected on alternate days. The frequency of waste collection of different waste streams shall be detailed out based on the quantity and type of waste. For waste collection within the ECC campus, an automatic pneumatic waste collection system shall be evaluated along with conventional collection system (internal waste collection using vehicles) during design stage. Apneumatic waste collection system is based on a network of underground 400 m diameter mild steel pipe pipes through which a powerful airflow is created to transfer the waste to final point (collection station), where they are stored in containers. The inlet doors to deposit the waste can be installed at any point of the buildings, in locations that are considered more visible and convenient for the operation. When the exhausters installed in the Collection station, are put into operation, it creates an airflow that allows the transportation of the waste to the Collection Station. Each valve of temporary storage is emptied in few seconds. The system allows the selective collection of different fractions of waste. All types of remainders can be transported by the system, except glass that cannot be collected as a separate fraction as it is a very erosive material and therefore, it would reduce the life of the installation. The pneumatic waste collections are made up of three different parts: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 196

197 o Inlet points - can be located inside the buildings or like inlet boxes in the public roadway. The vertical chutes connect these inlet doors with the waste valves, located in the basement of the buildings. The waste that falls by gravity through the vertical chutes is stopped by the valve door until the operation of collection starts. o Inlet points Pipe network - pipe network is made up by steel pipe of diameter 400 mm and variable thickness. o Centralized Waste Collection centres (CWCC) - compressed air, signals to drive all the elements that make up the system are provided. Waste Processing and Disposal: The dry recyclables wastes shall be disposed of through the O&M Agency engaged by ECC. The domestic hazardous wastes shall also be disposed of through a private vendor engaged by ECC s O&M Agency. For biodegradable waste disposal, options shall be evaluated including disposing of the wastes through ECC s O&M Agency by engaging authorized waste collection agencies or through services provided by the local civic body (South Delhi Municipal Corporation, SDMC for Dwarka area) or installing portable organic waste composter machines within the premises or setting up a small biogas plant (biogas generated can be used for captive uses such as pantry/ kitchen of ECC). The most suitable option shall be finalized after discussions with various stakeholders and approval from the project proponent. Areas required for handling and storage of waste within the ECC complex shall be estimated. Green waste collected from landscaped areas shall be disposed of through private waste collection agencies or shredded and processed using a biological treatment technology to produce compost/ manure and use within ECC complex. The bio-sludge from the wastewater treatment plants has Volatile Suspended Solids (VSS) content in the range of 60 % to 70% of the total sludge (dry basis). Such sludge types are disposed-off after thickening and dewatering (or solar drying). If it is required to reduce the VSS content below 50%, Aerobic/Anaerobic Digestion process shall be used to process this sludge. Sludge treatment schemes which might be used include gravity thickeners, centrifuge for dewatering, aerobic digester. Assessment shall be made at the detailed design stage EMP Budget The indicative split up capital and recurring cost for the environmental management during construction and operation phase is shown in Table 10-4 below. It is important to mention that recurring cost for personnel hired by SPV of DMICDC for environmental management has not been reflected in the above budget as it is considered as part of the project operations. Table 10-4: Environmental Management Budget S.No. EMP Details Remarks Capital Cost (INR) Operating Cost (INR) per annum Construction phase 1 Environment monitoring during construction As per requirements of EC and Consent to Establish 2 Sheet Barrier for Noise reduction Incorporated into Construction contractors scope 3 Portable Toilets for workers Either rented or procured 30,000-40,000 per unit 4 Waste Management for Labour Rest room Incorporated into Construction contractors scope 5 Dust Control During moderate operation levels about 5-10 tankers (10m 3 ) of water will be required on daily basis per package, depending on the season of the year. Operation Phase 20,00,000 5,50,000 55,000 18,00,000 2,00,000 2,50,000 2,00,000 43,05,000 Rainwater Harvesting Integrated in the project cost 2,00,000 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 197

198 Acoustic Enclosures for high noise generating equipment Sewage Treatment Plant Air Pollution Monitoring Noise Monitoring Integrated in the project cost (energy + work force) As per requirements of EC and Consent to Operate As per requirements of EC and Consent to Operate 4,00,000 40, crores 50,00,000 7,00,000 3,00,000 Solid Waste Management Integrated in the project cost 40,00,000 Horticulture and landscaping Integrated in the project cost 70,00,000 EHS management team Environment Cell 25,00,000 Internal Traffic Management Signage/ signals/ monitoring crore 30,00,000 Total 2,27,40,000 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 198

199 11. Summary & Conclusion 11.1 Summary Based on the Impact assessment studies and the nature of impacts of the proposed Exhibition- cum-convention Centre (ECC) at sector 25 Dwarka,, it is envisaged that this project will prove to be an asset for the country. The project is one of the positive steps in developing state-of-the-art infrastructure for the Nation. The advantage of integrating the commercial office district in ECC campus will add to the benefit to both retail and hospitality land use, and will also compliment the core ( Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions- MICE) based delegate traveller. The project is envisaged to generate double employment, triple industrial output and quadruple exports. It is also envisioned to be on a scale of a Central Business District (CBD) with supporting retail, hotels, commercial office space, and hospitality, food and entertainment and lifestyle opportunities for the user. Impacts due to proposed project during construction and operation phase have been assessed based on appraisal criteria developed and significance assessment matrix. Detailed air dispersion modelling was conducted through AERMOD to evaluate GLC of pollutants produced during the operation phase over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. The predicted GLCs at various locations (where air quality has been monitored) have been added to baseline air quality data to calculate total concentration of pollutants. It can be concluded from the impact matrix that the proposed project would have an overall positive impact. The associated potential adverse environmental impacts are mostly minimal and can be mitigated to an acceptable level by adequate implementation of the measures as stated in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP). The EMP includes the mitigations suggested for adverse environmental and social impacts and associated risks and also the personnel responsible for implementing the mitigation measures at various stages of the project. Various Management Plans have been formulated as part of EMP: Management and Disposal Plan for Used Cooking Oil from Restaurant Management Plan for Excavated Soil Pollution control measures to be taken to control fugitive emissions during construction phase including marble/stone cutting Solid Waste Management Plan Management Plan for Excavation and Dewatering to Ensure Compliance to the CGWA Guidelines and Regulation Water Management Plan Hence, the proposed project is a welcome development and may be accorded environmental clearance Executive Summary Introduction The envisages strengthening the Indian economy by creating internationally-recognized, architectural icon with an innovative design and green building concepts, which enhances foreign investments and promotes sustainable development. Amongst various other planned developments such as Investment Regions, Industrial Parks, Dedicated Freight Corridor (DFC), DMICDC has proposed to undertake development of a world class Exhibition and Convention Centre (hereafter referred to as ECC) at Sector-25 in Dwarka,. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 199

200 The project s vision is to offer a well-organized and quality setting for international as well as national meetings, conferences, exhibitions and trade shows. It is planned that the proposed ECC will have exhibition halls, convention centre, banquet halls, hotels, service apartments, Food and Beverages (F&B) outlets and retail services. The proposed ECC site is strategically located at a distance of approximately 11 km (by road) from Indira Gandhi International (IGI) airport and 3km from Bijwasan railway station. is a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) which was incorporated as the Project Development Agency under Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion, Ministry of Commerce & Industries, Government of India for project planning, development and implementation of various infrastructure projects in India through developing and disseminating appropriate financial instruments, negotiating loans and advances of all nature, and formulating schemes for mobilization of resources and extension of credit for infrastructure. The EIA Notification, 2006, requires the all new projects and expansion and modernization of existing projects, as listed in the Schedule of the said Notification, are to obtain prior environmental clearance from the concerned regulatory authority, i.e. Central Government in the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEFCC) for matters falling under Category A in the Schedule and at State level the State Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) for matters falling under Category B in the said Schedule, before any construction work is started on the project, or preparation of land by the project management except for securing the land. DMICDC has developed a conceptual master plan for the proposed development and intends to ensure environmental compliance and embed elements of environmental good practice in the master planning stage itself. The envisaged project is spread over an area 50 ha, it falls under Item 8 (b) of the Schedule Area Development projects and Townships projects as per the EIA Notification, However, as per the subsequent amendment in the EIA Notification 2006, vide Gazette Notification S.O.3999 (E) dated 9 th December 2016, the envisaged project has been categorized as Category A under Item 8 (b), since it has built up area of more than 3,00,000 sq. mtrs. Therefore, an EIA report along with Form 1, Form 1A, Model Terms of Reference and Conceptual Plan has been prepared for the purpose of submission to MoEFCC Environmental Appraisal Committee (EAC) for seeking Environmental Clearance. Therefore, Form 1, Form 1A, Model Terms of Reference and Conceptual Plan was submitted to MOEFCC for the purpose of Scoping (F. No /2017-IA-III; Proposal Number: IA/DL/NCP/62768/201 dated 24 th Feb, 2017). After incorporation of the submitted TOR, prescribed TOR conditions, the EIA report has been prepared for the purpose of submission to MoEFCC s Environmental Appraisal Committee (EAC) for seeking Environmental Clearance. The project has already obtained the following statutory/ other approvals/ compliances from concerned Authorities: Layout Plan Approval from South Delhi Municipal Corporation (SDMC) vide resolution no. 499 dated Obtained AAI Clearance for maximum height (Building Block Wise) Obtained concept plan approval from Delhi Urban Arts Commission (DUAC) The Land for the project is already in Possession of Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP); As per the Land use as per Master Plan Delhi 2021, the land parcel is categorised as Public, Semi Public and socio-cultural facilities, as per Notification issued by MoUD dated 12th May, 2016, hence the development shall be in compliance to the Master Plan Delhi No protected/ reserved forest falling within the site; no diversion of forest land required Site Selection Three alternatives for site selection were considered for development of the proposed ECC project. The analysis was based on a ranking system developed while taking into account topography and land use, water resources and their availability, socio-economic factors, environmental sensitivity and connectivity. A set of seven parameters were considered and each parameter was assigned a score and weight based on its significance in selection of a site. The sites designated for Public Semi Public (PS-1, socio-cultural facilities), in the Master Plan of Delhi 2021 and its amendments were considered preferred site locations as there will not be any changes in the land use due to the project development. Proximity to ecologically sensitive areas such as Reserved/ Protected Forest, sanctuaries/national Park, wetland, mangrove, migratory corridor and other notified areas were considered as important factor for site selection. Reserved/Protected forest within or in proximity were less preferred as they may get exposed to residual noise and air impacts. Source of water and sewage for the project should be identified before commencing of the project. Site with dependable allocation for water were preferred ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 200

201 during scoring. Based on the site suitability analysis, Site 1 - Sector 25 Dwarka is the best option for development of ECC. The rationale for selecting included- No change in land use pattern required; the site s accessibility to regional destinations by rail and air is excellent. The site has good connectivity with Indira Gandhi International Airport and Bijwasan railway station. Though, the option 2 is free from any encumbrances and lies in proximity to metro stations, bus stands and metro connectivity, however the land use is designated as open and green space and the conversion of land use will be challenging; and Limited issues of resettlement and rehabilitation as the land are already under the possession of DIPP Project Description DMICDC has planned to develop an Exhibition-cum-convention Centre (ECC) at Sector- 25 of Dwarka, in Southwest District of Delhi, spreading over Ha land. The proposed ECC will be an integrated complex with a host of activities like exhibition halls, convention centre, banquet halls, arena, hotels and service apartments, food &beverage outlets and retail services. The ECC will serve as the medium for sponsoring/ holding international and national meetings, conferences, exhibitions and trade shows. As per the Demand and Gap Assessment report of ECC project, once the facility is functional, it will draw a demand for integrated Grade office space and High value organized Mall-format retail space. The ECC campus, being planned in close proximity to the international airport terminal will also capture hotel room demand from foreign tourists arriving in Delhi. The project shall be developed as a leading (Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions destination, (MICE), combining business-cum-entertainment experience. The destination creation will include strategic placement and brand creation for the proposed facility to enhance the experience of MICE events by creating a unique mix of enabling land uses which are not comparable to any existing exhibition venue. Construction of exhibition centre will start along with construction of1300 rooms of five star hotels, 800 rooms of four star hotels, 1000 rooms of three star hotel and 500 service apartments. Simultaneously, there will be development of 2, 15,000 sqm of office spaces and 1, 70,000 sqm of retail spaces. Approx. 2, 00,000 sqm of exhibition space and 60,000 sqm of convention centre will also be constructed as a part of ECC. The total built up area of the proposed project is 10.20,000 sqm. Proposed project will be constructed in two (2) phases: Phase I with construction of total built up area of 4,25,000 sqm which will be followed by construction of Phase which covers built up area of 5,95,000 sqm. POPULATION & EMPLOYMENT ESTIMATION The overarching economic goals for DMICDC are to double employment, triple industrial output and quadruple exports in five years. It is estimated, that the total direct employment generated by the project will be 53,074. The total visitor population for the project has been estimated 3, 87,970. WATER AND WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT During Construction Phase, the water requirement for domestic purpose and workers at site will be approximately 45 LPCD which will be KLD. The water required for both drinking and construction activities during the construction phase will be sourced from DJB through water tankers..it is expected that during construction phase, approximately 198 KLD (for about 5500 labourers) of sewage will be generated. The sewage generated from the portable toilets will be vacuum-collected and emptied into the main sewerage system of the area. Soak pits will provide at the construction areas to absorb wash waters and other domestic waste water. It has been estimated that the total water demand of the project is approx MLD water (6.0 MLD for Phase I and 10.0 MLD for Phase II). This will be met by using fresh water 7.5 MLD (2.6 MLD for Phase I and 4.9 MLD for Phase II) and recycled treated sewage water 8.5 MLD (3.4 MLD for Phase I and 5.1 MLD for Phase II). Fresh water will be used for domestic purposes. The expected waste water generation from the project is 3.6 MLD from Phase I and 5.4 MLD from Phase II. It is proposed that the proposed ECC project will be a zero discharge project and all the sewage generated will be treated to various degrees to be used for flushing and as make-up water in cooling towers of air conditioning system and of DG sets and for horticulture for external areas. It has been proposed that two STPs will be installed with capacities 4.3 MLD for Phase I and 6.5 MLD for Phase II respectively. POWER The power demand is calculated after considering the different types of needs for heating, lighting, and cooling facilities/ requirements for different land uses and power assumptions. Many of the services in the Exhibition ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 201

202 Centre, Convention Centre, Arena (Theme Destination) will be unmanned and fully automated, requiring a significant amount of electrical power. As per preliminary calculations, total electrical load for entire complex is estimated as 100 MW (Phase I - 40 MW and Phase II- 60 MW). The Complex shall receive power supply from Delhi Transco substation through dual feeder, EHT from the nearby EHV substation as per information received. Cauterized DG power backup shall be provided for the Exhibition Halls, Convention Centre, Arena, Administration and common utility complex only. SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT The types of waste likely to be generated from the project are municipal, commercial, institutional, biomedical hazardous and non-hazardous in nature. The characterization of the waste for the proposed project has been done based on the different sources of waste generation including residential, commercial, offices, hotels and open areas. Each source will have different characteristics of waste. With the objectives of maximum recovery of useful material and optimisation of waste recycling, the waste expected to be generated in the project, is broadly classified into the following categories: 1. Biodegradable waste; 2. Recyclables; and 3. Inert & Others As per the estimates, a total of TPD of municipal waste is expected to be generated during peak season from ECC during its operation phase. PROPOSED TRANSPORTATION INFRASTRUCTURE The site is well connected to NH-8 which runs parallel to the site in east direction, at a distance of approx. 5.5km, through UER-II. The site has excellent transit connections with the Delhi Metro Station from Sector 21 which is less than a kilometre away. The Delhi Rewari railway line is in the proximity of the project site with a railway station at Bijwasan, which is approximately 3 km from the project site. Proposed Road Network Urban Extension Road II (Arterial Roads) with ROW of 100 m The proposed 100m ROW UER II will be connecting the National Highway No.8 (NH 8) and National Highway No. 1 (G.T. Karnal Road) crossing National Highway No. 10 (Rohtak Road) and passing from NH 8 (Gurgaon Road) via Dwarka Sub-city-Village Bhartal-Village Dhulsaras - Village Chhawla - Village Tajpur - Village Goyla Khurd-Deenpur-Roshanpura-Najafgarh-Masoodabad-Village, Nangli Sakrawati- Village Dichaon Kalan-Village Baderwara and village Mundka connecting NH 10 Rohtak Road). Urban Extension Road I (Arterial Roads) with ROW of 100 m A third concentric circle to ring road that runs parallel to the UER II (as mentioned above) is also proposed by DDA and also under the road development plan for NCR; which is referred to as Urban Extension road one (UER I). Proposed Inter State Bus Terminal (ISBT) The Transport Department of the NCT of Delhi has proposed to develop an Interstate Bus Terminal (ISBT) is located towards the north-east side of the site. It is envisaged that this terminal will help decongest traffic by restricting buses from Haryana and Rajasthan to Delhi with handling capacity of 60,000 daily passengers Baseline Environment An NABL and MOEFFCC accredited monitoring agency M/s NETEL India Private Limited was engaged for a period of 8 weeks, (29 th April- 29 th June, 2017) after receiving prescribed TOR from MoEFCC and also avoiding the onset of monsoon season. The fresh environmental monitoring supplemented the monitoring conducted for the project for a period of four (4) weeks from Oct 2016-Nov (The monitoring was carried out prior to the Notification SO 3999, and hence was considered as Category B project, to be appraised on the basis of Form1, Form 1A, Conceptual Plan and EIA report). The baseline data generation included site visits, primary environmental monitoring, ecological surveys, social surveys and interviews, processing of satellite imagery and secondary data review from established sources such as Indian Meteorological Department, Census of India etc. The details given below: Topography: The project area has a flat terrain and comprises of agricultural fields and dry degraded forest area and plantation trees. The average plain elevation of the district is about meters above mean sea level. The project site has minimal variations in contour levels with the present topography depicting the drainage towards the existing Najafgarh drain which is around 3 km from the site. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 202

203 Physiography and Drainage: The study area lies in south west district of Delhi, which broadly forms the part of Delhi ridge which is the northernmost extension of Aravalli Mountain. It consists of quartzite rocks and extends from southern parts of the territory to western bank of Yamuna for about 35 kilometres. The alluvial formations overlying the quarzitic bedrock have different nature on either side of the ridge. Ecologically, the Ridge acts a barrier between the Thar Desert and the plains and slows down the movement of dust and wind from the desert. The ridge may be said to enter Delhi from the south west. The eastern part of the ridge extends up to Okhla in the South and disappears below Yamuna alluvium in the north east on the right bank of the river. As per the seismic zoning map of India (IS: 1893, Part-1, 2002), the project site is located in the Zone IV, classified as MSK VIII i.e., area having high damage risk zone. The design of all the proposed facilities in the project will take into account the required seismic resistance. Drainage has two aspects flood protection and storm water discharge, which are interrelated. The storm water and flood protection in Delhi are not local but have regional bearing including areas of Haryana and Rajasthan. From drainage point of view Delhi can be divided into six drainage basins as namely - (i) Alipur Block North Delhi (ii) Kanjhawala Block West Delhi, (iii) Najafgarh Block South West Delhi, (iv) Mehrauli Block South Delhi, (v) Trans Yanuma Area North East and East Delhi- (vi) Sanctuary Area. The Study area lies in Najafgarh block which is mainly drained by Najafgarh drain. Also, topography of Delhi creates a drainage system that carries rain and storm water from the higher elevations of the West to the Yamuna, providing a natural drainage. The Vasant Kunj-Najafgarh storm water drain carries drainage from study area and draining it off into the Najafgarh Drain, 3km west of the site. Climate and Meteorology: The rainfall is fairly well distributed throughout the monsoon season starting from July which ends in September; with annual average rainfall over period of five years is 532mm. During the summer months of April, May and June, temperatures rises to C; winters are typically cold with temperatures during December and January falling to 4 to 5 C. February, March, October and November are climatically the best months. The average of mean monthly maximum temperature as assessed from the Climatological data gathered from IMD surface station at IGI Airport, Palam, Delhi is 30.4 C and average of mean monthly minimum temperature is 14.1 C. The average of monthly relative humidity is 61.5%. The predominant wind direction in May (during hot & dry condition) is North-West and in June & July (during monsoon season) the predominant wind direction is from Southeast. Ambient Air Quality: PM 10: The PM-10 concentration recorded at all the five sampling locations exceeds the limits of prescribed CPCB limits of 100µg/m3. The minimum value recorded was 94 µg/m3 at Project site (AQ-1). The maximum value recorded was µg/m3 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from 260 µg/m3 to µg/m3. The average values varied from µg/m3 to µg/m3. High values of PM 10 recorded can be attributed to disruption in dispersion process due to low winds and high temperatures. Site specific meteorology carried out during May-June, 2017 indicates presence of around 40% of calm period at a low wind speed of 0.69m/sec. When winds are light, there is less turbulence and mixing, so the concentration of pollutants is higher. PM-2.5: The PM-2.5 concentrations as observed in the study area varied from a minimum of 45.1 µg/m3recorded at Bamnoli (AQ-2) to maximum of µg/m3 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from µg/m3to µg/m3the average values of PM-2.5 ranged from µg/m3 to µg/m3. All the values were observed to exceed the prescribed CPCB standards of 60µg/m3. Dust Fall: Dust fall is the rate at which dust is deposited from the air on a horizontal surface. It is calculated by dividing the weight of material (soluble / insoluble) collected in the container (in milligrams) by the cross-sectional area of the container (square metres) and the number of days over which the sample was taken. Dust fall collected at the monitored locations falls in range of 1220 to 1540 mg/m²/day. Minimum dust fall was recorded at Rangpuri (AQ-3) while maximum dust fall is recorded at project site (AQ-1). Sulphur dioxide: The concentrations of sulphur dioxide in the study area were observed to be in the range of 9.8 µg/m 3 to 19.6 µg/m 3. The minimum value was recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5) and the maximum value of SO2 was also recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5). The average values ranged from 13.9 µg/m 3 to 15.5 µg/m 3 and 98 percentile values varied from 16.4 µg/m 3 to 19.6 µg/m 3. All the values were observed to be within the prescribed limit by CPCB. NO x: The maximum NO x concentration observed was 48.7 µg/m 3 at project site (AQ-1). The minimum value recorded was 16.7 µg/m 3 at Rangpuri location (AQ-3). The 98 percentile values measured were in the range of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 203

204 35.2µg/m 3 and 47.7 µg/m 3. The average values ranged from 28.4 µg/m 3 to 34.3 µg/m 3. The NO x concentrations at all the locations were well within the prescribe norms of 80 µg/m 3 as per NAAQS guidelines. Carbon monoxide: The concentrations of carbon monoxide in the region were observed to be in the range of 499 µg/m 3 to 1462 µg/m 3. The minimum value was recorded at Project Site (AQ-1) and the maximum value of SO 2 was also recorded at Project Site (AQ-1). The average values ranged from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3 and 98 percentile values varied from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3.The CO concentrations were within the prescribe norms of 2000ug/m 3 as per NAAQS guidelines. Methane: The values of Methane range between minimum of 0.9 ppm and maximum of 2.1 at Kapashera (AQ- 5). The average concentrations range between ppm and 98 percentile values ranges between ppm. The Minimum Detection Limit (MDL) for Methane is 0.5ppm. Non-Methane Hydrocarbons (NMHC): NHMC Concentrations at the locations are Below Detection Limits at all the locations. The Minimum Detection Limit (MDL) for NMHC is 0.5ppm. Water Resources and Quality: Delhi Jal Board (DJB) is the Water Utility department responsible for all water treatment and distribution (including sewage collection and treatment) in Dwarka. DJB has six underground reservoirs (UGRs) for the K-II zone as per the MPD-2021, and each of these is designed to cater to a million population, with a reserve quantum to meet the demand for commercial area development. These UGR capacities vis-à-vis the demand allocation to the same for the usage of non-residential areas shall therefore be studied to assess the availability of potable water to meet the demand for the proposed development. According to Central Ground Water Board, the net annual ground water availability of nine districts of NCT Delhi sub-region is 0.28 BCM. The total annual estimated ground water extraction is of the order of 0.48 BCM. The annual ground water extraction & use is highest in the South-West district. As per secondary sources, the ground water in the areas around the Delhi Ridge falling in Central,, South and Southwest districts is fresh water at all depths. The thickness of fresh water zones is limited in most parts of west and southwest. The fluoride contamination in groundwater has been noticed in samples of groundwater collected from South West district and West districts. The high fluoride levels are mostly found in areas where groundwater is brackish to saline in nature. The surface water sample was collected from Bamnoli (SW-1) village where the Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) levels were found to be very high, equal to 24.9mg/l. Total coliforms were found to be present more than Also, concentration of boron in water sample collected is 1.31 mg/litre. Based on above analysis, the quality of Surface water samples collected from Bamnoli village can be classified as Class E of CPCB standards which is categorized as Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal. Ground Water results showed: High levels of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and alkalinity were found in the water samples collected from all the locations. The Alkalinity of ground water exceeded the desirable limit of 200 mg/l at all locations. However, it was within the permissible limit of 600 mg/l; The total dissolved solids ( mg/l), total hardness levels ( mg/l) exceeded the respective desirable limits at all ground water sampling locations; The calcium levels were found to be within the desirable limits of 200 mg/l in the samples collected from all monitoring locations. Ambient Noise Levels: Noise levels during day time were observed to be in the range of 71.2 to 83.3 db (A). The maximum noise level was 83.3 db (A) at project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 68.8 (A) was observed at Bamnoli (NQ-2). Noise levels at night time were observed in the range of 58.8 to 74.6 db (A). The maximum noise level was 74.6 db (A) was observed at Project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 58.8 db (A) at Kapashera (NQ-5). Soil Quality: At project site and within its 10km radius, soil is found to be Sandy loam. The Sand percentage observed in the soil ranged from 71.2% to 86.4%, silt 4.2% to 15.2 % and clay 9.4 to 14.8%. Water holding capacity ranges from 30.5 to 50.8% at all soil quality monitoring locations. Traffic Density: As per the observations, the traffic count on T-1 (towards Bharthal) and T-2 (towards sector 21) increases during morning hours between 9:00 and 10:00 hours and also during 11:00 hours and 12:00 hours. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 204

205 Traffic at both T-1 & T-2 also increased during evening hours between 7.00 to 9.00 hours. T-4 (towards Kapashera) experiences lowest traffic count which is 25 at night between 1.00 to 2.00 hours following by T-3 (towards Chhawala) between 2.00 to 3.00 hours. At T-1, it was observed that it had significant volume of Light Commercial Vehicles (LCVs) with 59%, followed by Two-Wheelers 38%, three wheelers comprise of 2%. LCVs forms highest composition at T-2, then two wheelers with 34%, followed by three wheelers, HCVs and Non-Motor Vehicles. At T-3 and T-4, LCVs form 53% and 52% of the total traffic composition respectively. Ecological Environment: The ecological assessment carried out within the area delineated as the project site as well as the area extending 10 km outwards from the boundary of this project site. The avifaunal profile recorded in the quadrat studies is dominated by birds associated with open scrub such as Grey Francolin, Green Bee-eater, Laughing Dove, Long-tailed Shrike, Indian Jungle Crow, Black Drongo, Indian Robin, Common Stonechat, Brahminy Starling, Common Babbler, Ashy-crowned Sparrow Lark and Rufous-tailed Lark. Woody and non-woody species of plant were recorded in the quadrat studies, which included Azadirachta indica, Cannabis sativa, Pongamia pinnata, Achyranthes asper, Croton bonplandianus, Parthenium hysterophorus. The Najafgarh Canal and its tributary flows pass through many parts of the Study area. Approximate distance of Najafgarh Canal is 1.57 km from project site toward west. The natural slope of the area tends towards the canal but the project site is isolated from Najafgarh canal with residential and commercial buildings and Golf-course road. Social Environment: Dwarka Sub City is situated in the South Western District of Delhi. It is bounded by National Highway (NH) 8, Outer Ring Road, Najafgarh Road, Pankha Road and Rewari railway line. Dwarka Sub City comprising of Sector 1 to 29 is further divided into five (05) Municipal Corporation of Delhi (MCD) Wards, Kakraula (135), Matiala (136), BIjswasan (141), Palam (145) and Mahavir Enclave (147). The project area falls within parts of Sector 25 of Dwarka Sub City. The south western district of Delhi administratively is divided into three sub divisions namely, Najafgarh, Delhi Cantonment and Vasant Vihar. The coordinates of the area is North and East. It covers an area of 420 km². Dwarka sub city is spread across approximately 15 km radius consisting of 5648 hectares area and 396 km road length according to the Delhi Development Authority (DDA) records. According to the 2011 Census, the total population of the South Western District of Delhi was (7.32%) wherein males comprised of (54.34%) and females of (45.66%) respectively. The sex ratio of females to every 1000 males was 866. The total household in the area was and the density of the population was 11,297 per sq. km. / The total population of Dwarka Sub City is 11, 00,000. The density of population in the area is around per person per hectare. According to the 2011 Census, the total Scheduled Caste (SC) population of South Western District of Delhi was 13.89%, out of which males comprised 53.46% and females 46.54%. There are four villages namely, Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur villages within the 1 km radius of the project site. Informal interactions were undertaken with community members belonging to the four villages Bhartal, Bamnoli, Dhul Siras and Pochanpur to understand the socio-economic status of the village. It was informed during interactions held that all the four village s lack basic amenities like drinking water, electricity, road etc. The local communities know that the land is acquired by DDA about a decade ago, which has been lying vacant since then. On learning about the proposed project, the local communities showed interest in it and considered it as a good opportunity for the development of their villages as well as for the local communities residing in the vicinity of the project site. In their opinion, once the project is completed it will be beneficial for the local communities as well, as they were of the view that their access to drinking water, transportation, electricity, road connectivity and street light etc. will improve. In addition, they informed that the project would create employment opportunities which will in turn, increase the rate of employment among the local communities as unskilled and semi- skilled jobs will increase in the area Construction Phase: Impacts Assessment and Mitigation Measures Air Quality: During the construction phase, the major pollutant of concern will be particulate matter (PM10 and PM2.5).The dust emissions will vary substantially from day to day based on the level of activity, the specific operations and the prevalent meteorological conditions. The construction activities will involve: PM emissions ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 205

206 from excavation activities; NOx, SO2 and CO emissions due to operation of construction equipment s, machinery and vehicular movement, PM, NOx, SO2 and CO emissions from operation of Diesel generator set. Dust Control Measures including wet suppression to disturbed surface areas on a daily basis especially during dry and windy days, downwash of trucks (especially tyres) to be done prior to departure from site to reduce the mud and dirt carryout. The overall impact is assessed to be moderate, however with the implementation of mitigation measures the impact can be contained with minor residual impacts. Noise Quality: During the construction phase of the site, the sources of noise pollution are expected mainly from construction equipment and machinery engaged for construction activities (such as excavation, grading, erecting equipment, piling, etc) such as air compressors, backhoe, concrete mixer, concrete mixer, cranes, dump-truck, pile driver, radial arm saw, DG set etc. The operation of heavy equipment is likely to temporarily increase the ambient noise levels of the area. An increase of 1 to 3 db (A) noise levels of is expected in the adjoining area during day time during peak construction activities. The potential impacts include noise disturbance to the local population, workers working close to high noise area can be exposed to occupational hazards of noise depending on the duration of exposure. The suggested mitigation measures include provision of rubber padding in the construction machinery for vibration control, regular maintenance of its vehicles and repair of its equipment/ machinery, provision of plugs/ ear muffs to the construction workers working near high noise generation. Water Quality: The potential impact on water resources and quality from the construction phase of the project arises from: Water usage, Sediment run off from construction area and unplanned disposal of sewage from construction camps. It is expected that during construction phase there will be generation of sewage from portable toilets. About 198 KLD of sewage is expected to be generated due to working of 550 labours at the construction camp site. Improper disposal of sewage can also lead to contamination of nearby water sources. Mitigation measures include prevention of runoff from stockpiles generated during excavation, garland drains to be constructed, segregation and pre-treatment of oil and grease containing effluents from machinery (e.g. use of a grease trap)shall be undertaken prior to discharge into sewer systems, silt fencing to be provided to protect the water quality in the nearby water bodies from sediments. Soil Resources: The potential impacts on soil due to construction activities are from installation of heavy construction machinery causing soil compaction, soil contamination, soil erosion, waste management. Mitigation Measures include removal of topsoil (upper 30 cm) shall be removed prior to commencement of bulk earthwork and reused later for landscaping purpose.this is done to ensure that the good quality top soil is not lost. Minimum clearance of vegetation shall be carried out and the vegetative cover shall be redeveloped wherever possible. The excavated soil material shall be stacked in earmarked areas only. Excavated soil shall be used/transported at the earliest for filling low lying areas at the site; Ecology: Generally the main ecological impacts during the construction phase of any project result from removal of the present vegetation cover, alteration of the existing topography, and other environmental facets like air, water and soil quality, ambient noise and vibrations etc.. The natural vegetation of the project area, as described in the ecological baseline report, directly acts as a habitat for various animals, mainly small terrestrial mammals, birds and reptiles. It indirectly creates microhabitats for many smaller animals such as earthworms, snails, beetles and butterflies by creating shade, retaining soilmoisture and stabilizing soil around the rooting-zone. Removal of the vegetation will thus may result in loss of such faunal habitats. This impact can be mitigated by selectively removing only the most obstructive trees and shrubs, post-construction restoration of ground-cover wherever feasible, and compensatory in-situ plantation of native species. Alteration of the existing topography may alter the existing drainage pattern of the land-surface. Existing waterflows may get disrupted resulting in water-logging in present-day dry areas or drying up of present-day waterbodies, either seasonal or perennial. Thus, the various land levelling or grading activities are likely to change the existing water regime of the area, leading to loss or degradation of existing habitats. This impact will be mitigated by the landscape approach used for the masterplan plan which will ensure preservation of the key water-channels. Reduced percolation of water, increased surface run-off and increased soil-erosion, resulting from compaction of soil-layers and paving, concretization or building over of soil-surfaces, alters the existing soilmoisture and water-recharge, as well as, the natural turbidity and siltation of water-bodies. All these changes can lead to degradation of the ephemeral seasonal monsoon habitats typical to this region. This impact can be mitigated by confining vehicular movement to pre-designated routes, opting for seamed paving instead of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 206

207 seamless covering of soil-surfaces, wherever possible, and leaving as much soil-surface as possible in the form of planted open-spaces Operation Phase: Impacts and Mitigation Measures The environmental and social impacts associated with operation phase of the proposed project. Ambient Air Quality: The major impacts on ambient air could be due to vehicular emissions from increase in traffic volume and emission from power backup/ DG sets. It is proposed that power will be mainly supplied from the State Electricity supply; however scenarios of power failures are expected during operation phase of the project. Diesel generator sets have been proposed to provide the power back up for the proposed facility. Detailed air dispersion modelling was conducted to assess the potential impacts associated with above mentioned pollutants (four pollutants namely, NOx, SO2, CO and PM10). The air dispersion modelling study estimates Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) of pollutants produced by DG units, under normal operative conditions. High levels of GLC - NOx above 5.00mg/m 3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High levels of GLC - SOx above 30.00mg/m3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. High levels of GLC CO above 70.00mg/m3, is limited to area within the project boundary on the north-eastern side. High levels of GLC PM10 above 0.90mg/m3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Water Resource and Quality: The project will use water from the allocated underground reservoirs of Delhi Jal Board to meet the requirement for commercial development as per Delhi Master Plan 2021.No ground water usage will be made for any of the activities. The recycled water will be used for the non-potable water requirements of the region such as flushing and HVAC requirements. The use of treated wastewater to meet the water requirements for the project shall reduce the stress on the water resources in the region. The entire treated wastewater shall be reused and there will be no discharge of untreated sewage on land or in any surface water body. With the project proposing to implement the rainwater harvesting for the ground water recharge, conservation through awareness programs to bring about greater water efficiency, and reuse of treated wastewater on the proposed site during operation of the project for use in horticulture and other auxiliary purpose, the impact on water resources would be minimized. Ecology: The main ecological impacts during the operational phase are likely to be in the form of the reduction of the erstwhile habitat area available to the local flora and fauna occurring within and around the upcoming ECC facility. This impact can be best mitigated by developing and maintaining green buffers around the facility and planting of trees in designated recreation zones in the area. The effectiveness of such plantations could be further enhanced by opting to use native species of trees, shrubs, climbers and herbs, as far as possible. Noise Quality: The proposed development will involve activities that will generate noise, such as vehicular traffic due to development of the Facility, which will increase the noise level at intersections and highways, noise generated due to the regular loading and unloading of goods, noise generated from the landing and take-off of aircraft at the nearby Airport can be a cause for physical and mental fatigues to the people residing / using the ECC facilities. Traffic and Transportation: The proposed road circulation shall provide for safe, convenient, and efficient movement of people and goods integrated into a motorized and non-motorized transport system. The project SPV shall ensure and verify that all roads are constructed as per the master plan design. Solid Waste Generation: The project will generate approximately tonnes of solid waste per day during peak season. The potential impacts associated with disposal of solid waste include-inadequate collection and treatment of solid waste which can lead to unhygienic conditions leading to spread of diseases and other vectors, odour nuisance, clog drains due to silt deposits. Socio Economic: There will be positive impact from increased employment and business opportunities. Improvement in infrastructure, increased income levels is also envisaged. There is potential for unplanned secondary development in the adjoining areas leading to unhygienic surroundings Disaster Management Plan A disaster is an event trigger by natural or man-made causes that lead to sudden distribution of normalcy of life, causing widespread damage to life and property. Distribution can be caused due to occurrence of frequent hazards like earthquakes, fires, cyclones, terrorism, and chemical explosions. Level of risk majorly depends upon ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 207

208 the various hazards for which any specific area is prone to also on the various physical, social-economic and institutional parameters. Possible emergency situations and details on preparedness for the emergency have been highlighted in Chapter-7. ECC will have HSD storage area of 80.0 X 13.5 m for storage of 1.5 day demand. Roles and Responsibilities of the staff responsible to handle any such emergencies have also been presented and described in detail. Specific emergency response procedures for Fire, Earthquake and bomb threat have been described. Based on the risk assessment of various hazards, disaster management plan has been formulated Environment Management Plan The Environment Management Plan with the mitigation measures and management strategies for construction and operation phases of the proposed project has been prepared which shall be implemented by project SPV through its designated officers. The EMP includes the mitigations suggested for adverse environmental and social impacts and associated risks and also the personnel responsible for implementing the mitigation measures at various stages of the project. Various Management Plans have been formulated as part of EMP: Management and Disposal Plan for Used Cooking Oil from Restaurant Management Plan for Excavated Soil Pollution control measures to be taken to control fugitive emissions during construction phase including marble/stone cutting Solid Waste Management Plan Management Plan for Excavation and Dewatering to Ensure Compliance to the CGWA Guidelines and Regulation Water Management Plan Environmental Monitoring To ensure the effective implementation of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP), it is essential that an effective monitoring program should be designed and carried out. It provides basis for evaluating the efficiency of mitigation measures and suggest further actions that need to be taken to achieve the desired effect. Chapter-6 of the Report provides details on the environmental parameters suggested to be periodically monitored along with their monitoring frequency. The Chapter also suggests the types of records to be maintained Conclusion The EIA study has assessed the overall significance of environmental and social impacts likely to arise from the proposed development. It can be concluded from the impact matrix that the proposed project would have an overall positive impact. The associated potential adverse environmental impacts are mostly minimal and can be mitigated to an acceptable level by adequate implementation of the measures as stated in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP). After incorporation of environmental management plans, the environmental sustainability will be improved. Hence, the proposed project is a welcome development and may be accorded environmental clearance. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 208

209 12. Disclosure of Consultant A multi-disciplinary team of experts carried out this EIA and EMP study. The core team of this study included water and air pollution expert, waste management expert, land use expert, socio-economic, ecology and noise pollution experts other support staff. Brief details of the experts involved in this study is given in the table below which is followed by their summary resume that describes their relevant experience. Table 12-1 Details of Experts involved in EIA Study S. No Name of Consultant Position for the Project Years of Experience 1 Rashmi Dutta EIA Co-ordinator For Township and Area development Projects Category -A 2 Ajay Pillai Water Pollution (WP) and Air Pollution (AP) Expert 3 Akhilesh Singh Air Pollution (AP) Expert SHW (Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste) Expert 4 Nidhi Sharma Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) Expert 12 years 17 years 40 years 12 years 5 Anuj Sharma Land Use (LU) Expert 19 years 6 Murali Kochukrishnan Hydrogeology and Geology Expert 21 years 7 Ahbay Kumar Mishra Socio-economic (SE) Expert 12 years 8 Deepti Bapat Ecologist and Biodiversity Expert (EB) 19 years 09 Rajhree Das Noise 6 years 10 Anchal Jain Solid Waste 6 years 11 Rajat Srivastava Soil Conservation Expert 10 years 12 Govind Singh Rathore Team Member 12 years Brief Resume Rashmi Dutta Position held: EIA Co-ordinator Years of Experience: 12 years Education: M. Sc. (Botany), M. Sc. (Ecology and Environment) Involvement in major relevant projects: Environmental Impact Assessment of Bidkin Industrial Area, District Aurangabad, Maharashtra (2016), Client: Delhi Mumbai Industrial Coridor Development Corporation (DMICDC) Environmental and Social Management Plan for Mumbai Metro Line 3 (MML3) (2014), Client: Mumbai Metropoilitan Regional Development Authority (MMRDA) Environmental Impact Assessment study of the proposed township at Nagpur (2013) Client: KRS Realty LLP Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment for Dholera Special Investment Region (DSIR) at Gujarat (2013) Client: Corporation Ltd (DMICDC) Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of the expansion of the proposed residential project ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 209

210 Neelkanth Woods at Thane (2013) Client: Ravechi Infrastructure Projects Pvt. Ltd. Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of propsed Ashok City at village Gahunje, district Pune (September 2011), Client: City Parks Pvt. Ltd. Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment Report for the proposed amusement park Theme Park at Khalapur (2011) Client: ADLABS Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of Rehabilitation Project at Charkop, Mumbai (2011) Client: Lakadawala Developers Pvt. Ltd. Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of the proposed Rehabilitation Project at Govandi (E), Mumbai (2011) Client: Lakadawala Developers Pvt. Ltd. Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of proposed Mega City at Panvel, Navi Mumbai. (2010) Client: Valuable Properties Pvt. Ltd. Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of Slum Rehabilitation project to relocate the slums which are occupying Mumbai Airport land at Kurla. (2009) Client: Housing Development & Infrastructure Limited (HDIL) Environmental Impact Assessment of Parsvnath IT / ITES SEZ at Indore Madhya Pradesh. (2009) Client: Parsvnath SEZ Limited. Rapid Environmnetal Impact Assessment of the proposed Shopping Mall & Hotel at Indore, MP. (2009) Client: Inorbit Malls India Private Limited Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of Commercial Complex Kailas Corporate Park at Vikhroli Park Site, Ghatkopar (W), Mumbai. (2008) Client: D K Patel Group Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of Proposed Sahara Grace at Cochin. (2008). Client: SAHARA India Commercial Corporation Limited Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed Sahara City Homes (Coimbatore, Gulbarga, Jodhpur, Bellary, Bhavnagar, Moradabad, Aligarh, Chandigarh, Kurukshetra, Bareilly, Amritsar, Sri Ganganagar, Shahjahanpur, Haridwar, Ghaziabad, Lucknow, Hubli- Dharwad etc.) Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of the proposed Impact Garden, Amritsar (2006) Client: Impact Garden Private Ltd. Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment of the proposed Matrix Mall at Mohali (2006) Client: Parsvnath Developers Limited. Ajay Pillai Position held: Water Pollution (WP) and Air Pollution (AP) Expert Years of Experience: 17 years Education: Masters in Environmental Science from University of Indore (2000) Bachelors in Zoology from University of Delhi (1998) Diploma in Clean Development Mechanism, from Agricultural Foundation Corporation (2011) Involvement in major relevant projects: Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Dighi Industrial Area (250 Km 2 ), as part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor for Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation, in Raigad, Maharashtra. Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Shendra and Bedkin Mega Industrial Area, part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor for Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation, in Aurangabad, Maharashtra Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Manesar Bawal Industrial Region (402 Km 2 ), as part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor for Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development Corporation, Rewari, Haryana. Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Kushkhera Bhiwani Investment Region (165 Km 2 ), a part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor for Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 210

211 Development Corporation, Alwar, Rajasthan. Environment and Social Assessment of 175Km Long Power Transmission line for a Hydroelectric Power Project in Himachal Pradesh in line with the IFC guidelines for Allain Duhagan Hydro Power Limited Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for a rail Linked Freight Terminal near Ennore Port, Chennai, as per IFC standards for Infraco Asia Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for Male International Airport, Maldives for GMR Limited as per the requirements of IFC Performance Standards and ADB Safeguard Policy Statements. Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for Mass Rapid Transport System, Metro rail between Gurgaon and Bawal as per requirements of JICA for Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor. Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for Karnafully Dry Dock Limited in Chittagong, Bangladesh. The study was conducted as per the requirements of World Bank operational policies and ADB safeguard Policies. My role as Project Director and E&S specialist involved development of detailed ESIA considering hazardous waste management, waste water disposal and impact on aquatic ecology. Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Up-gradation of section of NH-65 in the State of Rajasthan (Group A Package 2), NHAI, , involved in data collection and interpretation of impacts Environmental Impact Assessment for Six laning of Chandikhole-Baleshwar section (Km 62 to Km ) of NH-5 in the State of Odisha, NHAI, , involved in site survey, data generation and SIA consultation. Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan Study for Environmental Clearance of Proposed office expansion, Bangalore for Intel Environmental Impact Assessment for Development of an SEZ covering 66 acres in Gurgaon, Haryana for Canton Buildwell Private Limited Environmental Impact Assessment for Development for an IT SEZ covering 75 acres in Greater Noida, Uttar Pradesh for Uppals IT Projects Pvt. Ltd. Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan Study for Environmental Clearance of Proposed IT/ITES Project in Jaipur for GE Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan Study for Environmental Clearance of Proposed IT/ITES Project in Orissa for GE EIA study for the proposed Airport at Bijapur, Karnataka for Marg. The role was to collect secondary information and to undertake preliminary assessments of baseline conditions. Akhilesh Singh Position held: Air Pollution (AP) Expert; SHW (Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste) Expert Years of experience: 40 years Education: B. Tech (Chem)* (*Recognised by MHRD) Involvement in major relevant projects: Chemical Fertiliser Plants at IFFCO (Aonla-Ammonia-Urea Complex, Kandla Phosphatic Fert Project, MDD Housing Township Dehradoon, Belgaon & Hubli Airports etc.) EIA study of the captive barge jetty at Kandla for unloading solids EIA for gas based plant of 900 MT Ammonia and 1100 MT Urea to be set up at Aonla, Uttar Pradesh EIA for gas based plant of 900 MT Ammonia and 1100 MT Urea to be set up at Phulpur, Uttar Pradesh EIA study for production of 1200 MT/day DAP/ NPK (phosphotic fertilizer plant at Kandla EIA of fertilizer and chemical complex at Sindri ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 211

212 EIA of MDDA housing development project Nidhi Sharma Position held: MSW Expert Years of experience: 12 years Education: MSc Environmental Management BSc (H) Botany Involvement in major relevant projects: EIA for Bidkin Mega Industrial Park at Maharashtra, DMICDC. Environment and Social Impact Assessment Study of 630 MW Coal-based Power Plant, Khulna, Bangladesh EIA for Shendra Mega Industrial Park at Distt. Aurangabad, Maharashtra sub-region of DMIC. Six EIA Studies for 6 Municipal Solid Waste Management Facilities in Bengaluru, Karnataka including public hearing and Environment Clearance, KUIDFC EIA for development of Port and maritime city at Okhamadhi, Gujarat EIA for Tidong Hydropower project, Himachal Pradesh, India. Environmental Impact Assessment for Mega Industrial Park for various Nodes In India of Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor Project 5 projects EIA for development of Greenfield Airport at Bijapur, Karnataka (ongoing) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study and Environment Clearance for 2100 MW Gas-based Power Plant, Haryana, India. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study and Environment Clearance for Multi Services Reliance SEZ in Haryana, India. Consultancy Services for Environmental & Social Aspects for Rampur Hydro-Electric project, Simla for Satluj Jal Vidyut Nigam Ltd. (SJVNL), Simla, funded by the World Bank. Detailed Design, BoQ, tender documents for Solid waste management plan for Dhirubhai Ambani International Exhibition and Convention centre, (DAICEC), Mumbai Solid Waste Management Plan for Project Seabird as a Project Management Consultant for Indian Navy, Government of India Research on Biomedical Waste Management for Sanofi Pharmaceutical group. Design Basis Report (DBR) and Preliminary Design Report (PDR) on Solid Waste Management for Bidkin Industrial Area (BIA) Detailed Design including preparation of BoQ, and a tender document for Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Integrated Solid Waste Management Facility for Dholera Special Investment Region (DSIR), under Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor, Gujarat. Techno-economic feasibility study (TEFS) for Integrated Solid Waste Management Facility for Activation Area for Dholera Special Investment Region (DSIR), under Delhi Mumbai Industrial Corridor, Gujarat Anuj Sharma Position held: Land Use (LU) Expert Years of Experience: 19 years Education: PG in Environmental Planning, School of Planning, CEPT, Ahmedabad, India, 2000 Bachelor of Planning, School of Planning & Architecture,, India 1996 Involvement in major relevant projects: Environmental Clearance for IKEA Store in Hyderabad and Technical Support for EC ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 212

213 Compliance, Sep March 2016 Sustainability Framework for Dholera Special Investment Region, Gujarat India, July 2013 ongoing. [Dholera Special Investment Region (DSIR) in Gujarat is one of the proposed investment regions covering about 900km2 of integrated township covering infrastructural, industrial, residential development. AECOM is the Programme Manager for the project assisting DMICDC/ DSIRDA in the development of the township] Assistance and Guidance in Environmental and related clearances for Dholera Special Investment Region, Gujarat India, July Provided assistance to DSIRDA/ DMICDC for coordination with the MoEFCC including public consultation, making presentation for the Environmental Clearance. The Project covering more than 900km2 received Environmental Clearance in September EIA for MRTS from Gurgaon to Bawal under MBIR; Client: Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development ongoing EIA study follows the Indian (MoEF) and JICA guidelines. The key inputs includes baseline data generation, impact assessment and development of EMP. EIA for Shendra Mega Industrial Area, a part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC); Client: Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor Development The project received Environmental Clearance in May 2015 EIA for Manesar Bawal Industrial Region, part of DMIC; Client: DMICDC The project received Environmental Clearance in September EIA for Khushkhera Bhiwani Investment Region, part of DMIC; Client: DMICDC part of Delhi- Mumbai Industrial Corridor. The project received Environmental Clearance in September EIA for Proposed Township covering 119 Ha, Delhi for Delhi Development Authority (DDA), August September 2009 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment for Proposed Expansion and Modernisation of Male International Airport, Maldives, October January The study included Environmental Clearance from Republic of Maldives and International Finance Corporation (IFC) as per EPFI principles EIA for Development of SEZ in Jaipur for GENPACT, October 2008 March 2009 EIA for Development for an IT SEZ for GENPACT in Bhubaneswar, Orissa January-July 2008 EIA for Development of SEZ in Gurgaon, Haryana covering 66 acres for ASF, March 2008 July 2008 EIA for Development of SEZ covering 75 acres in Greater Noida, Uttar Pradesh for Trikona Capital, May 2007 December 2007 EIA for Development of Mall in NOIDA for DLF Universal Limited, December January 2005 EIA for Expansion project for Intel R&D Centre in Bangalore, 2006 Murali Kochukrishnan Position held: Hydrogeology and Geology Expert Years of Experience: 21 years Education: M.Sc. (Geology), Post Graduate Diploma in Plantation Management, Certificate Course in Remote Sensing, image interpretation and analysis and G.I.S. Application Involvement in major relevant projects: Hydro-Geological and water conservation studies for Jindal Steels Development of Eco restoration plan and Environment management plan for panamarathupatti lake development project in Salem District, Tamilnadu Development of Eco-restoration plan and Environment management plan for 22 no:of OORANI development in Ramnad District of Tamilnadu Environment impact assessment study and statutory compliances for Kochi- Kayamkulam ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 213

214 Gas pipe line project for GAIL (Gas Authority of India limited). Detailed hydro geological studies and geophysical Survey in Vedasandur taluk, Dindigul District for provision of drinking water facilities for 12 villages Development of Roof top rain water harvesting structures (50 No) for drinking water facilities in fishermen colonies at Pallithodu village of Allapuzha district, Kerala State where the ground water is totally saline and are not potable Conduction of yield testing of bore wells (50N0:) in Mulbagal (Kolar) Muddebihal and Bagalkot (Bijapur) for RDWSS project, Karantaka Yield testing of Bore wells for irrigation purposes Integrated Watershed Development project for BUNDELKAND REGION.(PART OF M.P &U.P). Abhay Kumar Mishra Position held: Socio Economic Expert Years of Experience: 12 years Education: MA in Population Education and Rural Development Involvement in major relevant projects: Social Consultation and Property Survey for a multipurpose Project in Uttrakhand MRTS Manesar to Bawal Elevated Metro rail project Census Survey for Tidong (100 MW) HE Project Consultancy Services for Preparation of Detailed Project Report For Upgradation of Salasar Nagaur section of NH-65 in the State Of Rajasthan Preparation of Environment Impact Assessment Report for Rehabilitation and Upgrading of Uncha-Nagla to Dholpur Section of NH-123 in the State of Rajasthan & Uttar Pradesh. Length Km Preparation of Environment Impact Assessment Report for Rehabilitation and Upgrading of Nauapada Bangomunda Section of NH-217 in the State of Orissa. Length 68 Km Preparation of Environment Impact Assessment Report for construction of Delhi Meerut Expressway Six lane divided carriageway passing through Delhi, Ghaziabad and Meerut in the States of Delhi and Uttar Pradesh under NHDP Phase VI. Appox. Length 64Km Awareness Programme for community about Condom and HIV/AIDS Universal Immunization Program for UNICEF Deepti Bapat Position held: Ecology & Biodiversity (EB) Expert Years of Experience: 19 years Education: M.Sc. (Botany) Involvement in major relevant projects: 6 Mega Industrial Park Projects at Manesar - Bawal, Khuskhera - Neemrana, Pithampur-Dhow, Shendra, Dighi & Bidkin for DMICDC, 1 Commercial Establishment in Hyderabad for IKEA and 1 Residential Township in Nagpur for Ramnath Realty. Rajshree Das Position held: Noise Expert Years of Experience: 6 years Education: P.G. in Environment Management Involvement in major relevant projects: Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of Drilling of Exploratory/Appraisal Wells Palar Block, in Nellore district, Andhra Pradesh; Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study and Environment of 750 MW Solar Power ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 214

215 Project at Rewa district of Madhya Pradesh; Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study for Karnafuly Dry Dock Project, Chittagong, Bangladesh for the World Bank and updating for ADB SPS; Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of Drilling of Exploratory/Appraisal Wells (Upto 300 Wells) within RJ-ON-90/1 Block, In Barmer And Jalore Districts, Rajasthan; Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of Augmentation of Hydrocarbon Production (2 lakh BOPD to 3 lakh BOPD) in RJ-ON-90/1 Block; Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of 630 MW Thermal Power Project at Khulna district of Bangladesh for US-Exim Bank funding; Environmental and Social Impact Assessment study of a Rail linked Container Freight Station at Ennore, Tamilnadu for IFC funding Anchal Jain Position held: Solid Waste Expert Years of Experience: 6 years Education: B.E in Environmental Engineering Involvement in major relevant projects: EIA & EC Clearance for proposed IKEA Store in Hyderabad, Telangana Solid Waste Management for The Dhirubhai Ambani International Convention & Exhibition Centre (DAICEC), Mumbai ESIA for Common Municipality Solid Waste Management Facility, Lingadheeranahalli, Bangalore- Capacity of 200 TPD, Category-A ESIA of 630 MW coal based Thermal Power Project at Munshiganj, Dhaka, Bangladesh for Orion Dhaka Power Limited Formulation of Schedules to EPC Agreement for design, construction, operation and maintenance of integrated solid waste management facility in dholera special investment region, Dholera, Gujarat Environment and Social Impact Assessment of 6.5 km long Z-Morh Tunnel in Sonamarg, Ganderbal District, Kashmir Rajat Srivastava Position held: Soil Conservation Expert Years of Experience: 10 years Education: B Tech Civil (IWM) MS University of Vadodara M.S - Env. Engg.- University of Colorado at Boulder USA Involvement in major relevant projects: Vegetation and Heavy Metals Sampling in Soil as well as vegetation for US Hill Air Force Base, Salt Lake City,UT, USA Delineation and Remediation overburden soils of TPH contaminated site for Carbon Black Manufacturing unit Cabot Corp, Thane, Maharashtra India Remediation of pesticide contaminated site for Bayer Crop Science site located in Thane. Remediation shallow soil of a Former Retail station site contaminated with hydrocarbons using AS-SVE system at Mascot,Sydney, Australia Remediation shallow soil of an Active Retail station site contaminated with hydrocarbons using Multi Phase Product recovery system at Hornsby,Sydney, Australia Due Diligence soil and groundwater investigation for over 80 sites in India for various MNCs which include Pfizer, Novartis, Shell, Sydney Port Authority, Vopak Corporation, Goldman Sacs to name a few for sites spread over India, USA, Australia, Singapore, Thailand ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 215

216 Govind Singh Rathore Position held: Team Member Years of Experience: 12 years Education: M.Sc. (Ecology and Environment), M.Sc. (Microbiology), P.G Diploma in Urban Environmental Management and Law Involvement in major relevant projects: Environment Clearance, periodic environmental compliance and tree cutting permission for Proposed IKEA Store at Hi-Tech City, Hyderabad EIA of proposed Orion Power unit -2 Dhaka ltd at Gaziria, Munshiganj District, Bangladesh Rapid Ecological Assessment of the upcoming 100 MW Wind Project at Nimbagallu, Andhra Pradesh Three Season Ecological Assessment for Proposed 60 MW Wind Farm Project at Hanamsagar, District Koppal, Karnataka, India (CAPACITY: 60 MW) EIA of proposed Orion Power unit -2 Dhaka ltd at Gaziria, Munshiganj District, Bangladesh ESIA of 105 MW Wind Power project at Vajrkarur, Anantapur, Andhra Pradesh ESIA of 97.8 MW Wind Power project at Nazeerabad, Telangana Terrestrial Biodiversity Study for Rampur Hydro-electric Project (412 MW), Himachal Pradesh ESIA for Gurgaon Bawal MRTS Environment and Social Assessment of 8 Dams to be Rehabilitated and Development of Environmental & Social Management Framework ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 216

217 Appendix A Document copies A.1 Prescribed TOR by MoEFCC COPY ATTACHED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

218

219

220

221

222

223

224

225

226 A.2 Land Use Map of Dwarka Sub-city (Zone K-II as per the MPD 2021) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

227 A.3 Copy of Notification for Change in Land Use issued by Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD), dated 12th May, 2016 via S.O. 1713(E) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

228 A.4 Transfer of Land from DDA to DIPP ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

229 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

230 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, A.5 Project Boundary Indicated on Survey of India sheet ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

231 A.6 Details on Trees to be felled for the project An application for grant of permission for felling of trees, located in the plot, has already been submitted to DCF West, Office of Deputy Conservator of Forest, Details on trees to be felled for the project are as follows: Summary Si. No. Tree Name Common Name Total Nos 1 Albizia lebbeck Siris 3 2 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham 64 3 Azardirachta indica Neem Acacia nilotica Babool 61 5 Morus alba Shahtoot 78 6 Ficus religiosa Peepal 24 7 Pongamia pinnata Karanj 1 8 Prosopis cineraria Khejri 19 9 Prosopis juliflora Vilayati Kikar 8 10 Cordia dichotoma Gunda 9 11 Acacia leucophloea Safed Kikkar 3 12 Ficus rumphii Kaba Pipal 1 13 Syzigium cumuni Jamun 5 14 Drypetes roxburghii Putranjiva 1 15 Psidium guajava Amrood 1 16 Ziziphus mauritiana Ber 5 17 Mimusops elengi Maulsari 1 18 Ficus racemosa Goolar 1 19 Eucalyptus sps. Nilgiri 1324 Total No. of Trees 1961 Total Types of Trees 19 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

232 A.7 Water Allocation: Application Letter to DJB ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

233 A.8 Results of Air Dispersion Modelling (AERMOD 8.1.0) A. Introduction The ambient air quality within the environmental study area will be affected owing to atmospheric emissions released during project s operation phase. Primary sources of emissions during the operations phase will be diesel generator units installed for alternative power supply to the facilities. In particular a total of 99 individual DG units are expected to be installed onsite. The breakup for the same has been presented in Table A-1 below: Table A-2: Stack Emission data Building / facility type # of DG units DG type Exhibition Hall-1,2,3,4,5, Conventional Centre, Foyer & Arena kva Hotel (5 Star) kva kva Hotel (4 Star) kva kva kva Hotel (3 Star) kva kva Service Apartment kva Retail building kva kva kva kva Office buildings kva kva kva kva kva The generators units will run on High Speed Diesel (HSD) and therefore it is expected that emissions including nitrogen oxides (NOx), sulphur dioxide (SO 2), particles (primarily PM 10) and carbon monoxide (CO) will be released. These emissions will have direct impact on air quality within the study area. In order to assess the impacts from operations associated with DG units, detailed air dispersion modelling was conducted. This study assesses the intensity and the extent of the potential impacts associated with above mentioned pollutants (four pollutants namely, NOx, SO 2, CO and PM 10). The air dispersion modelling study estimates Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) of pollutants produced by DG units, under normal operative conditions. The modelling was conducted through AERMOD to evaluate GLC of pollutants produced during the operation phase over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. The modelling assumed a realistic representation of local meteorological condition considering a time frame of one year. It is expected that the DG units will only be utilized as alternative power supply, approximately one hour per day. Average 24 hourly GLC has been assessed for NOx, SO 2, and PM 10, whereas 8 hours GLC has been assessed for CO. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

234 B. Characteristics of emission sources As mentioned above in Section A-1, diesel generator units of varied capacities (2000 kva, 1500 kva, 750 kva, 500 kva, 380 kva, 320 kva, 250 kva) are expected to be installed for alternative supply of power. For the purpose of the study, standard CAT generator engines were considered and technical specification for the same has been used. The same has been represented in Table A-2 below. Emission sources are represented as either bundled stacks or single stacks depending on feasibility and location of the facility / building. Following the information on emission sources outlined in Table A-2, Table A-3 presents location of emission sources along with information on associated facility to which such emission sources will be attributed. Table A-3: Characteristics of the emission sources Sno Stack ID Stack type Stack dia. (metres) Exit velocity (m/s) Exit temp. (K) 1. B1 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) B2 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) B3 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) B4 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) B5 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) B6 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) B7 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) B8 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) B9 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) S1 Bundled stack (3X1500kVA) S2 Bundled stack (6X750kVA) S1 Bundled stack (2X1000kVA) S2 Bundled stack (2X750kVA) S3 Single stack (1X380kVA) S1 Bundled stack (3X1000kVA) S2 Bundled stack (3X750 kva) SA1 Bundled stack (4X2000kVA) RT1 Bundled stack (3X2000kVA) RT2 Bundled stack (3X2000kVA) RT3 Bundled stack (2X1500kVA) RT4 Single stack (1X1000kVA) RT5 Single stack (1X250kVA) OFC1 Bundled stack (2X1500kVA) OFC2 Bundled stack (4X1000kVA) OFC3 Bundled stack (4X1000kVA) OFC4 Bundled stack (4X750kVA) OFC5 Bundled stack (4X750kVA) OFC6 Bundled stack (1X320kVA) OFC7 Single stack (1X500kVA) CAT technical specification manuals Table A-4: Stack location and associated facility / building Sno Stack ID DG units for Project facility Stack type Easting Northing ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

235 Sno Stack ID DG units for Project facility Stack type Easting Northing 1. B1 Exhibition halls 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) m E m N 2. B2 convention centre, Foyer and Arena Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) m E m N 3. B3 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) m E m N 4. B4 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) m E m N 5. B5 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) m E m N 6. B6 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) m E m N 7. B7 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) m E m N 8. B8 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) m E m N 9. B9 Bundled stack (5X2000kVA) m E m N 10. 5S1 Five star hotels Bundled stack (3X1500kVA) m E m N 11. 5S2 Bundled stack (6X750kVA) m E m N 12. 4S1 Four star hotels Bundled stack (2X1000kVA) m E m N 13. 4S2 Bundled stack (2X750kVA) m E m N 14. 4S3 Single stack (1X380kVA) m E m N 15. 3S1 Three star hotels Bundled stack (3X1000kVA) m E m N 16. 3S2 Bundled stack (3X750 kva) m E m N 17. SA1 Service Apartments Bundled stack (4X2000kVA) m E m N 18. RT1 Retail buildings Bundled stack (3X2000kVA) m E m N 19. RT2 Bundled stack (3X2000kVA) m E m N 20. RT3 Bundled stack (2X1500kVA) m E m N 21. RT4 Single stack (1X1000kVA) m E m N 22. RT5 Single stack (1X250kVA) m E m N 23. OFC1 Office buildings Bundled stack (2X1500kVA) m E m N 24. OFC2 Bundled stack (4X1000kVA) m E m N 25. OFC3 Bundled stack (4X1000kVA) m E m N 26. OFC4 Bundled stack (4X750kVA) m E m N 27. OFC5 Bundled stack (4X750kVA) m E m N 28. OFC6 Bundled stack (1X320kVA) m E m N 29. OFC7 Single stack (1X500kVA) m E m N C. Emission rates and composition The following standards with respect to emission factors have been referred for the purpose of the study: Emission factors as presented in EPA B , March 2016 on Non-road Compression-Ignition Engines: Exhaust Emission Standards have been considered for Pollutants NO x, CO, and PM; Emission factors as presented in USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.3 on Gasoline and diesel industrial engines have been considered for SO 2 (for all generators < 600hp power rating); Emission factors as presented in USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.4 on Large Stationary Diesel and All stationary Dual-fuel Engines have been considered for SO 2 (for all generators > 600hp power rating). Values of emission factors referred for this modelling study have been presented in in Table A-4, Table A-5 and Table A-6 below: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

236 Table A-5: EPA B , March 2016 on Non-road Compression-Ignition Engines: Exhaust Emission Standards Rated Power and Tier NOx (g/kw-hr) PM (g/kw-hr) CO (g/kw-hr) kw>900, Tier <=kW<900, Tier <=kW<450, Tier <=kW<225, Tier Table A-6: USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.3 on Gasoline and diesel industrial engines for SOx Rated Power and Tier SOx (lb/hp-hr) SOx (g/kw-hr) All engines < 600hp or <448 ekw Table A-7: USEPA AP-42 Chapter 3.4 on Large Stationary Diesel and All stationary Dual-fuel Engines Rated Power and Tier SOx (lb/hp-hr) SOx (g/kw-hr) All engines > 600hp or >448 ekw Emission Rates (measured in g/s) of DG units were calculated by multiplying the Emission Factors (as outlined Table A4, Table A-5, and Table A-6) with Power Rating. The calculated values of Emission Rates for various engine capacities have been presented in Table A-7 below: Table A-8: Emission rates for DG units Engine capacity (kva) Power Rating (ekw) Emission factor (g/kw-hr) Emission Rate (g/s) 2000 kva 1600 ekw NOx PM CO SO kva 1200 ekw NOx PM CO SO kva 800 ekw NOx PM CO SO kva 600 ekw NOx PM CO SO kva 400 ekw NOx PM CO SO kva 365 ekw NOx PM CO ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

237 Engine capacity (kva) Power Rating (ekw) Emission factor (g/kw-hr) Emission Rate (g/s) SO kva 256 ekw NOx PM CO SO kva 200 ekw NOx PM CO SO D. Other input parameters The input parameters for air dispersion modelling are summarized in Table A-8 below: Table A-9: Input parameters for air dispersion modelling Sno. Input Description 1 Control Pathway Dispersion Option Non Default Option Terrain Flat Dispersion Coefficient Urban Flagpole Receptors No 2 Meteorology Input Met Input Data Wind Speed Categories Meteorological data from 1 st January 2016 to 31 st December 2016 (Pre-processed Meteorological Data) A: 1.54 m/s B: 3.09 m/s C: 5.14 m/s D: 8.23 m/s E: 10.8 m/s F: No upper bound UTM m E, m E Anemometer Height 14m Base Elevation 226 metres 4 Receptor Pathway Uniform Cartesian Grid No. of X axis Receptors 101 No. of Y axis Receptors 101 Spacing for X axis 100 metres Spacing for Y axis 100 metres 5 Source Pathway Point Source 6 Output Pathway Pollutants Ground Level Concentration NOx 24 hourly SO 2 24 hourly PM 24 hourly CO 8 hourly E. Predicted concentrations and interpretation of results ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

238 Based on inputs provided, predicted average ground level concentrations (assessed as part of the modelling study) of NOx, SO 2, CO and PM 10 owing to emissions from project operations are presented in Table A-9, Table A-10, Table A-11 and Table A-12 respectively. The predicted GLCs at various locations (where air quality has been monitored) have been added to baseline air quality data to calculate total concentration of pollutants. It must be noted that AQ1 falls within the project site and hence not considered for assessment. Results of total predictive GLCs of NOx, SO 2, CO and PM 10 have also been presented in Table A-9, Table A-10, Table A-11 and Table A-12 respectively. Furthermore isopleths of the dispersion modelling have also been presented in Figure A-1 through Figure A-4. i) Predicted concentrations for NOx and interpretation of results Table A-9 below presents predicted ground level concentrations of NOx. Table A-10: Predicted Ground Level Concentration of NOx Monitoring Location 24 hourly baseline NO x 98 th percentile (mg/m3) Incremental NOx GLC (mg/m3) (average) Total NOx Predictive GLC (mg/m3) NAAQS (mg/m3) AQ AQ * AQ AQ Source: AECOM India Pvt. Ltd. * The modelling was conducted over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. AQ3 falls outside the modelled area. As per isopleth (Figure A-1) it may be noted that the average concentration beyond the 5 km radius is expected to lower than 0.7mg/m 3. Therefore, the incremental GLC has been considered as 0.7mg/m 3 in this regard. The maximum predicted ground level concentration for NOx has been evaluated to be 5.04 mg/m 3 at m E, m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented in Figure A-1, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 5.00 mg/m 3 can be expected to be limited to area covering the immediate vicinity of the project boundary. Furthermore, it is also noted that total NOx levels predicted as part of the study is complaint with NAAQS standards prescribed by the central pollution control board. ii) Predicted concentrations for SO 2 and interpretation of results Table A-10 below presents predicted ground level concentrations of SO 2. Table A-11: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of SO 2 Monitoring Location 24 hourly baseline SO 2 98 th percentile (mg/m3) Incremental SO 2 GLC (mg/m3) (average) Total SO 2 Predictive GLC (mg/m3) NAAQS (mg/m3) AQ AQ * AQ AQ Source: AECOM India Pvt. Ltd. * The modelling was conducted over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. AQ3 falls outside the modelled area. As per isopleth (Figure A-2) it may be noted that the average concentration beyond the 5 km radius is expected to lower than 5.00mg/m 3. Therefore, the incremental GLC has been considered as 5.00mg/m 3 in this regard. The maximum predicted ground level concentration for SO 2has been evaluated to be mg/m 3 at m E, m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented in Figure A-2, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 30 mg/m 3 can be expected to be limited to area covering the immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Furthermore, it is ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

239 also noted that total SO 2 levels predicted as part of the study is complaint and within the permissible limits of NAAQS standards prescribed by the central pollution control board. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

240 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure A-2: Isopleths NOx 24 hourly Description Isopleth Overall Dispersion of NOx 24 hourly emission. Key area of spread is within the immediate vicinity of the project boundary. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

241 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Description Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High levels of GLC - NOx above 5.00mg/m 3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Isopleth ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

242 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure A-3: Isopleths SOx 24 hourly Description Overall Dispersion of SOx 24 hourly emission. Key area of spread is within the immediate vicinity of the project boundary. Isopleth ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

243 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Description Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High levels of GLC - SOx above 30.00mg/m 3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Isopleth ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

244 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure A-4: Isopleths CO 8 hourly Description Overall Dispersion of CO 8hourly emission. Key area of spread is within the project boundary. Isopleth ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

245 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Description Isopleth area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High levels of GLC CO above 70.00mg/m 3, is limited to area within the project boundary on the northeastern side. Isopleth ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

246 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure A-5: Isopleths PM hourly Description Overall Dispersion of PM hourly emission. Key area of spread is within the immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Isopleth ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

247 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Description Isopleth showing area in the immediate vicinity of the project. High levels of GLC PM 10 above 0.90mg/m 3, to a large extent, are limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. Isopleth ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

248 iii) Predicted concentrations for CO and interpretation of results Table A-11 below presents predicted ground level concentrations of CO. Table A-12: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of CO Monitoring Location 24 hourly baseline CO 98 th percentile (mg/m3) Incremental CO GLC (mg/m3) (average) Total CO Predictive GLC (mg/m3) NAAQS (mg/m3) AQ AQ * AQ AQ Source: AECOM India Pvt. Ltd. * The modelling was conducted over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. AQ3 falls outside the modelled area. As per isopleth (Figure A-3) it may be noted that the average concentration beyond the 5 km radius is expected to lower than 10.00mg/m 3. Therefore, the incremental GLC has been considered as 10.00mg/m 3 in this regard. The maximum predicted ground level concentration for CO has been evaluated to be mg/m 3 at m E, m N, which falls within the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented in Figure A-3, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 70 mg/m 3 can be expected to be limited within the project boundary on the eastern side. Furthermore, it is also noted that total CO levels predicted as part of the study is complaint and within the permissible limits of NAAQS standards prescribed by the central pollution control board. iv) Predicted concentrations for PM 10 and interpretation of results Table A-11 below presents predicted ground level concentrations of PM 10. Table A-13: Predicted Maximum Ground Level Concentration of PM 10 Monitoring Location 24 hourly baseline PM 98 th percentile (mg/m3) Incremental PM GLC (mg/m3) (average) Total PM Predictive GLC (mg/m3) NAAQS (mg/m3) AQ AQ * AQ AQ Source: AECOM India Pvt. Ltd. * The modelling was conducted over 5 km X 5 km domain, cantered on the project boundary. AQ3 falls outside the modelled area. As per isopleth (Figure A-4) it may be noted that the average concentration beyond the 5 km radius is expected to lower than 0.10mg/m 3. Therefore, the incremental GLC has been considered as 0.10mg/m 3 in this regard. The maximum predicted ground level concentration for PM 10 has been evaluated to be 1.01 mg/m 3 at m E, m N, which falls just outside the site boundary near the eastern corridor. As per isopleth presented in Figure A-4, it can be understood that high levels of incremental concentrations above 0.90 mg/m 3 can be expected to be limited to area covering immediate vicinity of the project boundary on the eastern side. It is to be noted that that total PM 10 levels predicted as part of the study exceeds permissible limits of NAAQS standards prescribed by the central pollution control board; this can be attributed to existing high levels of PM 10 as monitored during the baseline study. However, as may be understood from Table A-11 only marginal levels of incremental concentrations of PM 10 is expected from project operations. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

249 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, A.9 Analytical Laboratory Engaged Aspect Particulars Agency Name Netel India Private Limited Netel India is an ISO, OHSAS, NABL, MoEFCC recognised Environmental Laboratory. Netel provides sampling, monitoring and analysis of all environmental parameters such as Air Quality, Meteorology, Water Quality, Noise, Soil Quality and Traffic Monitoring. Netel was appointed by AECOM for conducting baseline environmental monitoring including ambient air quality, meteorology, water quality, soil quality, noise and traffic monitoring on site. Monitoring period 29 th April th June th October to 08th November, 2016 Lead Analysts Mr. Satyanarayan T Jagtap Years of Experience: 12 years Education: B.Sc. (Chemistry) Job responsibility at Organisation: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stack and Workplace Sampling and monitoring of soil, ground water, noise monitoring and traffic survey Monitoring of meteorology Environmental survey. Mr. Ganesh P Wagh Years of Experience: 10 years Education: B.Sc. (Chemistry) Job responsibility: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stack and Workplace Sampling and monitoring of soil, ground water, noise monitoring and traffic survey Monitoring of meteorology Environmental survey Marine water sampling Offshore air monitoring Parameters tested Met Station: Air Quality Water quality Soil Quality Noise Quality Rainfall, wind data, wind velocity, humidity, temperature PM10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NOx, CO and Dust fall As per IS 10500:2012 for Groundwater Surface water: ph, TSS, COD, BOD, O&G, Coliform, Boron, Nitrate, Nitrite, PO 4 ph, Conductivity, Texture, heavy metals, NPK, SAR, Porosity, water holding capacity, The noise quality is to be reported in form of Lmin, Lmax, Leq hourly, Leq Day, Leq Night and Lday & Night for all the locations. Accreditations NABL, MoEFCC Certificates and its coverage Attached ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 241

250 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

251 A.10 AECOM s NABET Accreditation Details ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

252 A.11 Supplement Environmental Monitoring Primary monitoring carried out in 13th October to 08th November, 2016 DESCRIPTION OF BASELINE ENVIRONMENT This chapter provides the details pertaining to existing environment settings in the study area of the proposed project Exhibition-cum-Convention Centre (ECC) at sector 25 Dwarka, Delhi. Study Area: An area within 10km radius from the periphery of project site earmarked for ECC has been considered as the Study Area of the proposed project. The generation of baseline data comprises of site visits, primary environmental monitoring, ecological surveys, social surveys, processing of satellite imagery and secondary data review from established sources such as Indian Meteorological Department, Census of India etc. M/s Netel India Limited was engaged to carry out the environmental monitoring for four weeks extending from October November, The monitored parameters included - ambient air quality, water quality, soil quality, noise levels, and traffic survey of the study area. Methodology The baseline assessment is based on project site area assessment and reconnaissance survey of the study area of 10 km radius around the site boundary. The studies were conducted by considering the following: The various environmental attributes were divided into primary and secondary studies. Primary attributes such as air environment, water, soil, noise, traffic, flora and fauna and socio-economic aspects were assessed by conducting field studies and on-site monitoring and review of the past studies conducted; and Secondary attributes such as land use studies, geology, physiological characteristics, have been assessed by literature review of studies conducted in the past and by various government publications and departments and other related past studies and literature etc. Primary environmental baseline data viz. ambient air quality, water quality, soil quality, noise level and traffic density was collected during October November 2016 as per norms and standards prescribed by CPCB. Map of the study area and 10 km radius clearly delineating the location of various monitoring stations (air/ water / soil and noise) superimposed with location of habitats is presented in below in Figure below: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

253 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Figure: Site surrounding features within 10 km radius of the project boundary ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

254 Short term Meteorological data (Met. Station at Site) An automatic micro-meteorological station was installed at the project site (Bamnoli village) to record hourly meteorological parameters for a period of 8 weeks. On-site meteorological data was collected in respect of wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity and rainfall and is presented below in Table below Table: Meteorological data collected at Site Season Maximum Temp Minimum Temp Min Relative Humidity % Max Relative Humidity % Average Wind Speed km/hr Predominant Wind direction Post Monsoon West and North - West Wind Rose During the monitoring period, the direction of the wind is predominantly from West followed by West North west and West South West same as long terms trend. The average wind speed during the monitoring period was observed as 2.26m/s and a very low calm period of 0.26% is reported. The wind rose diagram for the study period is presented in Figure below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

255 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Figure : Wind Rose for Meteorological Monitoring Data (Post-Monsoon) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 247

256 a) Air Environment An important component of an EIA study is the assessment of prevailing ambient air quality status in the vicinity of proposed project site. The tropical climatic conditions, especially monsoon winds prevailing in India mainly control the transport and dispersion of air pollutants during different seasons. Local topographical features along with predominant winds and weather conditions also play a vital role in dispersion of these air-borne particles. The baseline studies for air environment covers reconnaissance, identification of specific air pollutants expected to have significant impacts from the proposed project and assessing their prevailing levels in ambient air at representative locations within the impact zone around the project site. The sources of air pollution during construction and operational phases of the project are as follows: Sources of Pollution during Construction Phase: The construction phase includes site clearance and site preparation, infrastructure development, building construction and other related activities, movement of construction vehicles and equipment. During the construction phase of the project, the pollutants anticipated to be emitted are - suspended particulate matter (SPM), carbon monoxide (CO), and Sulphur dioxide (SO2) from all construction activities. Sources of Pollution during Operational phase: The operational phase includes emissions from vehicular movement and negligible emissions from sewage and solid waste handling and disposal. During the operational phase of the project, the pollutants anticipated to be emitted are - nitrogen oxides (NOx), SPM, Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and CO from vehicle exhaust within the project site. Site Area Specific Ambient Air Quality Sources of Air Emissions Surrounding the Site The vicinity of the project site is characterised by rural setup with presence of villages and agricultural land. Local activities in these villages and villages within 10 kms study area contribute to air pollution in the project area. The vehicular emissions on sectoral roads, domestic emissions and biomass burning in nearby villages also contribute towards air pollution in the study area. Site specific Ambient Air Quality Monitoring A site specific background air quality monitoring program was conducted for the existing project site post-monsoon season, Oct- Nov Background data was collected for SPM, RSPM, SO 2, NO x, CO at five (5) locations, primarily selected on the basis of predominant wind direction, which is North- West direction. The details of the AQ Monitoring locations are presented in Table below. The basic considerations while designing this air quality examination programme included: Topography; Representative location w.r.t upwind and downwind directions; Representative location w.r.t regional background eg. semi-urban, rural area; Ecologically sensitive locations within 10 km; Availability of source of Power; and Accessibility. AAQ monitoring equipment were placed at sensitive receptors (i.e. within nearby villages), where safety and power were provided. Monitors were placed on one-storey dwellings, away from major roads and nearby flow obstructions (i.e. trees). ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 248

257 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Figure : Air Quality Monitoring Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 249

258 Table: Air Quality data collected at Site Location code Location Name Geographical Coordinates AQ1 AQ2 AQ 3 AQ 4 AQ 5 Onsite Bamnoli Kanganheri GoylaKhurd Kapashera N-28 33'18.0" E- 77 2'25.4"E N-28º E-77º N-28º E-76º N-28º E-77º N-28º E-77º Dist. from the site (km) Onsite km 5.19km 3.61km 5.87km Criteria considered Crosswind (SW) Upwind (W) Upwind (NW) Downwind (SE) The parameters to be monitored, frequency and number of samples taken at each station are presented in the table below. Table: Details of Monitoring Program for Ambient Air Quality Particulars Details Frequency Parameters Duration 24hrs, 2 times a week x 8 weeks PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and Dust Fall 24 hrs for PM10 & PM2.5, NOx and SO2, 8 hrs Samples for CO The protocol and analysis procedures followed to examine the collected samples were as per IS-5182 (Indian Standards for Ambient Air Quality Parameters). The applied testing procedures are given in brief in Table below. Table: Brief summary of the Methodology followed for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Sr. No. Pollutant Code of Practice Methods of Measurement 1 Particulate Matter (size less than 10 µm) or PM 10 IS-5182 (PART-23):2006 & CPCB Guidelines 2 Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5 µm) or PM Sulphur Dioxide (SO 2) IS-5182 (Part-II):2001 & CPCB Guidelines 4 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO 2) IS-5182 (Part-VI): 2006 & CPCB Guidelines 5 Carbon Monoxide (CO) IS: 5182 (Part-X) & CPCB Guidelines Gravimetric 6 Dust fall IS: 5182 (Part-I) Gravimetric Improved West and Geake Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Na-Arsenite) Non Dispersive Infra-Red (NDIR) spectroscopy ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 250

259 Table: Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area Parameters Observed AQ-1 AQ-2 AQ-3 AQ-4 AQ5 PM 10: 24 Hourly (μg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile PM 2.5: 24 Hourly (μg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile SO 2: 24 Hourly (μg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile NO x: 24 Hourly (μg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile CO: 8 hourly (mg/m 3 ) NAAQS Minimum Maximum Average th Percentile Dust Fall (mg/m²/day) The analysis of the above results clearly shows that all the monitored values exceed the limits prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board for PM 10 and PM 2.5 respectively. The summary of results is presented in the following sub sections. Inferences Particulate Matter PM10 The PM-10 concentration recorded at all the five sampling locations exceeds the limits of prescribed CPCB limits of 100µg/m 3. The minimum value recorded was µg/m 3 at Project site (AQ-1). The maximum value recorded was µg/m 3 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3. The average values varied from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3. The graphical representation is provided in Figure 3-8 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

260 High values of PM 10 recorded can be attributed to then prevailing smog in Delhi due to burning of residual crops in parts of Haryana and Punjab which might have accumulated due to low winds and low temperatures. Additional Particulate Matter is supplemented by smoke generated from firecrackers during occasion of Diwali festival, Figure: Particulate Matter - PM10 Particulate Matter PM 2.5 The PM- 2.5 concentrations as observed in the study area varied from a minimum of 63.4 µg/m 3 recorded at Kanganheri (AQ-3) to maximum of µg/m 3 at Kapashera (AQ-5). The 98 percentile values ranged from µg/m 3 to 275 µg/m 3 The average values of PM-2.5 ranged from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3. All the values were observed to exceed the prescribed CPCB standards of 60µg/m 3. The observations of PM-2.5 are presented graphically in Figure below. Figure: Particulate Matter - PM2.5 Dust fall Dust fall is the rate at which dust is deposited from the air on a horizontal surface. It is calculated by dividing the weight of material (soluble / insoluble) collected in the container (in milligrams) by the cross-sectional area of the container ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

261 (square metres) and the number of days over which the sample was taken. Dust fall collected at the monitored locations falls in range of 1130 to 1453 mg/m²/day. Minimum dust fall was recorded at Kanganheri (AQ-3) while maximum dust fall is recorded at project site (AQ-1). Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) The concentrations of sulphur dioxide in the region were observed to be in the range of 9.5 µg/m 3 to 12.1 µg/m 3. The minimum value was recorded at project site (AQ-1) and the maximum value of SO2 was recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5). The average values ranged from 13.3 µg/m 3 to 14.3 µg/m 3 and 98 percentile values varied from 15.7 µg/m 3 to 17.9 µg/m 3. All the values were observed to be within the prescribed limit by CPCB. The graphical representation of observations is presented in Figure below. Figure: Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) The maximum NOx concentration observed was 45.9 µg/m 3 at project site (AQ-1). The minimum value recorded was 16.9 µg/m 3 at Kanganheri location (AQ-3). The 98 percentile values measured were in the range of 15.5µg/m 3 and 22.7µg/m 3. The average values ranged from 36.4 µg/m 3 to 44.7 µg/m 3. The NO x concentrations were within the prescribe norms of 80 µg/m 3 as per NAAQS guidelines. The observations of NO x are presented graphically in Figure below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

262 Figure: Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Carbon Monoxide (CO) The concentrations of carbon monoxide in the region were observed to be in the range of 517 µg/m 3 to 778 µg/m 3. The minimum value was recorded at Kapashera (AQ-5) and the maximum value of SO 2 was recorded at Kaganheri (AQ-3). The average values ranged from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3 and 98 percentile values varied from µg/m 3 to µg/m 3.The CO concentrations were within the prescribe norms of 2000ug/m 3 as per NAAQS guidelines. The graphical representation of observations is presented in Figure below. Figure: Carbon Monoxide (CO) b) Ambient Noise Level The different sources of noise pollution during the construction phase include vehicles carrying construction material, operation of construction machinery and equipments at site. During the operational phase of the project, the noise pollution is expected to arise due to increase in vehicular movement in and around the site. Estimated traffic volumes and peaks at the selected locations have been presented in the results from the traffic baseline sampling study. An ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

263 assessment of the baseline noise levels at five (5) locations within the 10 km radius study area was done. Table 3-11 presents the details of noise monitoring, which have also shown in Figure below. Table: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations Location code Location Name Geographical Coordinates NQ-1 NQ-2 NQ-3 NQ-4 NQ-5 Project Site Bamnoli Qutub Vihar- I Goyla Khurd Kaganheri N-28 33'41.05" E -77 2'28.97" N-28º E-77º N-28º E-77º N-28º E-77º N-28º E-76º Dist. from the site (km) N (0.5km) SSW (2.12 km) WNW (1.63 km) NW (3.61km) N(5.19km) Criteria considered / Land use Commercial Residential Residential Residential Residential/ Commercial The observations of noise monitoring were calculated as Leq Day and Leq Night. The results are presented in the and depicted in Table below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

264 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Figure: Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 256

265 Table : Results of Noise Level monitoring Location code CPCB Norm NQ-1 NQ-2 NQ-3 NQ-4 NQ-5 Leq Day db (A) 55/ Leq Night db (A) 45/ The noise levels at all the locations were observed to exceed the prescribed CPCB standards which have been provided below in Table below. Table: Ambient Noise Standards Ambient Noise Standards Leq day [db(a)] Leq night [db(a)] Industrial Area Commercial Area Residential Area Silence Zone Figure: Noise Level monitored in the study area Day time Noise Level Noise levels during day time were observed to be in the range of 71.1 to 86.6 db (A). The maximum noise level was 86.6 db (A) at project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 68.2 (A) was observed at Bamnoli (NQ-2). Night time Noise Levels Noise levels at night time were observed in the range of 59.2 to 77.6 db (A). The maximum noise level was 77.6 db (A) was observed at Project site (NQ-1) and a minimum of 59.2 db (A) at Qutub Vihar (NQ-3). ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 257

266 c) Water Environment This section discusses status of water resources and water quality in the project area. The data has been collected from various secondary sources and primary survey carried out in the impact zone. To assess the existing status of the water environment (pre-project) in the project study area, representative sampling locations for surface water and ground water were selected on the basis of their respective significance within the study area around project site and sent for laboratory testing. The standard methods prescribed for surface and groundwater samplings as well as the analytical procedures for individual parameters were followed in this study. Water availability in the region Delhi Jal Board (DJB) is the Water Utility department responsible for all water treatment and distribution (including sewage collection and treatment) in Dwarka. DJB has six underground reservoirs (UGRs) for the K-II zone as per the MPD-2021, and each of these is designed to cater to a million population, with a reserve quantum to meet the demand for commercial area development. These UGR capacities vis-à-vis the demand allocation to the same for the usage of non-residential areas shall therefore be studied to assess the availability of potable water to meet the demand for the proposed development. There shall be separate provision of 1.5 days water storage capacity for phase I & II. The incoming main from municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow connection to raw water tanks; thereafter the water shall be treated and stored in domestic water storage tanks. The incoming main from municipality water supply line shall be led into centralized Fire tanks with an overflow connection to raw water tanks; thereafter the water shall be treated and stored in domestic water storage tanks. Ground Water Characteristics National Capital Region (NCR) is basically a water scarce region, dependent upon surface water resources from outside its boundaries for its water supply. The complex situations of ground water occurrence in different formations, presence of saline ground water at varying depth in the aquifers and growing urbanization influences availability of ground water in different parts of NCR of Delhi. According to Central Ground Water Board, the net annual ground water availability of nine districts of NCT Delhi subregion is 0.28 BCM. The total annual estimated ground water extraction is of the order of 0.48 BCM. The annual ground water extraction & use is highest in the South-West district. Ground water quality As per secondary sources, the ground water in the areas around the Delhi Ridge falling in Central,, South and Southwest districts is fresh water at all depths. The thickness of fresh water zones is limited in most parts of west and southwest. The fluoride contamination in groundwater has been noticed in samples of groundwater collected from South West district and West districts. The high fluoride levels are mostly found in areas where groundwater is brackish to saline in nature. The nitrate concentration in groundwater has been reported mostly from areas where domestic effluent is discharged in to open unlined drains. The high nitrate concentrations are mainly from point source of contamination. The ground water quality of the Delhi region has been presented in Figure below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

267 Figure: Ground Water Quality in Delhi Source: Chemical Quality of Ground Water in South West district As per the study on ground water status and quality undertaken by NEERI for MoEF (City Development Plan- Delhi), high nitrate and fluoride concentrations were found in water samples taken from District South West, Delhi. The electrical conductivity of shallow ground water in the Southwest district varies from 630 to micro-mhos/cm at 25` C. The ground water quality is fresh with electrical conductivity 1000 to 2000 micro-mhos/cm at 25` C. With over-development of ground water resources in the district, more and more areas are becoming brackish. Present Water Levels As per secondary sources, the Depth to water level recorded in NCT Delhi ranges from 1.20 to metres below ground level (mbgl). The deeper water levels are mostly found in south and south west districts of NCT Delhi, while the shallower water levels are found in central, northern and eastern part of Delhi which can be deciphered from figure below. As per the data from CGWB, 56% wells in and about 46% wells in South-West District show depth to water level in the range of mbgl. Nearly 50% wells of south district shows depth to water level more than 40 meters below ground level (mbgl) and nearly 35% wells show depth to water level in the range of 20 to 40 meters below ground level. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

268 Figure: Depth to Water Level for Delhi Project Area-specific Water Sampling / Monitoring The surface and ground water samples were collected from different locations representing ground water and surface water receptor within the Study area. The criteria for selecting the locations of sampling were: Landuse (nearness to habitation/ any waste disposal sites) Drainage patterns (man-made/ natural canals etc) Two (2) surface water samples and three(3) ground water sample were collected for analysis. Table below gives the location details of the ground water and surface water sampling locations. Table: GW and SW sampling locations Location Location Name code Geographical Coordinates SW-1 Bamnoli N-28º E-77º SW-1 Bhartana N-28º E-77º GW-1 Bamnoli N-28º E-77º Distance from the project site (km) 2.06 (SSE) 2.09 (SSW) 3.68 (SSE) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

269 GW-2 GoylaKhurd N-28º E-77º GW-3 Outub Vihar Park N-28º E-77º (NW) 0.96 (WNW) The ground water samples were analysed for parameters as per IS: standards and the analysis was undertaken as per IS 3025 and relevant APHA standard methods. In case of surface water, CPCB limits for classification of water were followed for assessment of water quality. Details of monitoring program for surface water quality and ground water quality has been given in Table 3-15 and Table The results of the analysis are presented in Table below. Table: Details of Monitoring Program for Surface Water Quality Particulars Details Frequency Parameters Methodology 1 grab sample Parameters as per CPCB Water Use Class Representative sampling across River, collection in sterilized inert sampling bottles and analysis according to standard BIS Methodology Table: Details of Monitoring Program for Ground Water Quality Particulars Details Frequency Parameters Methodology Four grab sample for composite sampling from each station once during the Study Period Temperature, TDS, TSS, ph, TH, Ca, Mg, Conductivity, DO, Zn, Cu, Cl, SO4, NO 3, F, Fe, Pb and Coliform Sample collection in sterilized inert sampling bottles and analysis according to standard BIS Methodology (IS: 10500) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

270 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Figure: Water Quality Monitoring Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 262

271 Table: Water Quality Analysis: Surface Water Monitoring S.No Parameter Unit SW-1 SW-2 1 ph Total Suspended Solids mg/lit COD mg/lit BOD mg/lit Nitrate mg/lit BDL BDL 6 Nitrite mg/lit BDL Phosphate (Phosphorus) mg/lit Boron mg/lit Oil & Grease mg/lit 4 BDL 10 Total Coliform MPN/100ml >1600 >1600 Surface Water Quality The surface water sample was collected from Bamnoli (SW-1) village where the Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) levels were found to be very high, equal to 31mg/l. Total coliforms were found to be present more than 161 per 100ml which is more than Also, concentration of boron in water sample collected is 0.67 mg/litre. Based on above analysis, the quality of Surface water samples collected from Bamnoli village can be classified as Class E of CPCB standards which is categorized as Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal. Water sample collected from Bhartana has a BOD of 23 mg/litre and COD of 54.9 mg/litre. Total Coliform in the sample was observed to be more than 1600 and Boron is observed to of 0.23 mg/litre in concentration. Hence, SW-2 falls under category E as per CPCB standards. Table: Water Quality Analysis: Ground Water Monitoring S.No Parameter Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 1 Colour Hazen BDL BDL BDL 2 Odour Odorless Odorless Odorless 3 Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 4 ph Turbidity NTU 1 BDL BDL 6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/lit Total Alkalinity mg/lit Total Hardness mg/lit COD mg/lit 39.2 BDL BDL 10 BOD mg/lit 7 BDL BDL 11 Chloride mg/lit Residual Free Chlorine mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 13 Sulphate mg/lit Sulphide mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 15 Fluoride mg/lit Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 17 Phenolic Compounds mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 18 Iron mg/lit 0.31 BDL BDL 19 Magnesium mg/lit ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 263

272 20 Manganese mg/lit Mercury mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 22 Cadmium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 23 Selenium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 24 Arsenic mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 25 Cyanide mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 26 Lead mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 27 Silver mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 28 Zinc mg/lit 0.03 BDL BDL 29 Nickel mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 30 Aluminium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 31 Copper mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 32 Barium mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 33 Molybdenum mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 34 Boron mg/lit Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 36 Calcium mg/lit Polyaromatic Hydrocarbon mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 38 Polychlorinated biphenyls mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 39 Anionic Detergents mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 40 Chloramines (as Cl 2) mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 41 Trihalomethanes mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 42 Mineral Oil mg/lit BDL BDL BDL 43 Pesticides µg/lit BDL BDL BDL 44 Total Coliform MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent 45 Faecal Coliform Absent Absent Absent 46 E Coli Absent Absent Absent Ground Water Quality Ground Water results are inferred below: High levels of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and alkalinity were found in the water samples collected from all the locations. The Alkalinity of ground water exceeded the desirable limit of 200 mg/l at all locations. However, it was within the permissible limit of 600 mg/l; The total dissolved solids ( mg/l), total hardness levels ( mg/l) exceeded the respective desirable limits at all ground water sampling locations; The calcium levels were found to be within the desirable limits of 200 mg/l in the samples collected from Bamnoli and Qutub Vihar locations. The magnesium level exceeded desirable limit (30mg/l) at all locations and permissible (100 mg/l) limits at Bamnoli, ground water sampling location; Fluoride concentration was found to be exceeding the desirable limit of 1mg/l only at Bamnoli and (GW-1) Qutub Vihar locations (GW-3); All heavy metals were also found to be below the respective detection limit except traces of zinc were present in all the samples collected from these four ground water sampling locations. All the ground water samples were observed to be free of contamination of bacteriological and faecal contamination; ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

273 d) Soil Quality The pre-project status with respect to soil characteristics (physical, chemical and bacteriological), land use pattern in the study area around the proposed project site forms the baseline status of land environment. A soil sampling program was carried out at representative four locations selected in the basis of type of land use (nearness to agricultural fields, drainage, source of pollution etc). The details of soil monitoring locations are given in Table below. Table: Details of Proposed Soil Sampling Locations Location code Location Name Geographical Coordinates Dist. from the site (km) SQ-1 Project Site N-28 33'2.64" E-77 2'29.63" SQ-2 Bamnoli N-28º E-77º SQ-3 Goylakhurd N-28º E-77º SQ-4 Kanganheri N-28º E-76º SQ-5 Kapashera N-28º E-77º Criteria considered On site -- SSW (2.12 km) NW (3.61km) WSW (5.19 km) SE (5.87 km) Residential Residential Residential Residential The parameters to be monitored, frequency and methodology of sampling are as follows in Table below. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

274 Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Dwarka, Corporation (DMICDC) Figure: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT 266

275 Table: Details of Monitoring Program for Soil Quality Particulars Details Frequency Parameters Methodology One grab sample from each station once during the Study Period Texture, % Moisture, % Sand, % Silt, % Clay, % Organic Matter, Bulk Density, ph, Electrical Conductivity, NKP, Sodium Absorption Ratio, B, Na Pb, Fe, Zn and Water Holding Capacity Composite grab samples of the topsoil would be collected from 3 depths, and mixed to provide a representative sample for analysis. They would be stored in PET containers and analyzed at the laboratory Soil sampling was done to establish the baseline characteristics so as to assess the anticipated impacts due to proposed project. Soil samples were collected using auger from a depth of 30 cm (sub surface) from the upper surface. Samples were homogenised before testing. The samples were packed in dependable, waterproof containers and analysed as per ASTM, USEPA, IS: 2720, M.L. Jackson (Soil Chemical Analysis). The methods adopted for analysis of soil samples for various parameters is given in Table The sampled soil quality results are presented in Table below and characteristics are described further. Table: Method for Soil Analysis S.N Parameters Method 1. ph (30 gms/ 75 ml) ph meter 2. Electrical conductivity, µmho/cm (1:5 with water) Conductivity meter 3. Texture Grain size analysis 4. Chlorides as Cl, % by mass Volhard s method 5. Sulphates as SO4, % by mass Gravimetric method 6. Magnesium as MgO, % by mass AAS 7. Aluminium as Al2O3, % by mass AAS 8. Total Phosphorus as P2O5, % by mass Gravimetric 9. Calcium as CaO, % by mass AAS 10. Sodium as Na2O, % by mass AAS 11. Potassium as K2O, % by mass AAS 12. Nitrogen Kjeldahl method 13. Sodium absorption ratio By calculation 14. Moisture, % by mass Oven dry 15. Total Hydrocarbon, mg/kg Solvent extraction Table Results of Soil Quality Analysis S. No Parameter Unit SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5 1 Particle size distribution i. Sand % ii. Slit % iii. Clay % Texture --- Loamy Sand Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam 3 ph (1:10 suspension) 4 Colour ms/cm Yellowish Brown Light Grayish Brown Brownish Grayish Brown Yellowish Brown 5 Conductivity mg/kg Sodium Adsorption Ratio ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

276 7 Water Holding Capacity % Porosity % Total Nitrogen mg/kg Phosphorus mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 11 Potassium mg/kg Iron mg/kg Lead mg/kg BDL 14 Manganese mg/kg Nickel mg/kg Barium mg/kg Zinc mg/kg Copper mg/kg Cadmiuim mg/kg Chromium mg/kg Aluminium mg/kg Sodium mg/kg The results of the soil quality analysis were compared with the standard soil classification provided by the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) and as given in Table below. Table: Standard Soil Classification Soil Parameters Classification ph Normal to saline 6.0 to 8.5 Tending to become alkaline Alkaline Above 9.0 Electrical conductivity (mmhos/cm) Up to 1.00 Normal Critical to germination Critical for growth of the sensitive crops Above 4.00 Injurious to most crops Source: Indian Council of Agricultural Research, In qualitatively terms, soil texture refers to the feel of the soil material, whether coarse and gritty, or fine and smooth. In general, soil behaviour can be inferred from the texture. At project site and within its 10km radius, soil is found to be Sandy loam as shown in Figure The Sand percentage observed in the soil ranged from 65.9% to 87.3%, silt 1.5% to 17.7 % and clay 10.9 to 16.4% and was observed highest at Project site and lowest at Bamnoli. Water holding capacity ranges from to 48.52% at all soil quality monitoring locations. Total nitrogen content present in the soil available in the region ranges between mg/kg and phosphorus content was observed to be below detection limit at all the locations monitored. This indicates that soil in the study area having low levels of Phosphorus and Nitrogen. Soil in the study area contains very low quantity of Micro-nutrient such as Copper and Zinc and Manganese. Range for potassium lies between mg/kg and sodium ranges between mg/kg. Land parcels can be classified according to its possible use for irrigation based on soils. As the soils present in study area predominantly is sandy loam, land can be classified as class 1 i.e., the highest level of irrigation suitability and thus the highest payment capacity ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

277 Figure: Soil Texture of the Study Area d) Traffic Density Traffic density in the study region was monitored on two junctions namely: Bhartal and Kapashera junctions located in the vicinity of project site within the study area. Junction 1-Bhartal: Traffic count of roads leading from Bhartal junction towards Sector 21 has been recorded. These roads will be significant for the traffic movement to the project. Junction 2-Kapashera: Traffic counts of roads leading from Kapashera to Chawla have been recorded. The details of which have been provided in Table below. Table: Traffic Monitoring Locations in the Study Area Location Code Location T-1 Sector 21 to Bhartal T-2 Bhartal to Sector 21 T-3 Kapashera to Chhawla T-4 Chhawla to Kapashera The traffic monitored has been divided into the following four categories/classes: Two wheelers (motor cycle, scooters); Three wheelers (auto rickshaw, motorized cart); Cars; LCV s / Tractors; and HCV s / Buses. Since the vehicles are of different types, a factor needs to be accounted for each of them in order to express them at par in single unit terms. The factors, commonly known as Passenger Car Unit (PCU) factors that are generally adopted have been given in the following Table below. Table: PCU factors adopted for traffic volume survey Vehicle Type PCU Factor ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

278 Two Wheelers 0.75 Three Wheelers 1.2 Four Wheelers 1 Six Wheelers 3.7 Bicycles 0.5 Others (Carts) 2 Source: The Indian Roads Congress Code IRC The traffic volume counts have been furnished in the following Figure below Observations The traffic density along the two junctions was observed to be high. The total Passenger Car Units (PCU) Equivalents for traffic movement (to & fro) and other details from traffic survey have been summarized in Table below for all the major roads emerging from these two junctions. Table: Existing Traffic Volumes in the Study Area Description PCU Equivalents at T-1 PCU Equivalents at T- 2 PCU Equivalents at T- 3 PCU Equivalents at T- 4 Total PCU/24 Hours Average Traffic Flow/Hr Max Traffic Flow (Nos)/Hr Min Traffic Flow (Nos)/Hr As per the observations, the traffic count on T-1 (towards Bharthal) and T-2 (towards sector 21) increases during morning hours between 9:00 and 10:00 hours and also during 11:00 hours and 12:00 hours. Traffic at both T-1 & T-2 also increased during evening hours between 7.00 to 9.00 hours. T-4 (towards Kapashera) experiences lowest traffic count which is 25 at night between 1.00 to 2.00 hours following by T-3 (towards Chhawala) between 2.00 to 3.00 hours. The traffic flow is graphically depicted in the figure below. Figure: Traffic Observations at all Four Points (T1, T2, T3 and T4) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

279 Traffic Composition At T-1, it was observed that it had significant volume of Light Commercial Vehicles (LCVs) with 59%, followed by Two-Wheelers 38%, three wheelers comprise of 2%. LCVs forms highest composition at T-2, then two wheelers with 34%, followed by three wheelers, HCVs and Non-Motor Vehicles. At T-3 and T-4, LCVs form 53% and 52% of the total traffic composition respectively. The vehicle composition observed is graphically depicted as Figure below. Figure: Traffic Composition Observed at Four Traffic Locations ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT